CCJM delivers practical clinical articles relevant to internists, cardiologists, endocrinologists, and other specialists, all written by known experts.

Theme
medstat_ccjm
Top Sections
CME
Reviews
1-Minute Consult
The Clinical Picture
Smart Testing
Symptoms to Diagnosis
ccjm
Main menu
CCJM Main Menu
Explore menu
CCJM Explore Menu
Proclivity ID
18804001
Unpublish
Negative Keywords
gaming
gambling
compulsive behaviors
ammunition
assault rifle
black jack
Boko Haram
bondage
child abuse
cocaine
Daech
drug paraphernalia
explosion
gun
human trafficking
ISIL
ISIS
Islamic caliphate
Islamic state
mixed martial arts
MMA
molestation
national rifle association
NRA
nsfw
pedophile
pedophilia
poker
porn
pornography
psychedelic drug
recreational drug
sex slave rings
slot machine
terrorism
terrorist
Texas hold 'em
UFC
substance abuse
abuseed
abuseer
abusees
abuseing
abusely
abuses
aeolus
aeolused
aeoluser
aeoluses
aeolusing
aeolusly
aeoluss
ahole
aholeed
aholeer
aholees
aholeing
aholely
aholes
alcohol
alcoholed
alcoholer
alcoholes
alcoholing
alcoholly
alcohols
allman
allmaned
allmaner
allmanes
allmaning
allmanly
allmans
alted
altes
alting
altly
alts
analed
analer
anales
analing
anally
analprobe
analprobeed
analprobeer
analprobees
analprobeing
analprobely
analprobes
anals
anilingus
anilingused
anilinguser
anilinguses
anilingusing
anilingusly
anilinguss
anus
anused
anuser
anuses
anusing
anusly
anuss
areola
areolaed
areolaer
areolaes
areolaing
areolaly
areolas
areole
areoleed
areoleer
areolees
areoleing
areolely
areoles
arian
arianed
arianer
arianes
arianing
arianly
arians
aryan
aryaned
aryaner
aryanes
aryaning
aryanly
aryans
asiaed
asiaer
asiaes
asiaing
asialy
asias
ass
ass hole
ass lick
ass licked
ass licker
ass lickes
ass licking
ass lickly
ass licks
assbang
assbanged
assbangeded
assbangeder
assbangedes
assbangeding
assbangedly
assbangeds
assbanger
assbanges
assbanging
assbangly
assbangs
assbangsed
assbangser
assbangses
assbangsing
assbangsly
assbangss
assed
asser
asses
assesed
asseser
asseses
assesing
assesly
assess
assfuck
assfucked
assfucker
assfuckered
assfuckerer
assfuckeres
assfuckering
assfuckerly
assfuckers
assfuckes
assfucking
assfuckly
assfucks
asshat
asshated
asshater
asshates
asshating
asshatly
asshats
assholeed
assholeer
assholees
assholeing
assholely
assholes
assholesed
assholeser
assholeses
assholesing
assholesly
assholess
assing
assly
assmaster
assmastered
assmasterer
assmasteres
assmastering
assmasterly
assmasters
assmunch
assmunched
assmuncher
assmunches
assmunching
assmunchly
assmunchs
asss
asswipe
asswipeed
asswipeer
asswipees
asswipeing
asswipely
asswipes
asswipesed
asswipeser
asswipeses
asswipesing
asswipesly
asswipess
azz
azzed
azzer
azzes
azzing
azzly
azzs
babeed
babeer
babees
babeing
babely
babes
babesed
babeser
babeses
babesing
babesly
babess
ballsac
ballsaced
ballsacer
ballsaces
ballsacing
ballsack
ballsacked
ballsacker
ballsackes
ballsacking
ballsackly
ballsacks
ballsacly
ballsacs
ballsed
ballser
ballses
ballsing
ballsly
ballss
barf
barfed
barfer
barfes
barfing
barfly
barfs
bastard
bastarded
bastarder
bastardes
bastarding
bastardly
bastards
bastardsed
bastardser
bastardses
bastardsing
bastardsly
bastardss
bawdy
bawdyed
bawdyer
bawdyes
bawdying
bawdyly
bawdys
beaner
beanered
beanerer
beaneres
beanering
beanerly
beaners
beardedclam
beardedclamed
beardedclamer
beardedclames
beardedclaming
beardedclamly
beardedclams
beastiality
beastialityed
beastialityer
beastialityes
beastialitying
beastialityly
beastialitys
beatch
beatched
beatcher
beatches
beatching
beatchly
beatchs
beater
beatered
beaterer
beateres
beatering
beaterly
beaters
beered
beerer
beeres
beering
beerly
beeyotch
beeyotched
beeyotcher
beeyotches
beeyotching
beeyotchly
beeyotchs
beotch
beotched
beotcher
beotches
beotching
beotchly
beotchs
biatch
biatched
biatcher
biatches
biatching
biatchly
biatchs
big tits
big titsed
big titser
big titses
big titsing
big titsly
big titss
bigtits
bigtitsed
bigtitser
bigtitses
bigtitsing
bigtitsly
bigtitss
bimbo
bimboed
bimboer
bimboes
bimboing
bimboly
bimbos
bisexualed
bisexualer
bisexuales
bisexualing
bisexually
bisexuals
bitch
bitched
bitcheded
bitcheder
bitchedes
bitcheding
bitchedly
bitcheds
bitcher
bitches
bitchesed
bitcheser
bitcheses
bitchesing
bitchesly
bitchess
bitching
bitchly
bitchs
bitchy
bitchyed
bitchyer
bitchyes
bitchying
bitchyly
bitchys
bleached
bleacher
bleaches
bleaching
bleachly
bleachs
blow job
blow jobed
blow jober
blow jobes
blow jobing
blow jobly
blow jobs
blowed
blower
blowes
blowing
blowjob
blowjobed
blowjober
blowjobes
blowjobing
blowjobly
blowjobs
blowjobsed
blowjobser
blowjobses
blowjobsing
blowjobsly
blowjobss
blowly
blows
boink
boinked
boinker
boinkes
boinking
boinkly
boinks
bollock
bollocked
bollocker
bollockes
bollocking
bollockly
bollocks
bollocksed
bollockser
bollockses
bollocksing
bollocksly
bollockss
bollok
bolloked
bolloker
bollokes
bolloking
bollokly
bolloks
boner
bonered
bonerer
boneres
bonering
bonerly
boners
bonersed
bonerser
bonerses
bonersing
bonersly
bonerss
bong
bonged
bonger
bonges
bonging
bongly
bongs
boob
boobed
boober
boobes
boobies
boobiesed
boobieser
boobieses
boobiesing
boobiesly
boobiess
boobing
boobly
boobs
boobsed
boobser
boobses
boobsing
boobsly
boobss
booby
boobyed
boobyer
boobyes
boobying
boobyly
boobys
booger
boogered
boogerer
boogeres
boogering
boogerly
boogers
bookie
bookieed
bookieer
bookiees
bookieing
bookiely
bookies
bootee
booteeed
booteeer
booteees
booteeing
booteely
bootees
bootie
bootieed
bootieer
bootiees
bootieing
bootiely
booties
booty
bootyed
bootyer
bootyes
bootying
bootyly
bootys
boozeed
boozeer
boozees
boozeing
boozely
boozer
boozered
boozerer
boozeres
boozering
boozerly
boozers
boozes
boozy
boozyed
boozyer
boozyes
boozying
boozyly
boozys
bosomed
bosomer
bosomes
bosoming
bosomly
bosoms
bosomy
bosomyed
bosomyer
bosomyes
bosomying
bosomyly
bosomys
bugger
buggered
buggerer
buggeres
buggering
buggerly
buggers
bukkake
bukkakeed
bukkakeer
bukkakees
bukkakeing
bukkakely
bukkakes
bull shit
bull shited
bull shiter
bull shites
bull shiting
bull shitly
bull shits
bullshit
bullshited
bullshiter
bullshites
bullshiting
bullshitly
bullshits
bullshitsed
bullshitser
bullshitses
bullshitsing
bullshitsly
bullshitss
bullshitted
bullshitteded
bullshitteder
bullshittedes
bullshitteding
bullshittedly
bullshitteds
bullturds
bullturdsed
bullturdser
bullturdses
bullturdsing
bullturdsly
bullturdss
bung
bunged
bunger
bunges
bunging
bungly
bungs
busty
bustyed
bustyer
bustyes
bustying
bustyly
bustys
butt
butt fuck
butt fucked
butt fucker
butt fuckes
butt fucking
butt fuckly
butt fucks
butted
buttes
buttfuck
buttfucked
buttfucker
buttfuckered
buttfuckerer
buttfuckeres
buttfuckering
buttfuckerly
buttfuckers
buttfuckes
buttfucking
buttfuckly
buttfucks
butting
buttly
buttplug
buttpluged
buttpluger
buttpluges
buttpluging
buttplugly
buttplugs
butts
caca
cacaed
cacaer
cacaes
cacaing
cacaly
cacas
cahone
cahoneed
cahoneer
cahonees
cahoneing
cahonely
cahones
cameltoe
cameltoeed
cameltoeer
cameltoees
cameltoeing
cameltoely
cameltoes
carpetmuncher
carpetmunchered
carpetmuncherer
carpetmuncheres
carpetmunchering
carpetmuncherly
carpetmunchers
cawk
cawked
cawker
cawkes
cawking
cawkly
cawks
chinc
chinced
chincer
chinces
chincing
chincly
chincs
chincsed
chincser
chincses
chincsing
chincsly
chincss
chink
chinked
chinker
chinkes
chinking
chinkly
chinks
chode
chodeed
chodeer
chodees
chodeing
chodely
chodes
chodesed
chodeser
chodeses
chodesing
chodesly
chodess
clit
clited
cliter
clites
cliting
clitly
clitoris
clitorised
clitoriser
clitorises
clitorising
clitorisly
clitoriss
clitorus
clitorused
clitoruser
clitoruses
clitorusing
clitorusly
clitoruss
clits
clitsed
clitser
clitses
clitsing
clitsly
clitss
clitty
clittyed
clittyer
clittyes
clittying
clittyly
clittys
cocain
cocaine
cocained
cocaineed
cocaineer
cocainees
cocaineing
cocainely
cocainer
cocaines
cocaining
cocainly
cocains
cock
cock sucker
cock suckered
cock suckerer
cock suckeres
cock suckering
cock suckerly
cock suckers
cockblock
cockblocked
cockblocker
cockblockes
cockblocking
cockblockly
cockblocks
cocked
cocker
cockes
cockholster
cockholstered
cockholsterer
cockholsteres
cockholstering
cockholsterly
cockholsters
cocking
cockknocker
cockknockered
cockknockerer
cockknockeres
cockknockering
cockknockerly
cockknockers
cockly
cocks
cocksed
cockser
cockses
cocksing
cocksly
cocksmoker
cocksmokered
cocksmokerer
cocksmokeres
cocksmokering
cocksmokerly
cocksmokers
cockss
cocksucker
cocksuckered
cocksuckerer
cocksuckeres
cocksuckering
cocksuckerly
cocksuckers
coital
coitaled
coitaler
coitales
coitaling
coitally
coitals
commie
commieed
commieer
commiees
commieing
commiely
commies
condomed
condomer
condomes
condoming
condomly
condoms
coon
cooned
cooner
coones
cooning
coonly
coons
coonsed
coonser
coonses
coonsing
coonsly
coonss
corksucker
corksuckered
corksuckerer
corksuckeres
corksuckering
corksuckerly
corksuckers
cracked
crackwhore
crackwhoreed
crackwhoreer
crackwhorees
crackwhoreing
crackwhorely
crackwhores
crap
craped
craper
crapes
craping
craply
crappy
crappyed
crappyer
crappyes
crappying
crappyly
crappys
cum
cumed
cumer
cumes
cuming
cumly
cummin
cummined
cumminer
cummines
cumming
cumminged
cumminger
cumminges
cumminging
cummingly
cummings
cummining
cumminly
cummins
cums
cumshot
cumshoted
cumshoter
cumshotes
cumshoting
cumshotly
cumshots
cumshotsed
cumshotser
cumshotses
cumshotsing
cumshotsly
cumshotss
cumslut
cumsluted
cumsluter
cumslutes
cumsluting
cumslutly
cumsluts
cumstain
cumstained
cumstainer
cumstaines
cumstaining
cumstainly
cumstains
cunilingus
cunilingused
cunilinguser
cunilinguses
cunilingusing
cunilingusly
cunilinguss
cunnilingus
cunnilingused
cunnilinguser
cunnilinguses
cunnilingusing
cunnilingusly
cunnilinguss
cunny
cunnyed
cunnyer
cunnyes
cunnying
cunnyly
cunnys
cunt
cunted
cunter
cuntes
cuntface
cuntfaceed
cuntfaceer
cuntfacees
cuntfaceing
cuntfacely
cuntfaces
cunthunter
cunthuntered
cunthunterer
cunthunteres
cunthuntering
cunthunterly
cunthunters
cunting
cuntlick
cuntlicked
cuntlicker
cuntlickered
cuntlickerer
cuntlickeres
cuntlickering
cuntlickerly
cuntlickers
cuntlickes
cuntlicking
cuntlickly
cuntlicks
cuntly
cunts
cuntsed
cuntser
cuntses
cuntsing
cuntsly
cuntss
dago
dagoed
dagoer
dagoes
dagoing
dagoly
dagos
dagosed
dagoser
dagoses
dagosing
dagosly
dagoss
dammit
dammited
dammiter
dammites
dammiting
dammitly
dammits
damn
damned
damneded
damneder
damnedes
damneding
damnedly
damneds
damner
damnes
damning
damnit
damnited
damniter
damnites
damniting
damnitly
damnits
damnly
damns
dick
dickbag
dickbaged
dickbager
dickbages
dickbaging
dickbagly
dickbags
dickdipper
dickdippered
dickdipperer
dickdipperes
dickdippering
dickdipperly
dickdippers
dicked
dicker
dickes
dickface
dickfaceed
dickfaceer
dickfacees
dickfaceing
dickfacely
dickfaces
dickflipper
dickflippered
dickflipperer
dickflipperes
dickflippering
dickflipperly
dickflippers
dickhead
dickheaded
dickheader
dickheades
dickheading
dickheadly
dickheads
dickheadsed
dickheadser
dickheadses
dickheadsing
dickheadsly
dickheadss
dicking
dickish
dickished
dickisher
dickishes
dickishing
dickishly
dickishs
dickly
dickripper
dickrippered
dickripperer
dickripperes
dickrippering
dickripperly
dickrippers
dicks
dicksipper
dicksippered
dicksipperer
dicksipperes
dicksippering
dicksipperly
dicksippers
dickweed
dickweeded
dickweeder
dickweedes
dickweeding
dickweedly
dickweeds
dickwhipper
dickwhippered
dickwhipperer
dickwhipperes
dickwhippering
dickwhipperly
dickwhippers
dickzipper
dickzippered
dickzipperer
dickzipperes
dickzippering
dickzipperly
dickzippers
diddle
diddleed
diddleer
diddlees
diddleing
diddlely
diddles
dike
dikeed
dikeer
dikees
dikeing
dikely
dikes
dildo
dildoed
dildoer
dildoes
dildoing
dildoly
dildos
dildosed
dildoser
dildoses
dildosing
dildosly
dildoss
diligaf
diligafed
diligafer
diligafes
diligafing
diligafly
diligafs
dillweed
dillweeded
dillweeder
dillweedes
dillweeding
dillweedly
dillweeds
dimwit
dimwited
dimwiter
dimwites
dimwiting
dimwitly
dimwits
dingle
dingleed
dingleer
dinglees
dingleing
dinglely
dingles
dipship
dipshiped
dipshiper
dipshipes
dipshiping
dipshiply
dipships
dizzyed
dizzyer
dizzyes
dizzying
dizzyly
dizzys
doggiestyleed
doggiestyleer
doggiestylees
doggiestyleing
doggiestylely
doggiestyles
doggystyleed
doggystyleer
doggystylees
doggystyleing
doggystylely
doggystyles
dong
donged
donger
donges
donging
dongly
dongs
doofus
doofused
doofuser
doofuses
doofusing
doofusly
doofuss
doosh
dooshed
doosher
dooshes
dooshing
dooshly
dooshs
dopeyed
dopeyer
dopeyes
dopeying
dopeyly
dopeys
douchebag
douchebaged
douchebager
douchebages
douchebaging
douchebagly
douchebags
douchebagsed
douchebagser
douchebagses
douchebagsing
douchebagsly
douchebagss
doucheed
doucheer
douchees
doucheing
douchely
douches
douchey
doucheyed
doucheyer
doucheyes
doucheying
doucheyly
doucheys
drunk
drunked
drunker
drunkes
drunking
drunkly
drunks
dumass
dumassed
dumasser
dumasses
dumassing
dumassly
dumasss
dumbass
dumbassed
dumbasser
dumbasses
dumbassesed
dumbasseser
dumbasseses
dumbassesing
dumbassesly
dumbassess
dumbassing
dumbassly
dumbasss
dummy
dummyed
dummyer
dummyes
dummying
dummyly
dummys
dyke
dykeed
dykeer
dykees
dykeing
dykely
dykes
dykesed
dykeser
dykeses
dykesing
dykesly
dykess
erotic
eroticed
eroticer
erotices
eroticing
eroticly
erotics
extacy
extacyed
extacyer
extacyes
extacying
extacyly
extacys
extasy
extasyed
extasyer
extasyes
extasying
extasyly
extasys
fack
facked
facker
fackes
facking
fackly
facks
fag
faged
fager
fages
fagg
fagged
faggeded
faggeder
faggedes
faggeding
faggedly
faggeds
fagger
fagges
fagging
faggit
faggited
faggiter
faggites
faggiting
faggitly
faggits
faggly
faggot
faggoted
faggoter
faggotes
faggoting
faggotly
faggots
faggs
faging
fagly
fagot
fagoted
fagoter
fagotes
fagoting
fagotly
fagots
fags
fagsed
fagser
fagses
fagsing
fagsly
fagss
faig
faiged
faiger
faiges
faiging
faigly
faigs
faigt
faigted
faigter
faigtes
faigting
faigtly
faigts
fannybandit
fannybandited
fannybanditer
fannybandites
fannybanditing
fannybanditly
fannybandits
farted
farter
fartes
farting
fartknocker
fartknockered
fartknockerer
fartknockeres
fartknockering
fartknockerly
fartknockers
fartly
farts
felch
felched
felcher
felchered
felcherer
felcheres
felchering
felcherly
felchers
felches
felching
felchinged
felchinger
felchinges
felchinging
felchingly
felchings
felchly
felchs
fellate
fellateed
fellateer
fellatees
fellateing
fellately
fellates
fellatio
fellatioed
fellatioer
fellatioes
fellatioing
fellatioly
fellatios
feltch
feltched
feltcher
feltchered
feltcherer
feltcheres
feltchering
feltcherly
feltchers
feltches
feltching
feltchly
feltchs
feom
feomed
feomer
feomes
feoming
feomly
feoms
fisted
fisteded
fisteder
fistedes
fisteding
fistedly
fisteds
fisting
fistinged
fistinger
fistinges
fistinging
fistingly
fistings
fisty
fistyed
fistyer
fistyes
fistying
fistyly
fistys
floozy
floozyed
floozyer
floozyes
floozying
floozyly
floozys
foad
foaded
foader
foades
foading
foadly
foads
fondleed
fondleer
fondlees
fondleing
fondlely
fondles
foobar
foobared
foobarer
foobares
foobaring
foobarly
foobars
freex
freexed
freexer
freexes
freexing
freexly
freexs
frigg
frigga
friggaed
friggaer
friggaes
friggaing
friggaly
friggas
frigged
frigger
frigges
frigging
friggly
friggs
fubar
fubared
fubarer
fubares
fubaring
fubarly
fubars
fuck
fuckass
fuckassed
fuckasser
fuckasses
fuckassing
fuckassly
fuckasss
fucked
fuckeded
fuckeder
fuckedes
fuckeding
fuckedly
fuckeds
fucker
fuckered
fuckerer
fuckeres
fuckering
fuckerly
fuckers
fuckes
fuckface
fuckfaceed
fuckfaceer
fuckfacees
fuckfaceing
fuckfacely
fuckfaces
fuckin
fuckined
fuckiner
fuckines
fucking
fuckinged
fuckinger
fuckinges
fuckinging
fuckingly
fuckings
fuckining
fuckinly
fuckins
fuckly
fucknugget
fucknuggeted
fucknuggeter
fucknuggetes
fucknuggeting
fucknuggetly
fucknuggets
fucknut
fucknuted
fucknuter
fucknutes
fucknuting
fucknutly
fucknuts
fuckoff
fuckoffed
fuckoffer
fuckoffes
fuckoffing
fuckoffly
fuckoffs
fucks
fucksed
fuckser
fuckses
fucksing
fucksly
fuckss
fucktard
fucktarded
fucktarder
fucktardes
fucktarding
fucktardly
fucktards
fuckup
fuckuped
fuckuper
fuckupes
fuckuping
fuckuply
fuckups
fuckwad
fuckwaded
fuckwader
fuckwades
fuckwading
fuckwadly
fuckwads
fuckwit
fuckwited
fuckwiter
fuckwites
fuckwiting
fuckwitly
fuckwits
fudgepacker
fudgepackered
fudgepackerer
fudgepackeres
fudgepackering
fudgepackerly
fudgepackers
fuk
fuked
fuker
fukes
fuking
fukly
fuks
fvck
fvcked
fvcker
fvckes
fvcking
fvckly
fvcks
fxck
fxcked
fxcker
fxckes
fxcking
fxckly
fxcks
gae
gaeed
gaeer
gaees
gaeing
gaely
gaes
gai
gaied
gaier
gaies
gaiing
gaily
gais
ganja
ganjaed
ganjaer
ganjaes
ganjaing
ganjaly
ganjas
gayed
gayer
gayes
gaying
gayly
gays
gaysed
gayser
gayses
gaysing
gaysly
gayss
gey
geyed
geyer
geyes
geying
geyly
geys
gfc
gfced
gfcer
gfces
gfcing
gfcly
gfcs
gfy
gfyed
gfyer
gfyes
gfying
gfyly
gfys
ghay
ghayed
ghayer
ghayes
ghaying
ghayly
ghays
ghey
gheyed
gheyer
gheyes
gheying
gheyly
gheys
gigolo
gigoloed
gigoloer
gigoloes
gigoloing
gigololy
gigolos
goatse
goatseed
goatseer
goatsees
goatseing
goatsely
goatses
godamn
godamned
godamner
godamnes
godamning
godamnit
godamnited
godamniter
godamnites
godamniting
godamnitly
godamnits
godamnly
godamns
goddam
goddamed
goddamer
goddames
goddaming
goddamly
goddammit
goddammited
goddammiter
goddammites
goddammiting
goddammitly
goddammits
goddamn
goddamned
goddamner
goddamnes
goddamning
goddamnly
goddamns
goddams
goldenshower
goldenshowered
goldenshowerer
goldenshoweres
goldenshowering
goldenshowerly
goldenshowers
gonad
gonaded
gonader
gonades
gonading
gonadly
gonads
gonadsed
gonadser
gonadses
gonadsing
gonadsly
gonadss
gook
gooked
gooker
gookes
gooking
gookly
gooks
gooksed
gookser
gookses
gooksing
gooksly
gookss
gringo
gringoed
gringoer
gringoes
gringoing
gringoly
gringos
gspot
gspoted
gspoter
gspotes
gspoting
gspotly
gspots
gtfo
gtfoed
gtfoer
gtfoes
gtfoing
gtfoly
gtfos
guido
guidoed
guidoer
guidoes
guidoing
guidoly
guidos
handjob
handjobed
handjober
handjobes
handjobing
handjobly
handjobs
hard on
hard oned
hard oner
hard ones
hard oning
hard only
hard ons
hardknight
hardknighted
hardknighter
hardknightes
hardknighting
hardknightly
hardknights
hebe
hebeed
hebeer
hebees
hebeing
hebely
hebes
heeb
heebed
heeber
heebes
heebing
heebly
heebs
hell
helled
heller
helles
helling
hellly
hells
hemp
hemped
hemper
hempes
hemping
hemply
hemps
heroined
heroiner
heroines
heroining
heroinly
heroins
herp
herped
herper
herpes
herpesed
herpeser
herpeses
herpesing
herpesly
herpess
herping
herply
herps
herpy
herpyed
herpyer
herpyes
herpying
herpyly
herpys
hitler
hitlered
hitlerer
hitleres
hitlering
hitlerly
hitlers
hived
hiver
hives
hiving
hivly
hivs
hobag
hobaged
hobager
hobages
hobaging
hobagly
hobags
homey
homeyed
homeyer
homeyes
homeying
homeyly
homeys
homo
homoed
homoer
homoes
homoey
homoeyed
homoeyer
homoeyes
homoeying
homoeyly
homoeys
homoing
homoly
homos
honky
honkyed
honkyer
honkyes
honkying
honkyly
honkys
hooch
hooched
hoocher
hooches
hooching
hoochly
hoochs
hookah
hookahed
hookaher
hookahes
hookahing
hookahly
hookahs
hooker
hookered
hookerer
hookeres
hookering
hookerly
hookers
hoor
hoored
hoorer
hoores
hooring
hoorly
hoors
hootch
hootched
hootcher
hootches
hootching
hootchly
hootchs
hooter
hootered
hooterer
hooteres
hootering
hooterly
hooters
hootersed
hooterser
hooterses
hootersing
hootersly
hooterss
horny
hornyed
hornyer
hornyes
hornying
hornyly
hornys
houstoned
houstoner
houstones
houstoning
houstonly
houstons
hump
humped
humpeded
humpeder
humpedes
humpeding
humpedly
humpeds
humper
humpes
humping
humpinged
humpinger
humpinges
humpinging
humpingly
humpings
humply
humps
husbanded
husbander
husbandes
husbanding
husbandly
husbands
hussy
hussyed
hussyer
hussyes
hussying
hussyly
hussys
hymened
hymener
hymenes
hymening
hymenly
hymens
inbred
inbreded
inbreder
inbredes
inbreding
inbredly
inbreds
incest
incested
incester
incestes
incesting
incestly
incests
injun
injuned
injuner
injunes
injuning
injunly
injuns
jackass
jackassed
jackasser
jackasses
jackassing
jackassly
jackasss
jackhole
jackholeed
jackholeer
jackholees
jackholeing
jackholely
jackholes
jackoff
jackoffed
jackoffer
jackoffes
jackoffing
jackoffly
jackoffs
jap
japed
japer
japes
japing
japly
japs
japsed
japser
japses
japsing
japsly
japss
jerkoff
jerkoffed
jerkoffer
jerkoffes
jerkoffing
jerkoffly
jerkoffs
jerks
jism
jismed
jismer
jismes
jisming
jismly
jisms
jiz
jized
jizer
jizes
jizing
jizly
jizm
jizmed
jizmer
jizmes
jizming
jizmly
jizms
jizs
jizz
jizzed
jizzeded
jizzeder
jizzedes
jizzeding
jizzedly
jizzeds
jizzer
jizzes
jizzing
jizzly
jizzs
junkie
junkieed
junkieer
junkiees
junkieing
junkiely
junkies
junky
junkyed
junkyer
junkyes
junkying
junkyly
junkys
kike
kikeed
kikeer
kikees
kikeing
kikely
kikes
kikesed
kikeser
kikeses
kikesing
kikesly
kikess
killed
killer
killes
killing
killly
kills
kinky
kinkyed
kinkyer
kinkyes
kinkying
kinkyly
kinkys
kkk
kkked
kkker
kkkes
kkking
kkkly
kkks
klan
klaned
klaner
klanes
klaning
klanly
klans
knobend
knobended
knobender
knobendes
knobending
knobendly
knobends
kooch
kooched
koocher
kooches
koochesed
koocheser
koocheses
koochesing
koochesly
koochess
kooching
koochly
koochs
kootch
kootched
kootcher
kootches
kootching
kootchly
kootchs
kraut
krauted
krauter
krautes
krauting
krautly
krauts
kyke
kykeed
kykeer
kykees
kykeing
kykely
kykes
lech
leched
lecher
leches
leching
lechly
lechs
leper
lepered
leperer
leperes
lepering
leperly
lepers
lesbiansed
lesbianser
lesbianses
lesbiansing
lesbiansly
lesbianss
lesbo
lesboed
lesboer
lesboes
lesboing
lesboly
lesbos
lesbosed
lesboser
lesboses
lesbosing
lesbosly
lesboss
lez
lezbianed
lezbianer
lezbianes
lezbianing
lezbianly
lezbians
lezbiansed
lezbianser
lezbianses
lezbiansing
lezbiansly
lezbianss
lezbo
lezboed
lezboer
lezboes
lezboing
lezboly
lezbos
lezbosed
lezboser
lezboses
lezbosing
lezbosly
lezboss
lezed
lezer
lezes
lezing
lezly
lezs
lezzie
lezzieed
lezzieer
lezziees
lezzieing
lezziely
lezzies
lezziesed
lezzieser
lezzieses
lezziesing
lezziesly
lezziess
lezzy
lezzyed
lezzyer
lezzyes
lezzying
lezzyly
lezzys
lmaoed
lmaoer
lmaoes
lmaoing
lmaoly
lmaos
lmfao
lmfaoed
lmfaoer
lmfaoes
lmfaoing
lmfaoly
lmfaos
loined
loiner
loines
loining
loinly
loins
loinsed
loinser
loinses
loinsing
loinsly
loinss
lubeed
lubeer
lubees
lubeing
lubely
lubes
lusty
lustyed
lustyer
lustyes
lustying
lustyly
lustys
massa
massaed
massaer
massaes
massaing
massaly
massas
masterbate
masterbateed
masterbateer
masterbatees
masterbateing
masterbately
masterbates
masterbating
masterbatinged
masterbatinger
masterbatinges
masterbatinging
masterbatingly
masterbatings
masterbation
masterbationed
masterbationer
masterbationes
masterbationing
masterbationly
masterbations
masturbate
masturbateed
masturbateer
masturbatees
masturbateing
masturbately
masturbates
masturbating
masturbatinged
masturbatinger
masturbatinges
masturbatinging
masturbatingly
masturbatings
masturbation
masturbationed
masturbationer
masturbationes
masturbationing
masturbationly
masturbations
methed
mether
methes
mething
methly
meths
militaryed
militaryer
militaryes
militarying
militaryly
militarys
mofo
mofoed
mofoer
mofoes
mofoing
mofoly
mofos
molest
molested
molester
molestes
molesting
molestly
molests
moolie
moolieed
moolieer
mooliees
moolieing
mooliely
moolies
moron
moroned
moroner
morones
moroning
moronly
morons
motherfucka
motherfuckaed
motherfuckaer
motherfuckaes
motherfuckaing
motherfuckaly
motherfuckas
motherfucker
motherfuckered
motherfuckerer
motherfuckeres
motherfuckering
motherfuckerly
motherfuckers
motherfucking
motherfuckinged
motherfuckinger
motherfuckinges
motherfuckinging
motherfuckingly
motherfuckings
mtherfucker
mtherfuckered
mtherfuckerer
mtherfuckeres
mtherfuckering
mtherfuckerly
mtherfuckers
mthrfucker
mthrfuckered
mthrfuckerer
mthrfuckeres
mthrfuckering
mthrfuckerly
mthrfuckers
mthrfucking
mthrfuckinged
mthrfuckinger
mthrfuckinges
mthrfuckinging
mthrfuckingly
mthrfuckings
muff
muffdiver
muffdivered
muffdiverer
muffdiveres
muffdivering
muffdiverly
muffdivers
muffed
muffer
muffes
muffing
muffly
muffs
murdered
murderer
murderes
murdering
murderly
murders
muthafuckaz
muthafuckazed
muthafuckazer
muthafuckazes
muthafuckazing
muthafuckazly
muthafuckazs
muthafucker
muthafuckered
muthafuckerer
muthafuckeres
muthafuckering
muthafuckerly
muthafuckers
mutherfucker
mutherfuckered
mutherfuckerer
mutherfuckeres
mutherfuckering
mutherfuckerly
mutherfuckers
mutherfucking
mutherfuckinged
mutherfuckinger
mutherfuckinges
mutherfuckinging
mutherfuckingly
mutherfuckings
muthrfucking
muthrfuckinged
muthrfuckinger
muthrfuckinges
muthrfuckinging
muthrfuckingly
muthrfuckings
nad
naded
nader
nades
nading
nadly
nads
nadsed
nadser
nadses
nadsing
nadsly
nadss
nakeded
nakeder
nakedes
nakeding
nakedly
nakeds
napalm
napalmed
napalmer
napalmes
napalming
napalmly
napalms
nappy
nappyed
nappyer
nappyes
nappying
nappyly
nappys
nazi
nazied
nazier
nazies
naziing
nazily
nazis
nazism
nazismed
nazismer
nazismes
nazisming
nazismly
nazisms
negro
negroed
negroer
negroes
negroing
negroly
negros
nigga
niggaed
niggaer
niggaes
niggah
niggahed
niggaher
niggahes
niggahing
niggahly
niggahs
niggaing
niggaly
niggas
niggased
niggaser
niggases
niggasing
niggasly
niggass
niggaz
niggazed
niggazer
niggazes
niggazing
niggazly
niggazs
nigger
niggered
niggerer
niggeres
niggering
niggerly
niggers
niggersed
niggerser
niggerses
niggersing
niggersly
niggerss
niggle
niggleed
niggleer
nigglees
niggleing
nigglely
niggles
niglet
nigleted
nigleter
nigletes
nigleting
nigletly
niglets
nimrod
nimroded
nimroder
nimrodes
nimroding
nimrodly
nimrods
ninny
ninnyed
ninnyer
ninnyes
ninnying
ninnyly
ninnys
nooky
nookyed
nookyer
nookyes
nookying
nookyly
nookys
nuccitelli
nuccitellied
nuccitellier
nuccitellies
nuccitelliing
nuccitellily
nuccitellis
nympho
nymphoed
nymphoer
nymphoes
nymphoing
nympholy
nymphos
opium
opiumed
opiumer
opiumes
opiuming
opiumly
opiums
orgies
orgiesed
orgieser
orgieses
orgiesing
orgiesly
orgiess
orgy
orgyed
orgyer
orgyes
orgying
orgyly
orgys
paddy
paddyed
paddyer
paddyes
paddying
paddyly
paddys
paki
pakied
pakier
pakies
pakiing
pakily
pakis
pantie
pantieed
pantieer
pantiees
pantieing
pantiely
panties
pantiesed
pantieser
pantieses
pantiesing
pantiesly
pantiess
panty
pantyed
pantyer
pantyes
pantying
pantyly
pantys
pastie
pastieed
pastieer
pastiees
pastieing
pastiely
pasties
pasty
pastyed
pastyer
pastyes
pastying
pastyly
pastys
pecker
peckered
peckerer
peckeres
peckering
peckerly
peckers
pedo
pedoed
pedoer
pedoes
pedoing
pedoly
pedophile
pedophileed
pedophileer
pedophilees
pedophileing
pedophilely
pedophiles
pedophilia
pedophiliac
pedophiliaced
pedophiliacer
pedophiliaces
pedophiliacing
pedophiliacly
pedophiliacs
pedophiliaed
pedophiliaer
pedophiliaes
pedophiliaing
pedophilialy
pedophilias
pedos
penial
penialed
penialer
peniales
penialing
penially
penials
penile
penileed
penileer
penilees
penileing
penilely
peniles
penis
penised
peniser
penises
penising
penisly
peniss
perversion
perversioned
perversioner
perversiones
perversioning
perversionly
perversions
peyote
peyoteed
peyoteer
peyotees
peyoteing
peyotely
peyotes
phuck
phucked
phucker
phuckes
phucking
phuckly
phucks
pillowbiter
pillowbitered
pillowbiterer
pillowbiteres
pillowbitering
pillowbiterly
pillowbiters
pimp
pimped
pimper
pimpes
pimping
pimply
pimps
pinko
pinkoed
pinkoer
pinkoes
pinkoing
pinkoly
pinkos
pissed
pisseded
pisseder
pissedes
pisseding
pissedly
pisseds
pisser
pisses
pissing
pissly
pissoff
pissoffed
pissoffer
pissoffes
pissoffing
pissoffly
pissoffs
pisss
polack
polacked
polacker
polackes
polacking
polackly
polacks
pollock
pollocked
pollocker
pollockes
pollocking
pollockly
pollocks
poon
pooned
pooner
poones
pooning
poonly
poons
poontang
poontanged
poontanger
poontanges
poontanging
poontangly
poontangs
porn
porned
porner
pornes
porning
pornly
porno
pornoed
pornoer
pornoes
pornography
pornographyed
pornographyer
pornographyes
pornographying
pornographyly
pornographys
pornoing
pornoly
pornos
porns
prick
pricked
pricker
prickes
pricking
prickly
pricks
prig
priged
priger
priges
priging
prigly
prigs
prostitute
prostituteed
prostituteer
prostitutees
prostituteing
prostitutely
prostitutes
prude
prudeed
prudeer
prudees
prudeing
prudely
prudes
punkass
punkassed
punkasser
punkasses
punkassing
punkassly
punkasss
punky
punkyed
punkyer
punkyes
punkying
punkyly
punkys
puss
pussed
pusser
pusses
pussies
pussiesed
pussieser
pussieses
pussiesing
pussiesly
pussiess
pussing
pussly
pusss
pussy
pussyed
pussyer
pussyes
pussying
pussyly
pussypounder
pussypoundered
pussypounderer
pussypounderes
pussypoundering
pussypounderly
pussypounders
pussys
puto
putoed
putoer
putoes
putoing
putoly
putos
queaf
queafed
queafer
queafes
queafing
queafly
queafs
queef
queefed
queefer
queefes
queefing
queefly
queefs
queer
queered
queerer
queeres
queering
queerly
queero
queeroed
queeroer
queeroes
queeroing
queeroly
queeros
queers
queersed
queerser
queerses
queersing
queersly
queerss
quicky
quickyed
quickyer
quickyes
quickying
quickyly
quickys
quim
quimed
quimer
quimes
quiming
quimly
quims
racy
racyed
racyer
racyes
racying
racyly
racys
rape
raped
rapeded
rapeder
rapedes
rapeding
rapedly
rapeds
rapeed
rapeer
rapees
rapeing
rapely
raper
rapered
raperer
raperes
rapering
raperly
rapers
rapes
rapist
rapisted
rapister
rapistes
rapisting
rapistly
rapists
raunch
raunched
rauncher
raunches
raunching
raunchly
raunchs
rectus
rectused
rectuser
rectuses
rectusing
rectusly
rectuss
reefer
reefered
reeferer
reeferes
reefering
reeferly
reefers
reetard
reetarded
reetarder
reetardes
reetarding
reetardly
reetards
reich
reiched
reicher
reiches
reiching
reichly
reichs
retard
retarded
retardeded
retardeder
retardedes
retardeding
retardedly
retardeds
retarder
retardes
retarding
retardly
retards
rimjob
rimjobed
rimjober
rimjobes
rimjobing
rimjobly
rimjobs
ritard
ritarded
ritarder
ritardes
ritarding
ritardly
ritards
rtard
rtarded
rtarder
rtardes
rtarding
rtardly
rtards
rum
rumed
rumer
rumes
ruming
rumly
rump
rumped
rumper
rumpes
rumping
rumply
rumprammer
rumprammered
rumprammerer
rumprammeres
rumprammering
rumprammerly
rumprammers
rumps
rums
ruski
ruskied
ruskier
ruskies
ruskiing
ruskily
ruskis
sadism
sadismed
sadismer
sadismes
sadisming
sadismly
sadisms
sadist
sadisted
sadister
sadistes
sadisting
sadistly
sadists
scag
scaged
scager
scages
scaging
scagly
scags
scantily
scantilyed
scantilyer
scantilyes
scantilying
scantilyly
scantilys
schlong
schlonged
schlonger
schlonges
schlonging
schlongly
schlongs
scrog
scroged
scroger
scroges
scroging
scrogly
scrogs
scrot
scrote
scroted
scroteed
scroteer
scrotees
scroteing
scrotely
scroter
scrotes
scroting
scrotly
scrots
scrotum
scrotumed
scrotumer
scrotumes
scrotuming
scrotumly
scrotums
scrud
scruded
scruder
scrudes
scruding
scrudly
scruds
scum
scumed
scumer
scumes
scuming
scumly
scums
seaman
seamaned
seamaner
seamanes
seamaning
seamanly
seamans
seamen
seamened
seamener
seamenes
seamening
seamenly
seamens
seduceed
seduceer
seducees
seduceing
seducely
seduces
semen
semened
semener
semenes
semening
semenly
semens
shamedame
shamedameed
shamedameer
shamedamees
shamedameing
shamedamely
shamedames
shit
shite
shiteater
shiteatered
shiteaterer
shiteateres
shiteatering
shiteaterly
shiteaters
shited
shiteed
shiteer
shitees
shiteing
shitely
shiter
shites
shitface
shitfaceed
shitfaceer
shitfacees
shitfaceing
shitfacely
shitfaces
shithead
shitheaded
shitheader
shitheades
shitheading
shitheadly
shitheads
shithole
shitholeed
shitholeer
shitholees
shitholeing
shitholely
shitholes
shithouse
shithouseed
shithouseer
shithousees
shithouseing
shithousely
shithouses
shiting
shitly
shits
shitsed
shitser
shitses
shitsing
shitsly
shitss
shitt
shitted
shitteded
shitteder
shittedes
shitteding
shittedly
shitteds
shitter
shittered
shitterer
shitteres
shittering
shitterly
shitters
shittes
shitting
shittly
shitts
shitty
shittyed
shittyer
shittyes
shittying
shittyly
shittys
shiz
shized
shizer
shizes
shizing
shizly
shizs
shooted
shooter
shootes
shooting
shootly
shoots
sissy
sissyed
sissyer
sissyes
sissying
sissyly
sissys
skag
skaged
skager
skages
skaging
skagly
skags
skank
skanked
skanker
skankes
skanking
skankly
skanks
slave
slaveed
slaveer
slavees
slaveing
slavely
slaves
sleaze
sleazeed
sleazeer
sleazees
sleazeing
sleazely
sleazes
sleazy
sleazyed
sleazyer
sleazyes
sleazying
sleazyly
sleazys
slut
slutdumper
slutdumpered
slutdumperer
slutdumperes
slutdumpering
slutdumperly
slutdumpers
sluted
sluter
slutes
sluting
slutkiss
slutkissed
slutkisser
slutkisses
slutkissing
slutkissly
slutkisss
slutly
sluts
slutsed
slutser
slutses
slutsing
slutsly
slutss
smegma
smegmaed
smegmaer
smegmaes
smegmaing
smegmaly
smegmas
smut
smuted
smuter
smutes
smuting
smutly
smuts
smutty
smuttyed
smuttyer
smuttyes
smuttying
smuttyly
smuttys
snatch
snatched
snatcher
snatches
snatching
snatchly
snatchs
sniper
snipered
sniperer
sniperes
snipering
sniperly
snipers
snort
snorted
snorter
snortes
snorting
snortly
snorts
snuff
snuffed
snuffer
snuffes
snuffing
snuffly
snuffs
sodom
sodomed
sodomer
sodomes
sodoming
sodomly
sodoms
spic
spiced
spicer
spices
spicing
spick
spicked
spicker
spickes
spicking
spickly
spicks
spicly
spics
spik
spoof
spoofed
spoofer
spoofes
spoofing
spoofly
spoofs
spooge
spoogeed
spoogeer
spoogees
spoogeing
spoogely
spooges
spunk
spunked
spunker
spunkes
spunking
spunkly
spunks
steamyed
steamyer
steamyes
steamying
steamyly
steamys
stfu
stfued
stfuer
stfues
stfuing
stfuly
stfus
stiffy
stiffyed
stiffyer
stiffyes
stiffying
stiffyly
stiffys
stoneded
stoneder
stonedes
stoneding
stonedly
stoneds
stupided
stupider
stupides
stupiding
stupidly
stupids
suckeded
suckeder
suckedes
suckeding
suckedly
suckeds
sucker
suckes
sucking
suckinged
suckinger
suckinges
suckinging
suckingly
suckings
suckly
sucks
sumofabiatch
sumofabiatched
sumofabiatcher
sumofabiatches
sumofabiatching
sumofabiatchly
sumofabiatchs
tard
tarded
tarder
tardes
tarding
tardly
tards
tawdry
tawdryed
tawdryer
tawdryes
tawdrying
tawdryly
tawdrys
teabagging
teabagginged
teabagginger
teabagginges
teabagginging
teabaggingly
teabaggings
terd
terded
terder
terdes
terding
terdly
terds
teste
testee
testeed
testeeed
testeeer
testeees
testeeing
testeely
testeer
testees
testeing
testely
testes
testesed
testeser
testeses
testesing
testesly
testess
testicle
testicleed
testicleer
testiclees
testicleing
testiclely
testicles
testis
testised
testiser
testises
testising
testisly
testiss
thrusted
thruster
thrustes
thrusting
thrustly
thrusts
thug
thuged
thuger
thuges
thuging
thugly
thugs
tinkle
tinkleed
tinkleer
tinklees
tinkleing
tinklely
tinkles
tit
tited
titer
tites
titfuck
titfucked
titfucker
titfuckes
titfucking
titfuckly
titfucks
titi
titied
titier
tities
titiing
titily
titing
titis
titly
tits
titsed
titser
titses
titsing
titsly
titss
tittiefucker
tittiefuckered
tittiefuckerer
tittiefuckeres
tittiefuckering
tittiefuckerly
tittiefuckers
titties
tittiesed
tittieser
tittieses
tittiesing
tittiesly
tittiess
titty
tittyed
tittyer
tittyes
tittyfuck
tittyfucked
tittyfucker
tittyfuckered
tittyfuckerer
tittyfuckeres
tittyfuckering
tittyfuckerly
tittyfuckers
tittyfuckes
tittyfucking
tittyfuckly
tittyfucks
tittying
tittyly
tittys
toke
tokeed
tokeer
tokees
tokeing
tokely
tokes
toots
tootsed
tootser
tootses
tootsing
tootsly
tootss
tramp
tramped
tramper
trampes
tramping
tramply
tramps
transsexualed
transsexualer
transsexuales
transsexualing
transsexually
transsexuals
trashy
trashyed
trashyer
trashyes
trashying
trashyly
trashys
tubgirl
tubgirled
tubgirler
tubgirles
tubgirling
tubgirlly
tubgirls
turd
turded
turder
turdes
turding
turdly
turds
tush
tushed
tusher
tushes
tushing
tushly
tushs
twat
twated
twater
twates
twating
twatly
twats
twatsed
twatser
twatses
twatsing
twatsly
twatss
undies
undiesed
undieser
undieses
undiesing
undiesly
undiess
unweded
unweder
unwedes
unweding
unwedly
unweds
uzi
uzied
uzier
uzies
uziing
uzily
uzis
vag
vaged
vager
vages
vaging
vagly
vags
valium
valiumed
valiumer
valiumes
valiuming
valiumly
valiums
venous
virgined
virginer
virgines
virgining
virginly
virgins
vixen
vixened
vixener
vixenes
vixening
vixenly
vixens
vodkaed
vodkaer
vodkaes
vodkaing
vodkaly
vodkas
voyeur
voyeured
voyeurer
voyeures
voyeuring
voyeurly
voyeurs
vulgar
vulgared
vulgarer
vulgares
vulgaring
vulgarly
vulgars
wang
wanged
wanger
wanges
wanging
wangly
wangs
wank
wanked
wanker
wankered
wankerer
wankeres
wankering
wankerly
wankers
wankes
wanking
wankly
wanks
wazoo
wazooed
wazooer
wazooes
wazooing
wazooly
wazoos
wedgie
wedgieed
wedgieer
wedgiees
wedgieing
wedgiely
wedgies
weeded
weeder
weedes
weeding
weedly
weeds
weenie
weenieed
weenieer
weeniees
weenieing
weeniely
weenies
weewee
weeweeed
weeweeer
weeweees
weeweeing
weeweely
weewees
weiner
weinered
weinerer
weineres
weinering
weinerly
weiners
weirdo
weirdoed
weirdoer
weirdoes
weirdoing
weirdoly
weirdos
wench
wenched
wencher
wenches
wenching
wenchly
wenchs
wetback
wetbacked
wetbacker
wetbackes
wetbacking
wetbackly
wetbacks
whitey
whiteyed
whiteyer
whiteyes
whiteying
whiteyly
whiteys
whiz
whized
whizer
whizes
whizing
whizly
whizs
whoralicious
whoralicioused
whoraliciouser
whoraliciouses
whoraliciousing
whoraliciously
whoraliciouss
whore
whorealicious
whorealicioused
whorealiciouser
whorealiciouses
whorealiciousing
whorealiciously
whorealiciouss
whored
whoreded
whoreder
whoredes
whoreding
whoredly
whoreds
whoreed
whoreer
whorees
whoreface
whorefaceed
whorefaceer
whorefacees
whorefaceing
whorefacely
whorefaces
whorehopper
whorehoppered
whorehopperer
whorehopperes
whorehoppering
whorehopperly
whorehoppers
whorehouse
whorehouseed
whorehouseer
whorehousees
whorehouseing
whorehousely
whorehouses
whoreing
whorely
whores
whoresed
whoreser
whoreses
whoresing
whoresly
whoress
whoring
whoringed
whoringer
whoringes
whoringing
whoringly
whorings
wigger
wiggered
wiggerer
wiggeres
wiggering
wiggerly
wiggers
woody
woodyed
woodyer
woodyes
woodying
woodyly
woodys
wop
woped
woper
wopes
woping
woply
wops
wtf
wtfed
wtfer
wtfes
wtfing
wtfly
wtfs
xxx
xxxed
xxxer
xxxes
xxxing
xxxly
xxxs
yeasty
yeastyed
yeastyer
yeastyes
yeastying
yeastyly
yeastys
yobbo
yobboed
yobboer
yobboes
yobboing
yobboly
yobbos
zoophile
zoophileed
zoophileer
zoophilees
zoophileing
zoophilely
zoophiles
anal
ass
ass lick
balls
ballsac
bisexual
bleach
causas
cheap
cost of miracles
cunt
display network stats
fart
fda and death
fda AND warn
fda AND warning
fda AND warns
feom
fuck
gfc
humira AND expensive
illegal
madvocate
masturbation
nuccitelli
overdose
porn
shit
snort
texarkana
direct\-acting antivirals
assistance
ombitasvir
support path
harvoni
abbvie
direct-acting antivirals
paritaprevir
advocacy
ledipasvir
vpak
ritonavir with dasabuvir
program
gilead
greedy
financial
needy
fake-ovir
viekira pak
v pak
sofosbuvir
support
oasis
discount
dasabuvir
protest
ritonavir
Negative Keywords Excluded Elements
header[@id='header']
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-cleveland-clinic')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Altmetric
DSM Affiliated
Display in offset block
Disqus Exclude
Best Practices
CE/CME
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Enable Disqus
Display Author and Disclosure Link
Publication Type
Society
Slot System
Featured Buckets
Disable Sticky Ads
Disable Ad Block Mitigation
Featured Buckets Admin
LayerRx MD-IQ Id
773
Show Ads on this Publication's Homepage
Consolidated Pub
Show Article Page Numbers on TOC
Use larger logo size
Off
publication_blueconic_enabled
Off
Show More Destinations Menu
Disable Adhesion on Publication
Off
Restore Menu Label on Mobile Navigation
Disable Facebook Pixel from Publication
Exclude this publication from publication selection on articles and quiz

When can I stop dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with drug-eluting stents?

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 01/03/2019 - 09:43
Display Headline
When can I stop dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with drug-eluting stents?

Stopping dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) (eg, clopidogrel plus aspirin) after 3 months is reasonable in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and a high bleeding risk, with stable ischemic disease defined as at least 1 year free of acute coronary syndromes. However, these patients should continue lifelong aspirin monotherapy. Current guidelines suggest that in stable ischemic disease, the risk-benefit ratio may favor an even shorter duration of DAPT than the 6 months currently recommended.1

STABLE ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE VS ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME

Percutaneous coronary intervention for stable ischemic heart disease is indicated primarily in patients with angina that persists despite optimal antianginal therapy.

The prognostic implications of DAPT are different in stable ischemic disease than in acute coronary syndromes. The substrate treated by percutaneous intervention in stable ischemic disease is primarily fibrofatty plaque, as opposed to thrombus in acute coronary syndromes.

Percutaneous intervention significantly improves the prognosis in acute coronary syndromes, whereas its impact on overall survival in stable ischemic heart disease is not well documented. Given these differences, our discussion about DAPT in stable ischemic disease cannot be extrapolated to acute coronary syndromes.

BENEFITS OF DAPT

DAPT is mandatory early after drug-eluting stent placement, when the stent continuously releases medication, inhibiting tissue growth within the lumen of the stent.

Endothelialization of the stent normally occurs during the first 7 to 30 days after placement. During this period, the nonendothelialized stent poses a risk of thrombosis, a life-threatening, catastrophic condition with a mortality rate between 9% and 45%.1

Aspirin 75 to 100 mg has been shown to be effective as secondary prevention of atherosclerotic disease and is recommended lifelong in this clinical setting. Adding a thienopyridine reduces the risk of myocardial infarction, stent thrombosis, and death from a cardiovascular event and decreases the incidence of plaque rupture in nonstented coronary vessels. Hence, prevention of these complications provides the rationale for DAPT in this clinical setting.

THERAPY BEYOND 12 MONTHS

Although guidelines have traditionally recommended 12 months of DAPT, the optimal duration is still debated.

A duration beyond 12 months in patients with a history of myocardial infarction was shown to be reasonable in 2 large trials,2,3 while a 2016 review by Bittl et al4 suggested that therapy beyond 12 months in patients with a newer-generation drug-eluting stent could increase the incidence of major bleeding. A detailed discussion of DAPT longer than 12 months is beyond the scope of this article.

EVIDENCE FOR SHORTER DURATION

The results of 5 major trials support shorter duration of DAPT in stable ischemic disease.

The OPTIMIZE5 and RESET6 trials found that 3 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months in terms of ischemic and safety end points.

The ISAR-SAFE,7 EXCELLENT,8 and SECURITY9 trials also reported that 6 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months for the primary composite end point of death, stent thrombosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, or major bleeding.

However, these trials may have been underpowered to detect a difference in rates of stent thrombosis with shorter-duration DAPT.

CURRENT GUIDELINES

For patients at high bleeding risk, the current guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association, updated in 2016, suggest that it may be reasonable to discontinue DAPT 3 months after drug-eluting stent placement in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and at 6 months in patients with acute coronary syndrome (class IIb recommendation, level of evidence C).1 These recommendations are based on results of randomized controlled trials showing no difference in the rate of stent thrombosis and composite ischemic events with a shorter duration than with 12 months of therapy.5–10

The evidence for DAPT in stable ischemic disease is based on clopidogrel, with only limited data on ticagrelor.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has evaluated DAPT in this setting for less than 3 months, and further study is needed to address shorter-duration approaches with current-generation drug-eluting stents Since 2017, all coronary stents implanted in the United States have been second-generation stents.

 

 

TOOLS TO HELP DECISION-MAKING

The decision to stop DAPT in a patient at high risk of bleeding requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits. Risk factors for bleeding include advanced age, history of major bleeding, anticoagulation, chronic kidney disease (serum creatinine level ≥ 2 mg/dL), platelet count 100 × 109/L or lower, and history of stroke.11

Table 1. Risk factors for ischemia, stent thrombosis, and bleeding
A useful approach is to define the risks of stent thrombosis and bleeding (Table 1).1 The DAPT score determines the risk-benefit ratio for long-term DAPT as follows:

  • Age 75 or older: −2 points
  • Ages 65 to 74: −1
  • Age under 65: 0
  • Diabetes mellitus: 1
  • Myocardial infarction at presentation: 1
  • History of percutaneous coronary intervention or myocardial infarction: 1
  • Stent diameter less than 3 mm: 1
  • Paclitaxel drug-eluting stent: 1
  • Current smoker: 2
  • Percutaneous coronary intervention with saphenous vein graft: 2
  • Congestive heart failure or left ventricular ejection fraction less than 30%: 2.

A score of 2 or greater favors continuing DAPT, as it indicates higher ischemic risk. A score less than 2 favors discontinuing DAPT, as it indicates higher bleeding risk.1,2

IF BLEEDING RISK IS HIGH

Preventing and controlling bleeding associated with DAPT is important. The gastrointestinal tract is the most common site of bleeding.

Aspirin inhibits prostaglandin synthesis, leading to disruption of the protective mucous membrane. Therefore, a proton pump inhibitor should be started along with DAPT in patients at high risk of gastrointestinal bleeding.

If a patient’s bleeding risk significantly outweighs the risk of stent thrombosis, or if active hemorrhage makes a patient hemodynamically unstable, antiplatelet therapy must be stopped.1

FACING SURGERY

For patients with a drug-eluting stent who are on DAPT and are to undergo elective noncardiac surgery, 3 considerations must be kept in mind:

  • The risk of stent thrombosis if DAPT needs to be interrupted
  • The consequences of delaying the surgical procedure
  • The risk and consequences of periprocedural and intraprocedural bleeding if DAPT is continued.

Because clinical evidence for bridging therapy with intravenous antiplatelet or anticoagulant agents is limited, it is difficult to make recommendations about stopping DAPT. However, once bleeding risk is stabilized, DAPT should be restarted as soon as possible.1

CURRENT RESEARCH

Several trials are under way to further evaluate ways to minimize bleeding risk and shorten the duration of DAPT.

A prospective multicenter trial is evaluating 3-month DAPT in patients at high bleeding risk who undergo placement of an everolimus-eluting stent.11 This study is expected to be completed in August 2019.

Another strategy for patients at high bleeding risk is use of a polymer-free drug-coated coronary stent. In a 2015 trial comparing a biolimus A9-coated stent vs a bare-metal stent, patients received DAPT for 1 month after stent placement. The drug-coated stent was found to be superior in terms of the primary safety end point (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, or stent thrombosis).12 This stent is not yet approved by the US Food and Drug Administration at the time of this writing.

Further study is needed to evaluate DAPT durations of less than 3 months and to establish the proper timing for safely discontinuing DAPT in difficult clinical scenarios.

WHEN STOPPING MAY BE REASONABLE

According to current guidelines, in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation or newer drug-eluting stent for stable ischemic heart disease, discontinuing DAPT 3 months after stent placement may be reasonable.1 The decision to stop DAPT in these patients requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits and may be aided by a tool such as the DAPT risk score. However, these recommendations cannot be extrapolated to patients with an acute coronary syndrome within the past year, as they are at higher risk.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGES

  • A cardiologist should be consulted before discontinuing DAPT in patients with a drug-eluting stent, especially if the stent was recently placed.
  • The duration of therapy depends on the indication for stent placement (stable ischemic heart disease vs acute coronary syndrome) and on stent location.
  • Based on the 2016 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines,1 in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation drug-eluting stent, discontinuing DAPT is safe after 3 months in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and after 6 months in patients with an acute coronary syndrome.
  • When prescribing DAPT, available evidence favors clopidogrel in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and are at high bleeding risk.
  • In these patients, the risk-benefit ratio based on the DAPT score may be useful when considering stopping clopidogrel.       
References
  1. Levine GN, Bates ER, Bittl JA, et al. 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2016; 134(10):e123–e155. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000404 [correction in doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000452]
  2. Mauri L, Kereiakes DJ, Yeh RW, et al; DAPT Study Investigators. Twelve or 30 months of dual antiplatelet therapy after drug-eluting stents. N Engl J Med 2014; 371(23):2155–2166. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1409312
  3. Bonaca MP, Bhatt DL, Cohen M, et al; PEGASUS-TIMI 54 Steering Committee and Investigators. Long-term use of ticagrelor in patients with prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(19):1791–1800. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1500857
  4. Bittl JA, Baber U, Bradley SM, Wijeysundera DN. Duration of dual antiplatelet therapy: a systematic review for the 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68(10):1116–1139. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2016.03.512
  5. Feres F, Costa RA, Abizaid A, et al; OPTIMIZE Trial Investigators. Three vs twelve months of dual antiplatelet therapy after zotarolimus-eluting stents: the OPTIMIZE randomized trial. JAMA 2013; 310(23):2510–2522. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.282183
  6. Kubo T, Akasaka T, Kozuma K, et al. Comparison of neointimal coverage between everolimus-eluting stents and sirolimus-eluting stents: an optical coherence tomography substudy of RESET. EuroIntervention 2015. doi:10.4244/EIJV11I5A109
  7. Schulz-Schupke S, Byrne RA, ten Berg JM, et al; Intracoronary Stenting and Antithrombotic Regimen: Safety And EFficacy of 6 Months Dual Antiplatelet Therapy After Drug-Eluting Stenting (ISAR-SAFE) Trial Investigators. ISAR-SAFE: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 6 vs 12 months of clopidogrel therapy after drug-eluting stenting. Eur Heart J 2015; 36(20):1252–1263. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu523
  8. Gwon HC, Hahn JY, Park KW, et al. Six-month versus 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy after implantation of drug-eluting stents: the efficacy of Xience/Promus vs Cypher to reduce late loss after stenting (EXCELLENT) randomized, multicenter study. Circulation 2012; 125(3):505–513. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.059022
  9. Colombo A, Chieffo A, Frasheri A, et al. Second-generation drug-eluting stent implantation followed by 6- vs 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy: the SECURITY randomized clinical trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(20):2086–2097. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.09.008
  10. Kim BK, Hong MK, Shin DH, et al; RESET Investigators. A new strategy for discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy: the RESET Trial (REal Safety and Efficacy of 3-month dual antiplatelet Therapy following Endeavor zotarolimus-eluting stent implantation). J Am Coll Cardiol 2012; 60(15):1340–1348. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2012.06.043
  11. US National Library of Medicine. ClinicalTrials.gov. EVOLVE Short DAPT Study. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02605447. Accessed December 3, 2018.
  12. Urban P, Meredith IT, Abizaid A, et al; LEADERS FREE Investigators. Polymer-free drug-coated coronary stents in patients at high bleeding risk. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(21):2038–2047. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1503943
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, MD
Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health, San Antonio, TX; Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Carlos Uribe, MD, FACC, FSCAI
Interventional Cardiologist, Associate Professor of Medicine, CES University; Program director of Interventional Cardiology, UPB University, Clinica CardioVID, Hospital Pablo Tobon Uribe, Medellin, Colombia

Megha Prasad, MD
Division of Cardiology, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY 

Sushil Allen Luis, MBBS, FRACP
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
13-16
Legacy Keywords
dual antiplatelet therapy, DAPT, stent, drug-eluting stent, DES, aspirin, clopidogrel, Plavix, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, bleeding risk, Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, Carlos Uribe, Megha Prasad, Sushil Allen Luis
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, MD
Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health, San Antonio, TX; Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Carlos Uribe, MD, FACC, FSCAI
Interventional Cardiologist, Associate Professor of Medicine, CES University; Program director of Interventional Cardiology, UPB University, Clinica CardioVID, Hospital Pablo Tobon Uribe, Medellin, Colombia

Megha Prasad, MD
Division of Cardiology, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY 

Sushil Allen Luis, MBBS, FRACP
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, MD
Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health, San Antonio, TX; Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Carlos Uribe, MD, FACC, FSCAI
Interventional Cardiologist, Associate Professor of Medicine, CES University; Program director of Interventional Cardiology, UPB University, Clinica CardioVID, Hospital Pablo Tobon Uribe, Medellin, Colombia

Megha Prasad, MD
Division of Cardiology, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY 

Sushil Allen Luis, MBBS, FRACP
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Stopping dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) (eg, clopidogrel plus aspirin) after 3 months is reasonable in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and a high bleeding risk, with stable ischemic disease defined as at least 1 year free of acute coronary syndromes. However, these patients should continue lifelong aspirin monotherapy. Current guidelines suggest that in stable ischemic disease, the risk-benefit ratio may favor an even shorter duration of DAPT than the 6 months currently recommended.1

STABLE ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE VS ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME

Percutaneous coronary intervention for stable ischemic heart disease is indicated primarily in patients with angina that persists despite optimal antianginal therapy.

The prognostic implications of DAPT are different in stable ischemic disease than in acute coronary syndromes. The substrate treated by percutaneous intervention in stable ischemic disease is primarily fibrofatty plaque, as opposed to thrombus in acute coronary syndromes.

Percutaneous intervention significantly improves the prognosis in acute coronary syndromes, whereas its impact on overall survival in stable ischemic heart disease is not well documented. Given these differences, our discussion about DAPT in stable ischemic disease cannot be extrapolated to acute coronary syndromes.

BENEFITS OF DAPT

DAPT is mandatory early after drug-eluting stent placement, when the stent continuously releases medication, inhibiting tissue growth within the lumen of the stent.

Endothelialization of the stent normally occurs during the first 7 to 30 days after placement. During this period, the nonendothelialized stent poses a risk of thrombosis, a life-threatening, catastrophic condition with a mortality rate between 9% and 45%.1

Aspirin 75 to 100 mg has been shown to be effective as secondary prevention of atherosclerotic disease and is recommended lifelong in this clinical setting. Adding a thienopyridine reduces the risk of myocardial infarction, stent thrombosis, and death from a cardiovascular event and decreases the incidence of plaque rupture in nonstented coronary vessels. Hence, prevention of these complications provides the rationale for DAPT in this clinical setting.

THERAPY BEYOND 12 MONTHS

Although guidelines have traditionally recommended 12 months of DAPT, the optimal duration is still debated.

A duration beyond 12 months in patients with a history of myocardial infarction was shown to be reasonable in 2 large trials,2,3 while a 2016 review by Bittl et al4 suggested that therapy beyond 12 months in patients with a newer-generation drug-eluting stent could increase the incidence of major bleeding. A detailed discussion of DAPT longer than 12 months is beyond the scope of this article.

EVIDENCE FOR SHORTER DURATION

The results of 5 major trials support shorter duration of DAPT in stable ischemic disease.

The OPTIMIZE5 and RESET6 trials found that 3 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months in terms of ischemic and safety end points.

The ISAR-SAFE,7 EXCELLENT,8 and SECURITY9 trials also reported that 6 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months for the primary composite end point of death, stent thrombosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, or major bleeding.

However, these trials may have been underpowered to detect a difference in rates of stent thrombosis with shorter-duration DAPT.

CURRENT GUIDELINES

For patients at high bleeding risk, the current guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association, updated in 2016, suggest that it may be reasonable to discontinue DAPT 3 months after drug-eluting stent placement in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and at 6 months in patients with acute coronary syndrome (class IIb recommendation, level of evidence C).1 These recommendations are based on results of randomized controlled trials showing no difference in the rate of stent thrombosis and composite ischemic events with a shorter duration than with 12 months of therapy.5–10

The evidence for DAPT in stable ischemic disease is based on clopidogrel, with only limited data on ticagrelor.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has evaluated DAPT in this setting for less than 3 months, and further study is needed to address shorter-duration approaches with current-generation drug-eluting stents Since 2017, all coronary stents implanted in the United States have been second-generation stents.

 

 

TOOLS TO HELP DECISION-MAKING

The decision to stop DAPT in a patient at high risk of bleeding requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits. Risk factors for bleeding include advanced age, history of major bleeding, anticoagulation, chronic kidney disease (serum creatinine level ≥ 2 mg/dL), platelet count 100 × 109/L or lower, and history of stroke.11

Table 1. Risk factors for ischemia, stent thrombosis, and bleeding
A useful approach is to define the risks of stent thrombosis and bleeding (Table 1).1 The DAPT score determines the risk-benefit ratio for long-term DAPT as follows:

  • Age 75 or older: −2 points
  • Ages 65 to 74: −1
  • Age under 65: 0
  • Diabetes mellitus: 1
  • Myocardial infarction at presentation: 1
  • History of percutaneous coronary intervention or myocardial infarction: 1
  • Stent diameter less than 3 mm: 1
  • Paclitaxel drug-eluting stent: 1
  • Current smoker: 2
  • Percutaneous coronary intervention with saphenous vein graft: 2
  • Congestive heart failure or left ventricular ejection fraction less than 30%: 2.

A score of 2 or greater favors continuing DAPT, as it indicates higher ischemic risk. A score less than 2 favors discontinuing DAPT, as it indicates higher bleeding risk.1,2

IF BLEEDING RISK IS HIGH

Preventing and controlling bleeding associated with DAPT is important. The gastrointestinal tract is the most common site of bleeding.

Aspirin inhibits prostaglandin synthesis, leading to disruption of the protective mucous membrane. Therefore, a proton pump inhibitor should be started along with DAPT in patients at high risk of gastrointestinal bleeding.

If a patient’s bleeding risk significantly outweighs the risk of stent thrombosis, or if active hemorrhage makes a patient hemodynamically unstable, antiplatelet therapy must be stopped.1

FACING SURGERY

For patients with a drug-eluting stent who are on DAPT and are to undergo elective noncardiac surgery, 3 considerations must be kept in mind:

  • The risk of stent thrombosis if DAPT needs to be interrupted
  • The consequences of delaying the surgical procedure
  • The risk and consequences of periprocedural and intraprocedural bleeding if DAPT is continued.

Because clinical evidence for bridging therapy with intravenous antiplatelet or anticoagulant agents is limited, it is difficult to make recommendations about stopping DAPT. However, once bleeding risk is stabilized, DAPT should be restarted as soon as possible.1

CURRENT RESEARCH

Several trials are under way to further evaluate ways to minimize bleeding risk and shorten the duration of DAPT.

A prospective multicenter trial is evaluating 3-month DAPT in patients at high bleeding risk who undergo placement of an everolimus-eluting stent.11 This study is expected to be completed in August 2019.

Another strategy for patients at high bleeding risk is use of a polymer-free drug-coated coronary stent. In a 2015 trial comparing a biolimus A9-coated stent vs a bare-metal stent, patients received DAPT for 1 month after stent placement. The drug-coated stent was found to be superior in terms of the primary safety end point (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, or stent thrombosis).12 This stent is not yet approved by the US Food and Drug Administration at the time of this writing.

Further study is needed to evaluate DAPT durations of less than 3 months and to establish the proper timing for safely discontinuing DAPT in difficult clinical scenarios.

WHEN STOPPING MAY BE REASONABLE

According to current guidelines, in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation or newer drug-eluting stent for stable ischemic heart disease, discontinuing DAPT 3 months after stent placement may be reasonable.1 The decision to stop DAPT in these patients requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits and may be aided by a tool such as the DAPT risk score. However, these recommendations cannot be extrapolated to patients with an acute coronary syndrome within the past year, as they are at higher risk.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGES

  • A cardiologist should be consulted before discontinuing DAPT in patients with a drug-eluting stent, especially if the stent was recently placed.
  • The duration of therapy depends on the indication for stent placement (stable ischemic heart disease vs acute coronary syndrome) and on stent location.
  • Based on the 2016 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines,1 in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation drug-eluting stent, discontinuing DAPT is safe after 3 months in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and after 6 months in patients with an acute coronary syndrome.
  • When prescribing DAPT, available evidence favors clopidogrel in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and are at high bleeding risk.
  • In these patients, the risk-benefit ratio based on the DAPT score may be useful when considering stopping clopidogrel.       

Stopping dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) (eg, clopidogrel plus aspirin) after 3 months is reasonable in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and a high bleeding risk, with stable ischemic disease defined as at least 1 year free of acute coronary syndromes. However, these patients should continue lifelong aspirin monotherapy. Current guidelines suggest that in stable ischemic disease, the risk-benefit ratio may favor an even shorter duration of DAPT than the 6 months currently recommended.1

STABLE ISCHEMIC HEART DISEASE VS ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME

Percutaneous coronary intervention for stable ischemic heart disease is indicated primarily in patients with angina that persists despite optimal antianginal therapy.

The prognostic implications of DAPT are different in stable ischemic disease than in acute coronary syndromes. The substrate treated by percutaneous intervention in stable ischemic disease is primarily fibrofatty plaque, as opposed to thrombus in acute coronary syndromes.

Percutaneous intervention significantly improves the prognosis in acute coronary syndromes, whereas its impact on overall survival in stable ischemic heart disease is not well documented. Given these differences, our discussion about DAPT in stable ischemic disease cannot be extrapolated to acute coronary syndromes.

BENEFITS OF DAPT

DAPT is mandatory early after drug-eluting stent placement, when the stent continuously releases medication, inhibiting tissue growth within the lumen of the stent.

Endothelialization of the stent normally occurs during the first 7 to 30 days after placement. During this period, the nonendothelialized stent poses a risk of thrombosis, a life-threatening, catastrophic condition with a mortality rate between 9% and 45%.1

Aspirin 75 to 100 mg has been shown to be effective as secondary prevention of atherosclerotic disease and is recommended lifelong in this clinical setting. Adding a thienopyridine reduces the risk of myocardial infarction, stent thrombosis, and death from a cardiovascular event and decreases the incidence of plaque rupture in nonstented coronary vessels. Hence, prevention of these complications provides the rationale for DAPT in this clinical setting.

THERAPY BEYOND 12 MONTHS

Although guidelines have traditionally recommended 12 months of DAPT, the optimal duration is still debated.

A duration beyond 12 months in patients with a history of myocardial infarction was shown to be reasonable in 2 large trials,2,3 while a 2016 review by Bittl et al4 suggested that therapy beyond 12 months in patients with a newer-generation drug-eluting stent could increase the incidence of major bleeding. A detailed discussion of DAPT longer than 12 months is beyond the scope of this article.

EVIDENCE FOR SHORTER DURATION

The results of 5 major trials support shorter duration of DAPT in stable ischemic disease.

The OPTIMIZE5 and RESET6 trials found that 3 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months in terms of ischemic and safety end points.

The ISAR-SAFE,7 EXCELLENT,8 and SECURITY9 trials also reported that 6 months of DAPT was not inferior to 12 months for the primary composite end point of death, stent thrombosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, or major bleeding.

However, these trials may have been underpowered to detect a difference in rates of stent thrombosis with shorter-duration DAPT.

CURRENT GUIDELINES

For patients at high bleeding risk, the current guidelines of the American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association, updated in 2016, suggest that it may be reasonable to discontinue DAPT 3 months after drug-eluting stent placement in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and at 6 months in patients with acute coronary syndrome (class IIb recommendation, level of evidence C).1 These recommendations are based on results of randomized controlled trials showing no difference in the rate of stent thrombosis and composite ischemic events with a shorter duration than with 12 months of therapy.5–10

The evidence for DAPT in stable ischemic disease is based on clopidogrel, with only limited data on ticagrelor.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has evaluated DAPT in this setting for less than 3 months, and further study is needed to address shorter-duration approaches with current-generation drug-eluting stents Since 2017, all coronary stents implanted in the United States have been second-generation stents.

 

 

TOOLS TO HELP DECISION-MAKING

The decision to stop DAPT in a patient at high risk of bleeding requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits. Risk factors for bleeding include advanced age, history of major bleeding, anticoagulation, chronic kidney disease (serum creatinine level ≥ 2 mg/dL), platelet count 100 × 109/L or lower, and history of stroke.11

Table 1. Risk factors for ischemia, stent thrombosis, and bleeding
A useful approach is to define the risks of stent thrombosis and bleeding (Table 1).1 The DAPT score determines the risk-benefit ratio for long-term DAPT as follows:

  • Age 75 or older: −2 points
  • Ages 65 to 74: −1
  • Age under 65: 0
  • Diabetes mellitus: 1
  • Myocardial infarction at presentation: 1
  • History of percutaneous coronary intervention or myocardial infarction: 1
  • Stent diameter less than 3 mm: 1
  • Paclitaxel drug-eluting stent: 1
  • Current smoker: 2
  • Percutaneous coronary intervention with saphenous vein graft: 2
  • Congestive heart failure or left ventricular ejection fraction less than 30%: 2.

A score of 2 or greater favors continuing DAPT, as it indicates higher ischemic risk. A score less than 2 favors discontinuing DAPT, as it indicates higher bleeding risk.1,2

IF BLEEDING RISK IS HIGH

Preventing and controlling bleeding associated with DAPT is important. The gastrointestinal tract is the most common site of bleeding.

Aspirin inhibits prostaglandin synthesis, leading to disruption of the protective mucous membrane. Therefore, a proton pump inhibitor should be started along with DAPT in patients at high risk of gastrointestinal bleeding.

If a patient’s bleeding risk significantly outweighs the risk of stent thrombosis, or if active hemorrhage makes a patient hemodynamically unstable, antiplatelet therapy must be stopped.1

FACING SURGERY

For patients with a drug-eluting stent who are on DAPT and are to undergo elective noncardiac surgery, 3 considerations must be kept in mind:

  • The risk of stent thrombosis if DAPT needs to be interrupted
  • The consequences of delaying the surgical procedure
  • The risk and consequences of periprocedural and intraprocedural bleeding if DAPT is continued.

Because clinical evidence for bridging therapy with intravenous antiplatelet or anticoagulant agents is limited, it is difficult to make recommendations about stopping DAPT. However, once bleeding risk is stabilized, DAPT should be restarted as soon as possible.1

CURRENT RESEARCH

Several trials are under way to further evaluate ways to minimize bleeding risk and shorten the duration of DAPT.

A prospective multicenter trial is evaluating 3-month DAPT in patients at high bleeding risk who undergo placement of an everolimus-eluting stent.11 This study is expected to be completed in August 2019.

Another strategy for patients at high bleeding risk is use of a polymer-free drug-coated coronary stent. In a 2015 trial comparing a biolimus A9-coated stent vs a bare-metal stent, patients received DAPT for 1 month after stent placement. The drug-coated stent was found to be superior in terms of the primary safety end point (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, or stent thrombosis).12 This stent is not yet approved by the US Food and Drug Administration at the time of this writing.

Further study is needed to evaluate DAPT durations of less than 3 months and to establish the proper timing for safely discontinuing DAPT in difficult clinical scenarios.

WHEN STOPPING MAY BE REASONABLE

According to current guidelines, in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation or newer drug-eluting stent for stable ischemic heart disease, discontinuing DAPT 3 months after stent placement may be reasonable.1 The decision to stop DAPT in these patients requires a careful assessment of the risks and benefits and may be aided by a tool such as the DAPT risk score. However, these recommendations cannot be extrapolated to patients with an acute coronary syndrome within the past year, as they are at higher risk.

TAKE-HOME MESSAGES

  • A cardiologist should be consulted before discontinuing DAPT in patients with a drug-eluting stent, especially if the stent was recently placed.
  • The duration of therapy depends on the indication for stent placement (stable ischemic heart disease vs acute coronary syndrome) and on stent location.
  • Based on the 2016 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines,1 in patients at high bleeding risk with a second-generation drug-eluting stent, discontinuing DAPT is safe after 3 months in patients with stable ischemic heart disease, and after 6 months in patients with an acute coronary syndrome.
  • When prescribing DAPT, available evidence favors clopidogrel in patients with stable ischemic heart disease who have a second-generation drug-eluting stent and are at high bleeding risk.
  • In these patients, the risk-benefit ratio based on the DAPT score may be useful when considering stopping clopidogrel.       
References
  1. Levine GN, Bates ER, Bittl JA, et al. 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2016; 134(10):e123–e155. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000404 [correction in doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000452]
  2. Mauri L, Kereiakes DJ, Yeh RW, et al; DAPT Study Investigators. Twelve or 30 months of dual antiplatelet therapy after drug-eluting stents. N Engl J Med 2014; 371(23):2155–2166. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1409312
  3. Bonaca MP, Bhatt DL, Cohen M, et al; PEGASUS-TIMI 54 Steering Committee and Investigators. Long-term use of ticagrelor in patients with prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(19):1791–1800. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1500857
  4. Bittl JA, Baber U, Bradley SM, Wijeysundera DN. Duration of dual antiplatelet therapy: a systematic review for the 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68(10):1116–1139. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2016.03.512
  5. Feres F, Costa RA, Abizaid A, et al; OPTIMIZE Trial Investigators. Three vs twelve months of dual antiplatelet therapy after zotarolimus-eluting stents: the OPTIMIZE randomized trial. JAMA 2013; 310(23):2510–2522. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.282183
  6. Kubo T, Akasaka T, Kozuma K, et al. Comparison of neointimal coverage between everolimus-eluting stents and sirolimus-eluting stents: an optical coherence tomography substudy of RESET. EuroIntervention 2015. doi:10.4244/EIJV11I5A109
  7. Schulz-Schupke S, Byrne RA, ten Berg JM, et al; Intracoronary Stenting and Antithrombotic Regimen: Safety And EFficacy of 6 Months Dual Antiplatelet Therapy After Drug-Eluting Stenting (ISAR-SAFE) Trial Investigators. ISAR-SAFE: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 6 vs 12 months of clopidogrel therapy after drug-eluting stenting. Eur Heart J 2015; 36(20):1252–1263. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu523
  8. Gwon HC, Hahn JY, Park KW, et al. Six-month versus 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy after implantation of drug-eluting stents: the efficacy of Xience/Promus vs Cypher to reduce late loss after stenting (EXCELLENT) randomized, multicenter study. Circulation 2012; 125(3):505–513. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.059022
  9. Colombo A, Chieffo A, Frasheri A, et al. Second-generation drug-eluting stent implantation followed by 6- vs 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy: the SECURITY randomized clinical trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(20):2086–2097. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.09.008
  10. Kim BK, Hong MK, Shin DH, et al; RESET Investigators. A new strategy for discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy: the RESET Trial (REal Safety and Efficacy of 3-month dual antiplatelet Therapy following Endeavor zotarolimus-eluting stent implantation). J Am Coll Cardiol 2012; 60(15):1340–1348. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2012.06.043
  11. US National Library of Medicine. ClinicalTrials.gov. EVOLVE Short DAPT Study. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02605447. Accessed December 3, 2018.
  12. Urban P, Meredith IT, Abizaid A, et al; LEADERS FREE Investigators. Polymer-free drug-coated coronary stents in patients at high bleeding risk. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(21):2038–2047. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1503943
References
  1. Levine GN, Bates ER, Bittl JA, et al. 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation 2016; 134(10):e123–e155. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000404 [correction in doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000000452]
  2. Mauri L, Kereiakes DJ, Yeh RW, et al; DAPT Study Investigators. Twelve or 30 months of dual antiplatelet therapy after drug-eluting stents. N Engl J Med 2014; 371(23):2155–2166. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1409312
  3. Bonaca MP, Bhatt DL, Cohen M, et al; PEGASUS-TIMI 54 Steering Committee and Investigators. Long-term use of ticagrelor in patients with prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2015; 372(19):1791–1800. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1500857
  4. Bittl JA, Baber U, Bradley SM, Wijeysundera DN. Duration of dual antiplatelet therapy: a systematic review for the 2016 ACC/AHA guideline focused update on duration of dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with coronary artery disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68(10):1116–1139. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2016.03.512
  5. Feres F, Costa RA, Abizaid A, et al; OPTIMIZE Trial Investigators. Three vs twelve months of dual antiplatelet therapy after zotarolimus-eluting stents: the OPTIMIZE randomized trial. JAMA 2013; 310(23):2510–2522. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.282183
  6. Kubo T, Akasaka T, Kozuma K, et al. Comparison of neointimal coverage between everolimus-eluting stents and sirolimus-eluting stents: an optical coherence tomography substudy of RESET. EuroIntervention 2015. doi:10.4244/EIJV11I5A109
  7. Schulz-Schupke S, Byrne RA, ten Berg JM, et al; Intracoronary Stenting and Antithrombotic Regimen: Safety And EFficacy of 6 Months Dual Antiplatelet Therapy After Drug-Eluting Stenting (ISAR-SAFE) Trial Investigators. ISAR-SAFE: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 6 vs 12 months of clopidogrel therapy after drug-eluting stenting. Eur Heart J 2015; 36(20):1252–1263. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehu523
  8. Gwon HC, Hahn JY, Park KW, et al. Six-month versus 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy after implantation of drug-eluting stents: the efficacy of Xience/Promus vs Cypher to reduce late loss after stenting (EXCELLENT) randomized, multicenter study. Circulation 2012; 125(3):505–513. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.111.059022
  9. Colombo A, Chieffo A, Frasheri A, et al. Second-generation drug-eluting stent implantation followed by 6- vs 12-month dual antiplatelet therapy: the SECURITY randomized clinical trial. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014; 64(20):2086–2097. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2014.09.008
  10. Kim BK, Hong MK, Shin DH, et al; RESET Investigators. A new strategy for discontinuation of dual antiplatelet therapy: the RESET Trial (REal Safety and Efficacy of 3-month dual antiplatelet Therapy following Endeavor zotarolimus-eluting stent implantation). J Am Coll Cardiol 2012; 60(15):1340–1348. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2012.06.043
  11. US National Library of Medicine. ClinicalTrials.gov. EVOLVE Short DAPT Study. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02605447. Accessed December 3, 2018.
  12. Urban P, Meredith IT, Abizaid A, et al; LEADERS FREE Investigators. Polymer-free drug-coated coronary stents in patients at high bleeding risk. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(21):2038–2047. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1503943
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Page Number
13-16
Page Number
13-16
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
When can I stop dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with drug-eluting stents?
Display Headline
When can I stop dual antiplatelet therapy in patients with drug-eluting stents?
Legacy Keywords
dual antiplatelet therapy, DAPT, stent, drug-eluting stent, DES, aspirin, clopidogrel, Plavix, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, bleeding risk, Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, Carlos Uribe, Megha Prasad, Sushil Allen Luis
Legacy Keywords
dual antiplatelet therapy, DAPT, stent, drug-eluting stent, DES, aspirin, clopidogrel, Plavix, coronary artery disease, thrombosis, bleeding risk, Juan Simon Rico-Mesa, Carlos Uribe, Megha Prasad, Sushil Allen Luis
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 08:45
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 08:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 08:45
Article PDF Media

Should metformin be used in every patient with type 2 diabetes?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:16
Display Headline
Should metformin be used in every patient with type 2 diabetes?

Most patients should receive it, with exceptions as noted below. Metformin is the cornerstone of diabetes therapy and should be considered in all patients with type 2 diabetes. Both the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists (AACE)1,2 recommend it as first-line treatment for type 2 diabetes. It lowers blood glucose levels by inhibiting hepatic glucose production, and it does not tend to cause hypoglycemia.

However, metformin is underused. A 2012 study showed that only 50% to 70% of patients with type 2 diabetes treated with a sulfonylurea, dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor, thiazolidinedione, or glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue also received metformin.3 This occurred despite guidelines recommending continuing metformin when starting other diabetes drugs.4

EVIDENCE METFORMIN IS EFFECTIVE

The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)5 found that metformin significantly reduced the incidence of:

  • Any diabetes-related end point (hazard ratio [HR] 0.68, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.53–0.87)
  • Myocardial infarction (HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.41–0.89)
  • Diabetes-related death (HR 0.58, 95% CI 0.37–0.91)
  • All-cause mortality (HR 0.64; 95% CI 0.45–0.91).

The Hyperinsulinemia: Outcomes of Its Metabolic Effects (HOME) trial,6 a multicenter trial conducted in the Netherlands, evaluated the effect of adding  metformin (vs placebo) to existing insulin regimens. Metformin recipients had a significantly lower rate of macrovascular mortality (HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.40–0.94, P = .02), but not of the primary end point, an aggregate of microvascular and macrovascular morbidity and mortality.

The Study on the Prognosis and Effect of Antidiabetic Drugs on Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus With Coronary Artery Disease trial,7 a multicenter trial conducted in China, compared the effects of metformin vs glipizide on cardiovascular outcomes. At about 3 years of treatment, the metformin group had a significantly lower rate of the composite primary end point of recurrent cardiovascular events (HR 0.54, 95% CI 0.30–0.90). This end point included nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, arterial revascularization by percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty or by coronary artery bypass graft, death from a cardiovascular cause, and death from any cause.

These studies prompted the ADA to emphasize that metformin can reduce the risk of cardiovascular events or death. Metformin also has been shown to be weight-neutral or to induce slight weight loss. Furthermore, it is inexpensive.

WHAT ABOUT THE RENAL EFFECTS?

Because metformin is renally cleared, it has caused some concern about nephrotoxicity, especially lactic acidosis, in patients with impaired renal function. But the most recent guidelines have relaxed the criteria for metformin use in this patient population.

Revised labeling

Metformin’s labeling,8 revised in 2016, states the following:

  • If the estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) is below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2, metformin is contraindicated
  • If the eGFR is between 30 and 45 mL/min/1.73 m2, metformin is not recommended
  • If the eGFR is below 45 mL/min/1.73 m2 in a patient taking metformin, the risks and benefits of continuing treatment should be assessed, the dosage may need to be adjusted, and renal function should be monitored more frequently.8

These labeling revisions were based on a systematic review by Inzucchi et al9 that found metformin is not associated with increased rates of lactic acidosis in patients with mild to moderate kidney disease. Subsequently, an observational study published in 2018 by Lazarus et al10 showed that metformin increases the risk of acidosis only at eGFR levels below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2. Also, a Cochrane review published in 2003 did not find a single case of lactic acidosis in 347 trials with 70,490 patient-years of metformin treatment.11

Previous guidelines used serum creatinine levels, with metformin contraindicated at levels of 1.5 mg/dL or above for men and 1.4 mg/dL for women, or with abnormal creatinine clearance. The ADA and the AACE now use the eGFR1,2 instead of the serum creatinine level to measure kidney function because it better accounts for factors such as the patient’s age, sex, race, and weight.

Despite the evidence, the common patient perception is that metformin is nephrotoxic, and it is important for practitioners to dispel this myth during clinic visits.

What about metformin use with contrast agents?

Labeling has a precautionary note stating that metformin should be held at the time of, or prior to, any imaging procedure involving iodinated contrast agents in patients with an eGFR between 30 and 60 mL/min/1.73 m2; in patients with a history of hepatic impairment, alcoholism, or heart failure; or in patients who will receive intra-arterial iodinated contrast. The eGFR should be reevaluated 48 hours after the imaging procedure.8

Additionally, if the iodinated contrast agent causes acute kidney injury, metformin could accumulate, with resultant lactate accumulation.

The American College of Radiology (ACR) has proposed less stringent guidelines for metformin during radiocontrast imaging studies. This change is based on evidence that lactic acidosis is rare­—about 10 cases per 100,000 patient-years—and that there are no reports of lactic acidosis after intravenously administered iodinated contrast in properly selected patients.12,13

The ACR divides patients taking metformin into 2 categories:

  • No evidence of acute kidney injury and eGFR greater than 30 mL/min/1.73 m2
  • Either acute kidney injury or chronic kidney disease with eGFR below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2 or undergoing arterial catheter studies with a high chance of embolization to the renal arteries.14

For the first group, they recommend against discontinuing metformin before or after giving iodinated contrast or checking kidney function after the procedure.

For the second group, they recommend holding metformin before and 48 hours after the procedure. It should not be restarted until renal function is confirmed to be normal.

 

 

METFORMIN AND INSULIN

The ADA recommends1 continuing metformin after initiating insulin. However, in clinical practice, it is often not done.

Clinical trials have shown that combining metformin with insulin significantly improves glycemic control, prevents weight gain, and decreases insulin requirements.15,16 One trial16 also looked at cardiovascular end points during a 4-year follow-up period;  combining metformin with insulin decreased the macrovascular disease-related event rate compared with insulin alone.

In the HOME trial,6 which added metformin to the existing insulin regimen, both groups gained weight, but the metformin group had gained about 3 kg less than the placebo group at the end of the 4.3-year trial. Metformin did not increase the risk of hypoglycemia, but it also did not reduce the risk of microvascular disease.

Concomitant metformin reduces costs

These days, practitioners can choose from a large selection of diabetes drugs. These include insulins with better pharmacokinetic profiles, as well as newer classes of noninsulin agents such as sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitors and glucagon-like peptide-1 analogues.

Metformin is less expensive than these newer drugs, and using it concomitantly with other diabetes drugs can decrease their dosage requirements, which in turn decreases their monthly costs.

GASTROINTESTINAL EFFECTS

Metformin’s gastrointestinal adverse effects such as diarrhea, flatulence, nausea, and vomiting are a barrier to its use. The actual incidence rate of diarrhea varies widely in randomized trials and observational studies, and gastrointestinal effects are worse in metformin-naive patients, as well as those who have chronic gastritis or Helicobacter pylori infection.17

We have found that starting metformin at a low dose and up-titrating it over several weeks increases tolerability. We often start patients at 500 mg/day and increase the dosage by 1 500-mg tablet every 1 to 2 weeks. Also, we have noticed that intolerance is more likely in patients who eat a high-carbohydrate diet, but there is no high-level evidence to back this up because patients in clinical trials all undergo nutrition counseling and are therefore more likely to adhere to the low-carbohydrate diet.

Also, the extended-release formulation is more tolerable than the immediate-release formulation and has similar glycemic efficacy. It may be an option as first-line therapy or for patients who have significant adverse effects from immediate-release metformin.18 For patients on the immediate-release formulation, taking it with meals helps lessen some gastrointestinal effects, and this should be emphasized at every visit.

Finally, we limit the metformin dose to 2,000 mg/day, rather than the 2,550 mg/day allowed on labeling. Garber et al19 found that the lower dosage still provides the maximum clinical efficacy.

OTHER CAUTIONS

Metformin should be avoided in patients with acute or unstable heart failure because of the increased risk of lactic acidosis.

It also should be avoided in patients with hepatic impairment, according to the labeling. But this remains controversial in practice. Zhang et al20 showed that continuing metformin in patients with diabetes and cirrhosis decreases the mortality risk by 57% compared with those taken off metformin.

Diet and lifestyle measures need to be emphasized at each visit. Wing et al21 showed that calorie restriction regardless of weight loss is beneficial for glycemic control and insulin sensitivity in obese patients with diabetes.

TAKE-HOME POINTS

Metformin improves glycemic control without tending to cause weight gain or hypoglycemia. It may also have cardiovascular benefits. Metformin is an inexpensive agent that should be continued, if tolerated, in those who need additional agents for glycemic control. It should be considered in all adult patients with type 2 diabetes.   

References
  1. American Diabetes Association. 8. Pharmacologic approaches to glycemic treatment: standards of medical care in diabetes-2018. Diabetes Care 2018; 41(suppl 1):S73–S85. doi:10.2337/dc18-S008
  2. Garber AJ, Abrahamson MJ, Barzilay JI, et al. Consensus statement by the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology on the comprehensive type 2 diabetes management algorithm—2018 executive summary. Endocr Pract 2018; 24(1):91–120. doi:10.4158/CS-2017-0153
  3. Hampp C, Borders-Hemphill V, Moeny DG, Wysowski DK. Use of antidiabetic drugs in the US, 2003–2012. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(5):1367–1374. doi:10.2337/dc13-2289
  4. Inzucchi SE, Bergenstal RM, Buse JB, et al; American Diabetes Association (ADA); European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a patient-centered approach: position statement of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Diabetes Care 2012; 35(6):1364–1379. doi:10.2337/dc12-0413
  5. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet 1998; 352(9131):854–865. pmid:9742977
  6. Kooy A, de Jager J, Lehert P, et al. Long-term effects of metformin on metabolism and microvascular and macrovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169(6):616–625. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2009.20
  7. Hong J, Zhang Y, Lai S, et al; SPREAD-DIMCAD Investigators. Effects of metformin versus glipizide on cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes and coronary artery disease. Diabetes Care 2013; 36(5):1304–1311. doi:10.2337/dc12-0719
  8. Glucophage (metformin hydrochloride) and Glucophage XR (extended-release) [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2018/020357s034,021202s018lbl.pdf. Accessed December 5, 2018.
  9. Inzucchi SE, Lipska KJ, Mayo H, Bailey CJ, McGuire DK. Metformin in patients with type 2 diabetes and kidney disease: a systematic review. JAMA 2014; 312(24):2668–2675. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.15298
  10. Lazarus B, Wu A, Shin JI, et al. Association of metformin use with risk of lactic acidosis across the range of kidney function: a community-based cohort study. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(7):903–910. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.0292
  11. Salpeter S, Greyber E, Pasternak G, Salpeter E. Risk of fatal and nonfatal lactic acidosis with metformin use in type 2 diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; (2):CD002967. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD002967
  12. Eppenga WL, Lalmohamed A, Geerts AF, et al. Risk of lactic acidosis or elevated lactate concentrations in metformin users with renal impairment: a population-based cohort study. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(8):2218–2224. doi:10.2337/dc13-3023
  13. Richy FF, Sabidó-Espin M, Guedes S, Corvino FA, Gottwald-Hostalek U. Incidence of lactic acidosis in patients with type 2 diabetes with and without renal impairment treated with metformin: a retrospective cohort study. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(8):2291–2295. doi:10.2337/dc14-0464
  14. American College of Radiology (ACR). Manual on Contrast Media. Version 10.3. www.acr.org/Clinical-Resources/Contrast-Manual. Accessed December 5, 2018.
  15. Wulffele MG, Kooy A, Lehert P, et al. Combination of insulin and metformin in the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2002; 25(12):2133–2140. pmid:12453950
  16. Kooy A, de Jager J, Lehert P, et al. Long-term effects of metformin on metabolism and microvascular and macrovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169(6):616–625. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2009.20
  17. Bonnet F, Scheen A. Understanding and overcoming metformin gastrointestinal intolerance, Diabetes Obes Metab 2017; 19(4):473–481. doi:10.1111/dom.12854
  18. Jabbour S, Ziring B. Advantages of extended-release metformin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Postgrad Med 2011; 123(1):15–23. doi:10.3810/pgm.2011.01.2241
  19. Garber AJ, Duncan TG, Goodman AM, Mills DJ, Rohlf JL. Efficacy of metformin in type II diabetes: results of a double-blind, placebo-controlled, dose-response trial. Am J Med 1997; 103(6):491–497. pmid:9428832
  20. Zhang X, Harmsen WS, Mettler TA, et al. Continuation of metformin use after a diagnosis of cirrhosis significantly improves survival of patients with diabetes. Hepatology 2014; 60(6):2008–2016. doi:10.1002/hep.27199
  21. Wing RR, Blair EH, Bononi P, Marcus MD, Watanabe R, Bergman RN. Caloric restriction per se is a significant factor in improvements in glycemic control and insulin sensitivity during weight loss in obese NIDDM patients. Diabetes Care 1994; 17(1):30–36. pmid:8112186
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Vinni Makin, MBBS, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH; Clinical Assistant Professor, Ohio Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Cleveland, OH; Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

M. Cecilia Lansang, MD, MPH
Professor of Medicine; Director, Inpatient Diabetes Service; Chair, Cleveland Clinic Health Systems Diabetes Care Committee; Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Vinni Makin, MBBS, MD, FACE, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, F20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
17-20
Legacy Keywords
metformin, Glucophage, type 2 diabetes, Vinni Makin, M Cecilia Lansang
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Vinni Makin, MBBS, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH; Clinical Assistant Professor, Ohio Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Cleveland, OH; Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

M. Cecilia Lansang, MD, MPH
Professor of Medicine; Director, Inpatient Diabetes Service; Chair, Cleveland Clinic Health Systems Diabetes Care Committee; Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Vinni Makin, MBBS, MD, FACE, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, F20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Vinni Makin, MBBS, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH; Clinical Assistant Professor, Ohio Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Cleveland, OH; Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

M. Cecilia Lansang, MD, MPH
Professor of Medicine; Director, Inpatient Diabetes Service; Chair, Cleveland Clinic Health Systems Diabetes Care Committee; Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Vinni Makin, MBBS, MD, FACE, Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, F20, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Most patients should receive it, with exceptions as noted below. Metformin is the cornerstone of diabetes therapy and should be considered in all patients with type 2 diabetes. Both the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists (AACE)1,2 recommend it as first-line treatment for type 2 diabetes. It lowers blood glucose levels by inhibiting hepatic glucose production, and it does not tend to cause hypoglycemia.

However, metformin is underused. A 2012 study showed that only 50% to 70% of patients with type 2 diabetes treated with a sulfonylurea, dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor, thiazolidinedione, or glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue also received metformin.3 This occurred despite guidelines recommending continuing metformin when starting other diabetes drugs.4

EVIDENCE METFORMIN IS EFFECTIVE

The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)5 found that metformin significantly reduced the incidence of:

  • Any diabetes-related end point (hazard ratio [HR] 0.68, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.53–0.87)
  • Myocardial infarction (HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.41–0.89)
  • Diabetes-related death (HR 0.58, 95% CI 0.37–0.91)
  • All-cause mortality (HR 0.64; 95% CI 0.45–0.91).

The Hyperinsulinemia: Outcomes of Its Metabolic Effects (HOME) trial,6 a multicenter trial conducted in the Netherlands, evaluated the effect of adding  metformin (vs placebo) to existing insulin regimens. Metformin recipients had a significantly lower rate of macrovascular mortality (HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.40–0.94, P = .02), but not of the primary end point, an aggregate of microvascular and macrovascular morbidity and mortality.

The Study on the Prognosis and Effect of Antidiabetic Drugs on Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus With Coronary Artery Disease trial,7 a multicenter trial conducted in China, compared the effects of metformin vs glipizide on cardiovascular outcomes. At about 3 years of treatment, the metformin group had a significantly lower rate of the composite primary end point of recurrent cardiovascular events (HR 0.54, 95% CI 0.30–0.90). This end point included nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, arterial revascularization by percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty or by coronary artery bypass graft, death from a cardiovascular cause, and death from any cause.

These studies prompted the ADA to emphasize that metformin can reduce the risk of cardiovascular events or death. Metformin also has been shown to be weight-neutral or to induce slight weight loss. Furthermore, it is inexpensive.

WHAT ABOUT THE RENAL EFFECTS?

Because metformin is renally cleared, it has caused some concern about nephrotoxicity, especially lactic acidosis, in patients with impaired renal function. But the most recent guidelines have relaxed the criteria for metformin use in this patient population.

Revised labeling

Metformin’s labeling,8 revised in 2016, states the following:

  • If the estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) is below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2, metformin is contraindicated
  • If the eGFR is between 30 and 45 mL/min/1.73 m2, metformin is not recommended
  • If the eGFR is below 45 mL/min/1.73 m2 in a patient taking metformin, the risks and benefits of continuing treatment should be assessed, the dosage may need to be adjusted, and renal function should be monitored more frequently.8

These labeling revisions were based on a systematic review by Inzucchi et al9 that found metformin is not associated with increased rates of lactic acidosis in patients with mild to moderate kidney disease. Subsequently, an observational study published in 2018 by Lazarus et al10 showed that metformin increases the risk of acidosis only at eGFR levels below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2. Also, a Cochrane review published in 2003 did not find a single case of lactic acidosis in 347 trials with 70,490 patient-years of metformin treatment.11

Previous guidelines used serum creatinine levels, with metformin contraindicated at levels of 1.5 mg/dL or above for men and 1.4 mg/dL for women, or with abnormal creatinine clearance. The ADA and the AACE now use the eGFR1,2 instead of the serum creatinine level to measure kidney function because it better accounts for factors such as the patient’s age, sex, race, and weight.

Despite the evidence, the common patient perception is that metformin is nephrotoxic, and it is important for practitioners to dispel this myth during clinic visits.

What about metformin use with contrast agents?

Labeling has a precautionary note stating that metformin should be held at the time of, or prior to, any imaging procedure involving iodinated contrast agents in patients with an eGFR between 30 and 60 mL/min/1.73 m2; in patients with a history of hepatic impairment, alcoholism, or heart failure; or in patients who will receive intra-arterial iodinated contrast. The eGFR should be reevaluated 48 hours after the imaging procedure.8

Additionally, if the iodinated contrast agent causes acute kidney injury, metformin could accumulate, with resultant lactate accumulation.

The American College of Radiology (ACR) has proposed less stringent guidelines for metformin during radiocontrast imaging studies. This change is based on evidence that lactic acidosis is rare­—about 10 cases per 100,000 patient-years—and that there are no reports of lactic acidosis after intravenously administered iodinated contrast in properly selected patients.12,13

The ACR divides patients taking metformin into 2 categories:

  • No evidence of acute kidney injury and eGFR greater than 30 mL/min/1.73 m2
  • Either acute kidney injury or chronic kidney disease with eGFR below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2 or undergoing arterial catheter studies with a high chance of embolization to the renal arteries.14

For the first group, they recommend against discontinuing metformin before or after giving iodinated contrast or checking kidney function after the procedure.

For the second group, they recommend holding metformin before and 48 hours after the procedure. It should not be restarted until renal function is confirmed to be normal.

 

 

METFORMIN AND INSULIN

The ADA recommends1 continuing metformin after initiating insulin. However, in clinical practice, it is often not done.

Clinical trials have shown that combining metformin with insulin significantly improves glycemic control, prevents weight gain, and decreases insulin requirements.15,16 One trial16 also looked at cardiovascular end points during a 4-year follow-up period;  combining metformin with insulin decreased the macrovascular disease-related event rate compared with insulin alone.

In the HOME trial,6 which added metformin to the existing insulin regimen, both groups gained weight, but the metformin group had gained about 3 kg less than the placebo group at the end of the 4.3-year trial. Metformin did not increase the risk of hypoglycemia, but it also did not reduce the risk of microvascular disease.

Concomitant metformin reduces costs

These days, practitioners can choose from a large selection of diabetes drugs. These include insulins with better pharmacokinetic profiles, as well as newer classes of noninsulin agents such as sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitors and glucagon-like peptide-1 analogues.

Metformin is less expensive than these newer drugs, and using it concomitantly with other diabetes drugs can decrease their dosage requirements, which in turn decreases their monthly costs.

GASTROINTESTINAL EFFECTS

Metformin’s gastrointestinal adverse effects such as diarrhea, flatulence, nausea, and vomiting are a barrier to its use. The actual incidence rate of diarrhea varies widely in randomized trials and observational studies, and gastrointestinal effects are worse in metformin-naive patients, as well as those who have chronic gastritis or Helicobacter pylori infection.17

We have found that starting metformin at a low dose and up-titrating it over several weeks increases tolerability. We often start patients at 500 mg/day and increase the dosage by 1 500-mg tablet every 1 to 2 weeks. Also, we have noticed that intolerance is more likely in patients who eat a high-carbohydrate diet, but there is no high-level evidence to back this up because patients in clinical trials all undergo nutrition counseling and are therefore more likely to adhere to the low-carbohydrate diet.

Also, the extended-release formulation is more tolerable than the immediate-release formulation and has similar glycemic efficacy. It may be an option as first-line therapy or for patients who have significant adverse effects from immediate-release metformin.18 For patients on the immediate-release formulation, taking it with meals helps lessen some gastrointestinal effects, and this should be emphasized at every visit.

Finally, we limit the metformin dose to 2,000 mg/day, rather than the 2,550 mg/day allowed on labeling. Garber et al19 found that the lower dosage still provides the maximum clinical efficacy.

OTHER CAUTIONS

Metformin should be avoided in patients with acute or unstable heart failure because of the increased risk of lactic acidosis.

It also should be avoided in patients with hepatic impairment, according to the labeling. But this remains controversial in practice. Zhang et al20 showed that continuing metformin in patients with diabetes and cirrhosis decreases the mortality risk by 57% compared with those taken off metformin.

Diet and lifestyle measures need to be emphasized at each visit. Wing et al21 showed that calorie restriction regardless of weight loss is beneficial for glycemic control and insulin sensitivity in obese patients with diabetes.

TAKE-HOME POINTS

Metformin improves glycemic control without tending to cause weight gain or hypoglycemia. It may also have cardiovascular benefits. Metformin is an inexpensive agent that should be continued, if tolerated, in those who need additional agents for glycemic control. It should be considered in all adult patients with type 2 diabetes.   

Most patients should receive it, with exceptions as noted below. Metformin is the cornerstone of diabetes therapy and should be considered in all patients with type 2 diabetes. Both the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists (AACE)1,2 recommend it as first-line treatment for type 2 diabetes. It lowers blood glucose levels by inhibiting hepatic glucose production, and it does not tend to cause hypoglycemia.

However, metformin is underused. A 2012 study showed that only 50% to 70% of patients with type 2 diabetes treated with a sulfonylurea, dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor, thiazolidinedione, or glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue also received metformin.3 This occurred despite guidelines recommending continuing metformin when starting other diabetes drugs.4

EVIDENCE METFORMIN IS EFFECTIVE

The United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)5 found that metformin significantly reduced the incidence of:

  • Any diabetes-related end point (hazard ratio [HR] 0.68, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.53–0.87)
  • Myocardial infarction (HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.41–0.89)
  • Diabetes-related death (HR 0.58, 95% CI 0.37–0.91)
  • All-cause mortality (HR 0.64; 95% CI 0.45–0.91).

The Hyperinsulinemia: Outcomes of Its Metabolic Effects (HOME) trial,6 a multicenter trial conducted in the Netherlands, evaluated the effect of adding  metformin (vs placebo) to existing insulin regimens. Metformin recipients had a significantly lower rate of macrovascular mortality (HR 0.61, 95% CI 0.40–0.94, P = .02), but not of the primary end point, an aggregate of microvascular and macrovascular morbidity and mortality.

The Study on the Prognosis and Effect of Antidiabetic Drugs on Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus With Coronary Artery Disease trial,7 a multicenter trial conducted in China, compared the effects of metformin vs glipizide on cardiovascular outcomes. At about 3 years of treatment, the metformin group had a significantly lower rate of the composite primary end point of recurrent cardiovascular events (HR 0.54, 95% CI 0.30–0.90). This end point included nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, arterial revascularization by percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty or by coronary artery bypass graft, death from a cardiovascular cause, and death from any cause.

These studies prompted the ADA to emphasize that metformin can reduce the risk of cardiovascular events or death. Metformin also has been shown to be weight-neutral or to induce slight weight loss. Furthermore, it is inexpensive.

WHAT ABOUT THE RENAL EFFECTS?

Because metformin is renally cleared, it has caused some concern about nephrotoxicity, especially lactic acidosis, in patients with impaired renal function. But the most recent guidelines have relaxed the criteria for metformin use in this patient population.

Revised labeling

Metformin’s labeling,8 revised in 2016, states the following:

  • If the estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) is below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2, metformin is contraindicated
  • If the eGFR is between 30 and 45 mL/min/1.73 m2, metformin is not recommended
  • If the eGFR is below 45 mL/min/1.73 m2 in a patient taking metformin, the risks and benefits of continuing treatment should be assessed, the dosage may need to be adjusted, and renal function should be monitored more frequently.8

These labeling revisions were based on a systematic review by Inzucchi et al9 that found metformin is not associated with increased rates of lactic acidosis in patients with mild to moderate kidney disease. Subsequently, an observational study published in 2018 by Lazarus et al10 showed that metformin increases the risk of acidosis only at eGFR levels below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2. Also, a Cochrane review published in 2003 did not find a single case of lactic acidosis in 347 trials with 70,490 patient-years of metformin treatment.11

Previous guidelines used serum creatinine levels, with metformin contraindicated at levels of 1.5 mg/dL or above for men and 1.4 mg/dL for women, or with abnormal creatinine clearance. The ADA and the AACE now use the eGFR1,2 instead of the serum creatinine level to measure kidney function because it better accounts for factors such as the patient’s age, sex, race, and weight.

Despite the evidence, the common patient perception is that metformin is nephrotoxic, and it is important for practitioners to dispel this myth during clinic visits.

What about metformin use with contrast agents?

Labeling has a precautionary note stating that metformin should be held at the time of, or prior to, any imaging procedure involving iodinated contrast agents in patients with an eGFR between 30 and 60 mL/min/1.73 m2; in patients with a history of hepatic impairment, alcoholism, or heart failure; or in patients who will receive intra-arterial iodinated contrast. The eGFR should be reevaluated 48 hours after the imaging procedure.8

Additionally, if the iodinated contrast agent causes acute kidney injury, metformin could accumulate, with resultant lactate accumulation.

The American College of Radiology (ACR) has proposed less stringent guidelines for metformin during radiocontrast imaging studies. This change is based on evidence that lactic acidosis is rare­—about 10 cases per 100,000 patient-years—and that there are no reports of lactic acidosis after intravenously administered iodinated contrast in properly selected patients.12,13

The ACR divides patients taking metformin into 2 categories:

  • No evidence of acute kidney injury and eGFR greater than 30 mL/min/1.73 m2
  • Either acute kidney injury or chronic kidney disease with eGFR below 30 mL/min/1.73 m2 or undergoing arterial catheter studies with a high chance of embolization to the renal arteries.14

For the first group, they recommend against discontinuing metformin before or after giving iodinated contrast or checking kidney function after the procedure.

For the second group, they recommend holding metformin before and 48 hours after the procedure. It should not be restarted until renal function is confirmed to be normal.

 

 

METFORMIN AND INSULIN

The ADA recommends1 continuing metformin after initiating insulin. However, in clinical practice, it is often not done.

Clinical trials have shown that combining metformin with insulin significantly improves glycemic control, prevents weight gain, and decreases insulin requirements.15,16 One trial16 also looked at cardiovascular end points during a 4-year follow-up period;  combining metformin with insulin decreased the macrovascular disease-related event rate compared with insulin alone.

In the HOME trial,6 which added metformin to the existing insulin regimen, both groups gained weight, but the metformin group had gained about 3 kg less than the placebo group at the end of the 4.3-year trial. Metformin did not increase the risk of hypoglycemia, but it also did not reduce the risk of microvascular disease.

Concomitant metformin reduces costs

These days, practitioners can choose from a large selection of diabetes drugs. These include insulins with better pharmacokinetic profiles, as well as newer classes of noninsulin agents such as sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitors and glucagon-like peptide-1 analogues.

Metformin is less expensive than these newer drugs, and using it concomitantly with other diabetes drugs can decrease their dosage requirements, which in turn decreases their monthly costs.

GASTROINTESTINAL EFFECTS

Metformin’s gastrointestinal adverse effects such as diarrhea, flatulence, nausea, and vomiting are a barrier to its use. The actual incidence rate of diarrhea varies widely in randomized trials and observational studies, and gastrointestinal effects are worse in metformin-naive patients, as well as those who have chronic gastritis or Helicobacter pylori infection.17

We have found that starting metformin at a low dose and up-titrating it over several weeks increases tolerability. We often start patients at 500 mg/day and increase the dosage by 1 500-mg tablet every 1 to 2 weeks. Also, we have noticed that intolerance is more likely in patients who eat a high-carbohydrate diet, but there is no high-level evidence to back this up because patients in clinical trials all undergo nutrition counseling and are therefore more likely to adhere to the low-carbohydrate diet.

Also, the extended-release formulation is more tolerable than the immediate-release formulation and has similar glycemic efficacy. It may be an option as first-line therapy or for patients who have significant adverse effects from immediate-release metformin.18 For patients on the immediate-release formulation, taking it with meals helps lessen some gastrointestinal effects, and this should be emphasized at every visit.

Finally, we limit the metformin dose to 2,000 mg/day, rather than the 2,550 mg/day allowed on labeling. Garber et al19 found that the lower dosage still provides the maximum clinical efficacy.

OTHER CAUTIONS

Metformin should be avoided in patients with acute or unstable heart failure because of the increased risk of lactic acidosis.

It also should be avoided in patients with hepatic impairment, according to the labeling. But this remains controversial in practice. Zhang et al20 showed that continuing metformin in patients with diabetes and cirrhosis decreases the mortality risk by 57% compared with those taken off metformin.

Diet and lifestyle measures need to be emphasized at each visit. Wing et al21 showed that calorie restriction regardless of weight loss is beneficial for glycemic control and insulin sensitivity in obese patients with diabetes.

TAKE-HOME POINTS

Metformin improves glycemic control without tending to cause weight gain or hypoglycemia. It may also have cardiovascular benefits. Metformin is an inexpensive agent that should be continued, if tolerated, in those who need additional agents for glycemic control. It should be considered in all adult patients with type 2 diabetes.   

References
  1. American Diabetes Association. 8. Pharmacologic approaches to glycemic treatment: standards of medical care in diabetes-2018. Diabetes Care 2018; 41(suppl 1):S73–S85. doi:10.2337/dc18-S008
  2. Garber AJ, Abrahamson MJ, Barzilay JI, et al. Consensus statement by the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology on the comprehensive type 2 diabetes management algorithm—2018 executive summary. Endocr Pract 2018; 24(1):91–120. doi:10.4158/CS-2017-0153
  3. Hampp C, Borders-Hemphill V, Moeny DG, Wysowski DK. Use of antidiabetic drugs in the US, 2003–2012. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(5):1367–1374. doi:10.2337/dc13-2289
  4. Inzucchi SE, Bergenstal RM, Buse JB, et al; American Diabetes Association (ADA); European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a patient-centered approach: position statement of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Diabetes Care 2012; 35(6):1364–1379. doi:10.2337/dc12-0413
  5. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet 1998; 352(9131):854–865. pmid:9742977
  6. Kooy A, de Jager J, Lehert P, et al. Long-term effects of metformin on metabolism and microvascular and macrovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169(6):616–625. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2009.20
  7. Hong J, Zhang Y, Lai S, et al; SPREAD-DIMCAD Investigators. Effects of metformin versus glipizide on cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes and coronary artery disease. Diabetes Care 2013; 36(5):1304–1311. doi:10.2337/dc12-0719
  8. Glucophage (metformin hydrochloride) and Glucophage XR (extended-release) [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2018/020357s034,021202s018lbl.pdf. Accessed December 5, 2018.
  9. Inzucchi SE, Lipska KJ, Mayo H, Bailey CJ, McGuire DK. Metformin in patients with type 2 diabetes and kidney disease: a systematic review. JAMA 2014; 312(24):2668–2675. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.15298
  10. Lazarus B, Wu A, Shin JI, et al. Association of metformin use with risk of lactic acidosis across the range of kidney function: a community-based cohort study. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(7):903–910. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.0292
  11. Salpeter S, Greyber E, Pasternak G, Salpeter E. Risk of fatal and nonfatal lactic acidosis with metformin use in type 2 diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; (2):CD002967. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD002967
  12. Eppenga WL, Lalmohamed A, Geerts AF, et al. Risk of lactic acidosis or elevated lactate concentrations in metformin users with renal impairment: a population-based cohort study. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(8):2218–2224. doi:10.2337/dc13-3023
  13. Richy FF, Sabidó-Espin M, Guedes S, Corvino FA, Gottwald-Hostalek U. Incidence of lactic acidosis in patients with type 2 diabetes with and without renal impairment treated with metformin: a retrospective cohort study. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(8):2291–2295. doi:10.2337/dc14-0464
  14. American College of Radiology (ACR). Manual on Contrast Media. Version 10.3. www.acr.org/Clinical-Resources/Contrast-Manual. Accessed December 5, 2018.
  15. Wulffele MG, Kooy A, Lehert P, et al. Combination of insulin and metformin in the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2002; 25(12):2133–2140. pmid:12453950
  16. Kooy A, de Jager J, Lehert P, et al. Long-term effects of metformin on metabolism and microvascular and macrovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169(6):616–625. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2009.20
  17. Bonnet F, Scheen A. Understanding and overcoming metformin gastrointestinal intolerance, Diabetes Obes Metab 2017; 19(4):473–481. doi:10.1111/dom.12854
  18. Jabbour S, Ziring B. Advantages of extended-release metformin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Postgrad Med 2011; 123(1):15–23. doi:10.3810/pgm.2011.01.2241
  19. Garber AJ, Duncan TG, Goodman AM, Mills DJ, Rohlf JL. Efficacy of metformin in type II diabetes: results of a double-blind, placebo-controlled, dose-response trial. Am J Med 1997; 103(6):491–497. pmid:9428832
  20. Zhang X, Harmsen WS, Mettler TA, et al. Continuation of metformin use after a diagnosis of cirrhosis significantly improves survival of patients with diabetes. Hepatology 2014; 60(6):2008–2016. doi:10.1002/hep.27199
  21. Wing RR, Blair EH, Bononi P, Marcus MD, Watanabe R, Bergman RN. Caloric restriction per se is a significant factor in improvements in glycemic control and insulin sensitivity during weight loss in obese NIDDM patients. Diabetes Care 1994; 17(1):30–36. pmid:8112186
References
  1. American Diabetes Association. 8. Pharmacologic approaches to glycemic treatment: standards of medical care in diabetes-2018. Diabetes Care 2018; 41(suppl 1):S73–S85. doi:10.2337/dc18-S008
  2. Garber AJ, Abrahamson MJ, Barzilay JI, et al. Consensus statement by the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and American College of Endocrinology on the comprehensive type 2 diabetes management algorithm—2018 executive summary. Endocr Pract 2018; 24(1):91–120. doi:10.4158/CS-2017-0153
  3. Hampp C, Borders-Hemphill V, Moeny DG, Wysowski DK. Use of antidiabetic drugs in the US, 2003–2012. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(5):1367–1374. doi:10.2337/dc13-2289
  4. Inzucchi SE, Bergenstal RM, Buse JB, et al; American Diabetes Association (ADA); European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes: a patient-centered approach: position statement of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Diabetes Care 2012; 35(6):1364–1379. doi:10.2337/dc12-0413
  5. Effect of intensive blood-glucose control with metformin on complications in overweight patients with type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet 1998; 352(9131):854–865. pmid:9742977
  6. Kooy A, de Jager J, Lehert P, et al. Long-term effects of metformin on metabolism and microvascular and macrovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169(6):616–625. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2009.20
  7. Hong J, Zhang Y, Lai S, et al; SPREAD-DIMCAD Investigators. Effects of metformin versus glipizide on cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes and coronary artery disease. Diabetes Care 2013; 36(5):1304–1311. doi:10.2337/dc12-0719
  8. Glucophage (metformin hydrochloride) and Glucophage XR (extended-release) [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2018/020357s034,021202s018lbl.pdf. Accessed December 5, 2018.
  9. Inzucchi SE, Lipska KJ, Mayo H, Bailey CJ, McGuire DK. Metformin in patients with type 2 diabetes and kidney disease: a systematic review. JAMA 2014; 312(24):2668–2675. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.15298
  10. Lazarus B, Wu A, Shin JI, et al. Association of metformin use with risk of lactic acidosis across the range of kidney function: a community-based cohort study. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(7):903–910. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.0292
  11. Salpeter S, Greyber E, Pasternak G, Salpeter E. Risk of fatal and nonfatal lactic acidosis with metformin use in type 2 diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003; (2):CD002967. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD002967
  12. Eppenga WL, Lalmohamed A, Geerts AF, et al. Risk of lactic acidosis or elevated lactate concentrations in metformin users with renal impairment: a population-based cohort study. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(8):2218–2224. doi:10.2337/dc13-3023
  13. Richy FF, Sabidó-Espin M, Guedes S, Corvino FA, Gottwald-Hostalek U. Incidence of lactic acidosis in patients with type 2 diabetes with and without renal impairment treated with metformin: a retrospective cohort study. Diabetes Care 2014; 37(8):2291–2295. doi:10.2337/dc14-0464
  14. American College of Radiology (ACR). Manual on Contrast Media. Version 10.3. www.acr.org/Clinical-Resources/Contrast-Manual. Accessed December 5, 2018.
  15. Wulffele MG, Kooy A, Lehert P, et al. Combination of insulin and metformin in the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2002; 25(12):2133–2140. pmid:12453950
  16. Kooy A, de Jager J, Lehert P, et al. Long-term effects of metformin on metabolism and microvascular and macrovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169(6):616–625. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2009.20
  17. Bonnet F, Scheen A. Understanding and overcoming metformin gastrointestinal intolerance, Diabetes Obes Metab 2017; 19(4):473–481. doi:10.1111/dom.12854
  18. Jabbour S, Ziring B. Advantages of extended-release metformin in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Postgrad Med 2011; 123(1):15–23. doi:10.3810/pgm.2011.01.2241
  19. Garber AJ, Duncan TG, Goodman AM, Mills DJ, Rohlf JL. Efficacy of metformin in type II diabetes: results of a double-blind, placebo-controlled, dose-response trial. Am J Med 1997; 103(6):491–497. pmid:9428832
  20. Zhang X, Harmsen WS, Mettler TA, et al. Continuation of metformin use after a diagnosis of cirrhosis significantly improves survival of patients with diabetes. Hepatology 2014; 60(6):2008–2016. doi:10.1002/hep.27199
  21. Wing RR, Blair EH, Bononi P, Marcus MD, Watanabe R, Bergman RN. Caloric restriction per se is a significant factor in improvements in glycemic control and insulin sensitivity during weight loss in obese NIDDM patients. Diabetes Care 1994; 17(1):30–36. pmid:8112186
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Page Number
17-20
Page Number
17-20
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Should metformin be used in every patient with type 2 diabetes?
Display Headline
Should metformin be used in every patient with type 2 diabetes?
Legacy Keywords
metformin, Glucophage, type 2 diabetes, Vinni Makin, M Cecilia Lansang
Legacy Keywords
metformin, Glucophage, type 2 diabetes, Vinni Makin, M Cecilia Lansang
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 09:30
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 09:30
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 09:30
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Rapidly progressive pleural effusion

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 03/27/2019 - 10:59
Display Headline
Rapidly progressive pleural effusion

A 33-year-old male nonsmoker with no significant medical history presented to the pulmonary clinic with severe left-sided pleuritic chest pain and mild breathlessness for the past 5 days. He denied fever, chills, cough, phlegm, runny nose, or congestion.

Five days before this visit, he had been seen in the emergency department with mild left-sided pleuritic chest pain. His vital signs at that time had been as follows:

  • Blood pressure 141/77 mm Hg
  • Heart rate 77 beats/minute
  • Respiratory rate 17 breaths/minute
  • Temperature 36.8°C (98.2°F)
  • Oxygen saturation 98% on room air.

Figure 1. Chest radiography in the emergency department (A) showed a mild left-sided pleural reaction (arrow). Computed tomography (B) showed a mild pleural reaction (arrow) and parenchymal atelectatic and fibrotic changes.
Figure 1. Chest radiography in the emergency department (A) showed a mild left-sided pleural reaction (arrow). Computed tomography (B) showed a mild pleural reaction (arrow) and parenchymal atelectatic and fibrotic changes.
No abnormal findings on physical examination were noted at that time. Radiography and computed tomography (CT) (Figure 1) showed inflammatory and atelectatic changes in the left lower lobe, with mild pleural reaction, and results of laboratory testing were:

  • White blood cell count 6.89 × 109/L (reference range 3.70–11.00)
  • Neutrophils 58% (40%–70%)
  • Lymphocytes 29.6% (22%–44%)
  • Monocytes 10.7% (0–11%)
  • Eosinophils 1% (0–4%)
  • Basophils 0.6% (0–1%)
  • Troponin T and D-dimer levels normal.

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PLEURITIC CHEST PAIN

1. What is the most likely cause of his pleuritic chest pain?

  • Pleuritis
  • Pneumonia
  • Pulmonary embolism
  • Malignancy

The differential diagnosis of pleuritic chest pain is broad.

The patient’s symptoms at presentation to the emergency department did not suggest an infectious process. There was no fever, cough, or phlegm, and his white blood cell count was normal. Nonetheless, pneumonia could not be ruled out, as the lung parenchyma was not normal on radiography, and the findings could have been consistent with an early or resolving infectious process.

Pulmonary embolism was a possibility, but his normal D-dimer level argued against it. Further, the patient subsequently underwent CT angiography, which ruled out pulmonary embolism.

Malignancy was unlikely in a young nonsmoker, but follow-up imaging would be needed to ensure resolution and rule this out.

The emergency department physician diagnosed inflammatory pleuritis and discharged him home on a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug.

CLINIC VISIT 5 DAYS LATER

At his pulmonary clinic visit 5 days later, the patient reported persistent but stable left-sided pleuritic chest pain and mild breathlessness on exertion. His blood pressure was 137/81 mm Hg, heart rate 109 beats per minute, temperature 37.1°C (98.8°F), and oxygen saturation 97% on room air.

Auscultation of the lungs revealed rales and slightly decreased breath sounds at the left base. No dullness to percussion could be detected.

Because the patient had developed mild tachycardia and breathlessness along with clinical signs that suggested worsening infiltrates, consolidation, or the development of pleural effusion, he underwent further investigation with chest radiography, a complete blood cell count, and measurement of serum inflammatory markers.

Figure 2. Chest radiography 5 days after the emergency department presentation showed development of a left-sided pleural effusion.
Figure 2. Chest radiography 5 days after the emergency department presentation showed development of a left-sided pleural effusion.
Radiography revealed a left-sided pleural effusion (Figure 2). Laboratory testing results:

  • White blood cell count 13.08 × 109/L
  • Neutrophils 81%
  • Lymphocytes 7.4%
  • Monocytes 7.2%
  • Eeosinophils 0.2%
  • Basophils 0.2%
  • Procalcitonin 0.34 µg/L (reference range < 0.09).

Bedside ultrasonography to assess the effusion’s size and characteristics and the need for thoracentesis indicated that the effusion was too small to tap, and there were no fibrinous strands or loculations to suggest empyema.

 

 

FURTHER TREATMENT

2. What was the best management strategy for this patient at this time?

  • Admit to the hospital for thoracentesis and intravenous antibiotics
  • Give oral antibiotics with close follow-up
  • Perform thoracentesis on an outpatient basis and give oral antibiotics
  • Repeat chest CT

The patient had worsening pleuritic pain with development of a small left pleural effusion. His symptoms had not improved on a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug. He now had an elevated white blood cell count with a “left shift” (ie, an increase in neutrophils, indicating more immature cells in circulation) and elevated procalcitonin. The most likely diagnosis was pneumonia with a resulting pleural effusion, ie, parapneumonic effusion, requiring appropriate antibiotic therapy. Ideally, the pleural effusion should be sampled by thoracentesis, with management on an outpatient or inpatient basis.

Table 1. Prognostic assessment of pleural effusion: ACCP guidelines
Suspected parapneumonic effusion can be classified to help prognostication based on anatomic, bacteriologic, and chemical characteristics of the fluid, as described in the American College of Chest Physicians classification system (Table 1).1 Although our patient’s effusion was deemed to pose a low risk for a poor outcome, admission to the hospital was advised for intravenous antibiotics and close monitoring of the effusion with or without thoracentesis or drainage. However, the patient declined, preferring outpatient treatment. Levofloxacin was started, and he was scheduled to be seen in follow-up in the clinic a few days later.

5 DAYS LATER, THE EFFUSION HAD BECOME MASSIVE

On follow-up 5 days later, the patient’s chest pain was better, but he was significantly more short of breath. His blood pressure was 137/90 mm Hg, heart rate 117 beats/minute, respiratory rate 16 breaths/minute, oxygen saturation 97% on room air, and temperature 36.9°C (98.4°F). Chest auscultation revealed decreased breath sounds over the left hemithorax, with dullness to percussion and decreased fremitus.

Figure 3. Complete opacification of the left hemothorax on chest radiography (A) and massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right on computed tomography (B).
Figure 3. Complete opacification of the left hemothorax on chest radiography (A) and massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right on computed tomography (B).
Repeat chest radiography showed complete opacification of the left hemithorax, and CT showed a massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right (Figure 3).

RAPIDLY PROGRESSIVE PLEURAL EFFUSIONS

A rapidly progressive pleural effusion in a healthy patient suggests parapneumonic effusion. The most likely organism is streptococcal.2

Explosive pleuritis is defined as a pleural effusion that increases in size in less than 24 hours. It was first described by Braman and Donat3 in 1986 as an effusion that develops within hours of admission. In 2001, Sharma and Marrie4 refined the definition as rapid development of pleural effusion involving more than 90% of the hemithorax within 24 hours, causing compression of pulmonary tissue and a mediastinal shift. It is a medical emergency that requires prompt investigation and treatment with drainage and antibiotics. All reported cases of explosive pleuritis have been parapneumonic effusion.

The organisms implicated in explosive pleuritis include gram-positive cocci such as Streptococcus pneumoniae, S pyogenes, other streptococci, staphylococci, and gram-negative cocci such as Neisseria meningitidis and Moraxella catarrhalis. Gram-negative bacilli include Haemophilus influenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas species, Escherichia coli, Proteus species, Enterobacter species, Bacteroides species, and Legionella species.4,5 However, malignancy is the most common cause of massive pleural effusion, accounting for 54% of cases; 17% of cases are idiopathic, 13% are parapneumonic, and 12% are hydrothorax related to liver cirrhosis.6

CASE CONTINUED

Our patient’s massive effusion needed drainage, and he was admitted to the hospital for further management. Samples of blood and sputum were sent for culture. Intravenous piperacillin-tazobactam was started, and an intercostal chest tube was inserted into the pleural cavity under ultrasonographic guidance to drain turbid fluid.

Table 2. Our patient's pleural fluid analysis
The effusion was noted to be loculated on ultrasonography, strongly suggesting conversion from parapneumonic effusion to empyema.

Table 3. Transudate or exudate? The Light criteria
Results of pleural fluid analysis and blood tests (Table 2) were consistent with an exudate based on the criteria of Light et al (Table 3).7 The pH of the pleural fluid was 7, confirming empyema. (A pleural fluid pH < 7.2 indicates empyema requiring intervention, whereas a pH between 7.2 and 7.3 indicates parapneumonic effusion that can be either observed or drained, depending on the clinical picture, size, and prognostic features.)

Multiple pleural fluid samples sent for bacterial, fungal, and acid-fast bacilli culture were negative. Blood and sputum cultures also showed no growth. The administration of oral antibiotics for 5 days on an outpatient basis before pleural fluid culture could have led to sterility of all cultures.

Figure 4. Computed tomography 2 days after initial chest tube placement showed a noncommunicating apical pocket.
Figure 4. Computed tomography 2 days after initial chest tube placement showed a noncommunicating apical pocket.
Follow-up CT 2 days after the chest tube was inserted revealed a residual apical locule, which did not appear to be communicating with the pleural area where the existing drain sat (Figure 4).

Our patient had inadequate pleural fluid output through his chest tube, and radiography showed that the pleural collections failed to clear. In fact, an apical locule did not appear to be connecting with the lower aspect of the pleural collection. In such cases, instillation of intrapleural agents through the chest tube has become common practice in an attempt to lyse adhesions, to connect various locules or pockets of pleural fluid, and to improve drainage.

 

 

LOCULATED EMPYEMA: MANAGEMENT

3. What was the best management strategy for this loculated empyema?

  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and existing chest tube drainage for 5 to 7 days, then reassess
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and instill intrapleural fibrinolytics (eg, tissue plasminogen activator [tPA]) through the existing chest tube
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and instill intrapleural fibrinolytics with deoxyribonuclease (DNase) into the existing chest tube
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics, insert a second chest tube into the apical pocket under imaging guidance, and instill tPA and DNase
  • Surgical decortication

Continuing antibiotics with existing chest tube drainage and the two options of using single-agent intrapleural fibrinolytics have been shown to be less effective than combining tPA and DNase when managing a loculated empyema. As such, surgical decortication, attempting intrapleural instillation of fibrinolytics and DNase (with or without further chest tube insertion into noncommunicating locules), or both were the most appropriate options at this stage.

MANAGEMENT OF PARAPNEUMONIC PLEURAL EFFUSION IN ADULTS

There are several options for managing parapneumonic effusion, and clinicians can use the classification system in Table 1 to assess the risk of a poor outcome and to plan the management. Based on radiographic findings and pleural fluid sampling, a pleural effusion can be either observed or drained.

Options for drainage of the pleural space include repeat thoracentesis, surgical insertion of a chest tube, or image-guided insertion of a small-bore catheter. Although no randomized trial has been done to compare tube sizes, a large retrospective series showed that small-bore tubes (< 14 F) perform similarly to standard large-bore tubes.8 However, in another study, Keeling et al9 reported higher failure rates when tubes smaller than 12 F were used. Regular flushing of the chest tube (ideally twice a day) is recommended to keep it patent, particularly with small-bore tubes. Multiloculated empyema may require multiple intercostal chest tubes to drain completely, and therefore small-bore tubes are recommended.

In cases that do not improve radiographically and clinically, one must consider whether the antibiotic choice is adequate, review the position of the chest tube, and assess for loculations. As such, repeating chest CT within 24 to 48 hours of tube insertion and drainage is recommended to confirm adequate tube positioning, assess effective drainage, look for different locules and pockets, and determine the degree of communication between them.

The largest well-powered randomized controlled trials of intrapleural agents in the management of pleural infection, the Multicentre Intrapleural Sepsis Trial (MIST1)10 and MIST2,11 clearly demonstrated that intrapleural fibrinolytics were not beneficial when used alone compared with placebo. However, in MIST2, the combination of tPA and DNase led to clinically significant benefits including radiologic improvement, shorter hospital stay, and less need for surgical decortication.

At our hospital, we follow the MIST2 protocol using a combination of tPA and DNase given intrapleurally twice daily for 3 days. In our patient, we inserted a chest tube into the apical pocket under ultrasonographic guidance, as 2 instillations of intrapleural tPA and DNase did not result in drainage of the apical locule.

Success rates with intrapleural tPA-DNase for complicated pleural effusion and empyema range from 68% to 92%.12–15 Pleural thickening and necrotizing pneumonia and abscess are important predictors of failure of tPA-DNase therapy and of the need for surgery.13,14

Early surgical intervention was another reasonable option in this case. The decision to proceed with surgery is based on need to debride multiloculated empyemas or uniloculated empyemas that fail to resolve with antibiotics and tube thoracostomy drainage. Nonetheless, the decision must be individualized and based on factors such as the patient’s risks vs possible benefit from a surgical procedure under general anesthesia, the patient’s ability to tolerate multiple thoracentesis procedures and chest tubes for a potentially lengthy period, the patient’s pain threshold, the patient’s wishes to avoid a surgical procedure balanced against a longer hospital stay, and cultural norms and beliefs.

Surgical options include video-assisted thoracoscopy, thoracotomy, and open drainage. Decortication can be considered early to control pleural sepsis, or late (after 3 to 6 months) if the lung does not expand. Debate continues on the optimal timing for video-assisted thoracoscopy, with data suggesting that when the procedure is performed later in the course of the disease there is a greater chance of complications and of the need to convert to thoracotomy.

A 2017 Cochrane review16 of surgical vs nonsurgical management of empyema identified 8 randomized trials, 6 in children and 2 in adults, with a total of 391 patients. The authors compared video-assisted thoracoscopy vs tube thoracotomy, with and without intrapleural fibrinolytics. They noted no difference in rates of mortality or procedural complications. However, the mean length of hospital stay was shorter with video-assisted thoracoscopy than with tube thoracotomy (5.9 vs 15.4 days). They could not assess the impact of fibrinolytic therapy on total cost of treatment in the 2 groups.

A randomized trial is planned to compare early video-assisted thoracoscopy vs treatment with chest tube drainage and t-PA-DNase.17

At our institution, we use a multidisciplinary approach, discussing cases at weekly meetings with thoracic surgeons, pulmonologists, infectious disease specialists, and interventional radiologists. We generally try conservative management first, with chest tube drainage and intrapleural agents for 5 to 7 days, before considering surgery if the response is unsatisfactory.

THE PATIENT RECOVERED

In our patient, the multiloculated empyema was successfully cleared after intrapleural instillation of 4 doses of tPA and DNAse over 3 days and insertion of a second intercostal chest tube into the noncommunicating apical locule. He completed 14 days of intravenous piperacillin-tazobactam treatment and, after discharge home, completed another 4 weeks of oral amoxicillin-clavulanate. He made a full recovery and was back at work 2 weeks after discharge. Chest radiography 10 weeks after discharge showed normal results.

References
  1. Colice GL, Curtis A, Deslauriers J, et al. Medical and surgical treatment of parapneumonic effusions: an evidence-based guideline. Chest 2000; 118(4):1158–1171. pmid:11035692
  2. Bryant RE, Salmon CJ. Pleural empyema. Clin Infect Dis 1996; 22(5):747–762. pmid:8722927
  3. Braman SS, Donat WE. Explosive pleuritis. Manifestation of group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal infection. Am J Med 1986; 81(4):723–726. pmid:3532794
  4. Sharma JK, Marrie TJ. Explosive pleuritis. Can J Infect Dis 2001; 12(2):104–107. pmid:18159325
  5. Johnson JL. Pleurisy, fever, and rapidly progressive pleural effusion in a healthy, 29-year-old physician. Chest 2001; 119(4):1266–1269. pmid:11296198
  6. Jimenez D, Diaz G, Gil D, et al. Etiology and prognostic significance of massive pleural effusions. Respir Med 2005; 99(9):1183–1187. doi:10.1016/j.rmed.2005.02.022
  7. Light RW, MacGregor MI, Luchsinger PC, Ball WC Jr. Pleural effusions: the diagnostic separation of transudates and exudates. Ann Intern Med 1972; 77:507–513. pmid:4642731
  8. Rahman NM, Maskell NA, Davies CW, et al. The relationship between chest tube size and clinical outcome in pleural infection. Chest 2010; 137(3):536–543. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1044
  9. Keeling AN, Leong S, Logan PM, Lee MJ. Empyema and effusion: outcome of image-guided small-bore catheter drainage. Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol 2008; 31(1):135–141. doi:10.1007/s00270-007-9197-0
  10. Maskell NA, Davies CW, Nunn AJ, et al. UK controlled trial of intrapleural streptokinase for pleural infection. N Engl J Med 2005; 352(9):865–874. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa042473
  11. Rahman NM, Maskell NA, West A, et al. Intrapleural use of tissue plasminogen activator and DNase in pleural infection. N Engl J Med 2011; 365(6):518–526. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1012740
  12. Piccolo F, Pitman N, Bhatnagar R, et al. Intrapleural tissue plasminogen activator and deoxyribonuclease for pleural infection. An effective and safe alternative to surgery. Ann Am Thorac Soc 2014; 11(9):1419–1425. doi:10.1513/AnnalsATS.201407-329OC
  13. Khemasuwan D, Sorensen J, Griffin DC. Predictive variables for failure in administration of intrapleural tissue plasminogen activator/deoxyribonuclease in patients with complicated parapneumonic effusions/empyema. Chest 2018; 154(3):550–556. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2018.01.037
  14. Abu-Daff S, Maziak DE, Alshehab D, et al. Intrapleural fibrinolytic therapy (IPFT) in loculated pleural effusions—analysis of predictors for failure of therapy and bleeding: a cohort study. BMJ Open 2013; 3(2):e001887. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2012-001887
  15. Bishwakarma R, Shah S, Frank L, Zhang W, Sharma G, Nishi SP. Mixing it up: coadministration of tPA/DNase in complicated parapneumonic pleural effusions and empyema. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol 2017; 24(1):40–47. doi:10.1097/LBR.0000000000000334
  16. Redden MD, Chin TY, van Driel ML. Surgical versus non-surgical management for pleural empyema. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2017; 3:CD010651. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD010651.pub2
  17. Feller-Kopman D, Light R. Pleural disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(8):740–751. doi:10.1056/NEJMra1403503
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Zaid Zoumot, MBBS
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Ali S. Wahla, MBBS
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Samar Farha, MD
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Address: Samar Farha, MD, Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
21-27
Legacy Keywords
pleural effusion, rapidly progressive pleural effusion, parapneumonic, pleuritic, pneumonia, chest tube, transudate, exudate, Light criteria, empyema, Zaid Zoumot, Ali Wahla, Samar Farha
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Zaid Zoumot, MBBS
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Ali S. Wahla, MBBS
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Samar Farha, MD
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Address: Samar Farha, MD, Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Zaid Zoumot, MBBS
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Ali S. Wahla, MBBS
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Samar Farha, MD
Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE

Address: Samar Farha, MD, Respiratory and Critical Care Institute, Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi, Abu Dhabi, UAE; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 33-year-old male nonsmoker with no significant medical history presented to the pulmonary clinic with severe left-sided pleuritic chest pain and mild breathlessness for the past 5 days. He denied fever, chills, cough, phlegm, runny nose, or congestion.

Five days before this visit, he had been seen in the emergency department with mild left-sided pleuritic chest pain. His vital signs at that time had been as follows:

  • Blood pressure 141/77 mm Hg
  • Heart rate 77 beats/minute
  • Respiratory rate 17 breaths/minute
  • Temperature 36.8°C (98.2°F)
  • Oxygen saturation 98% on room air.

Figure 1. Chest radiography in the emergency department (A) showed a mild left-sided pleural reaction (arrow). Computed tomography (B) showed a mild pleural reaction (arrow) and parenchymal atelectatic and fibrotic changes.
Figure 1. Chest radiography in the emergency department (A) showed a mild left-sided pleural reaction (arrow). Computed tomography (B) showed a mild pleural reaction (arrow) and parenchymal atelectatic and fibrotic changes.
No abnormal findings on physical examination were noted at that time. Radiography and computed tomography (CT) (Figure 1) showed inflammatory and atelectatic changes in the left lower lobe, with mild pleural reaction, and results of laboratory testing were:

  • White blood cell count 6.89 × 109/L (reference range 3.70–11.00)
  • Neutrophils 58% (40%–70%)
  • Lymphocytes 29.6% (22%–44%)
  • Monocytes 10.7% (0–11%)
  • Eosinophils 1% (0–4%)
  • Basophils 0.6% (0–1%)
  • Troponin T and D-dimer levels normal.

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PLEURITIC CHEST PAIN

1. What is the most likely cause of his pleuritic chest pain?

  • Pleuritis
  • Pneumonia
  • Pulmonary embolism
  • Malignancy

The differential diagnosis of pleuritic chest pain is broad.

The patient’s symptoms at presentation to the emergency department did not suggest an infectious process. There was no fever, cough, or phlegm, and his white blood cell count was normal. Nonetheless, pneumonia could not be ruled out, as the lung parenchyma was not normal on radiography, and the findings could have been consistent with an early or resolving infectious process.

Pulmonary embolism was a possibility, but his normal D-dimer level argued against it. Further, the patient subsequently underwent CT angiography, which ruled out pulmonary embolism.

Malignancy was unlikely in a young nonsmoker, but follow-up imaging would be needed to ensure resolution and rule this out.

The emergency department physician diagnosed inflammatory pleuritis and discharged him home on a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug.

CLINIC VISIT 5 DAYS LATER

At his pulmonary clinic visit 5 days later, the patient reported persistent but stable left-sided pleuritic chest pain and mild breathlessness on exertion. His blood pressure was 137/81 mm Hg, heart rate 109 beats per minute, temperature 37.1°C (98.8°F), and oxygen saturation 97% on room air.

Auscultation of the lungs revealed rales and slightly decreased breath sounds at the left base. No dullness to percussion could be detected.

Because the patient had developed mild tachycardia and breathlessness along with clinical signs that suggested worsening infiltrates, consolidation, or the development of pleural effusion, he underwent further investigation with chest radiography, a complete blood cell count, and measurement of serum inflammatory markers.

Figure 2. Chest radiography 5 days after the emergency department presentation showed development of a left-sided pleural effusion.
Figure 2. Chest radiography 5 days after the emergency department presentation showed development of a left-sided pleural effusion.
Radiography revealed a left-sided pleural effusion (Figure 2). Laboratory testing results:

  • White blood cell count 13.08 × 109/L
  • Neutrophils 81%
  • Lymphocytes 7.4%
  • Monocytes 7.2%
  • Eeosinophils 0.2%
  • Basophils 0.2%
  • Procalcitonin 0.34 µg/L (reference range < 0.09).

Bedside ultrasonography to assess the effusion’s size and characteristics and the need for thoracentesis indicated that the effusion was too small to tap, and there were no fibrinous strands or loculations to suggest empyema.

 

 

FURTHER TREATMENT

2. What was the best management strategy for this patient at this time?

  • Admit to the hospital for thoracentesis and intravenous antibiotics
  • Give oral antibiotics with close follow-up
  • Perform thoracentesis on an outpatient basis and give oral antibiotics
  • Repeat chest CT

The patient had worsening pleuritic pain with development of a small left pleural effusion. His symptoms had not improved on a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug. He now had an elevated white blood cell count with a “left shift” (ie, an increase in neutrophils, indicating more immature cells in circulation) and elevated procalcitonin. The most likely diagnosis was pneumonia with a resulting pleural effusion, ie, parapneumonic effusion, requiring appropriate antibiotic therapy. Ideally, the pleural effusion should be sampled by thoracentesis, with management on an outpatient or inpatient basis.

Table 1. Prognostic assessment of pleural effusion: ACCP guidelines
Suspected parapneumonic effusion can be classified to help prognostication based on anatomic, bacteriologic, and chemical characteristics of the fluid, as described in the American College of Chest Physicians classification system (Table 1).1 Although our patient’s effusion was deemed to pose a low risk for a poor outcome, admission to the hospital was advised for intravenous antibiotics and close monitoring of the effusion with or without thoracentesis or drainage. However, the patient declined, preferring outpatient treatment. Levofloxacin was started, and he was scheduled to be seen in follow-up in the clinic a few days later.

5 DAYS LATER, THE EFFUSION HAD BECOME MASSIVE

On follow-up 5 days later, the patient’s chest pain was better, but he was significantly more short of breath. His blood pressure was 137/90 mm Hg, heart rate 117 beats/minute, respiratory rate 16 breaths/minute, oxygen saturation 97% on room air, and temperature 36.9°C (98.4°F). Chest auscultation revealed decreased breath sounds over the left hemithorax, with dullness to percussion and decreased fremitus.

Figure 3. Complete opacification of the left hemothorax on chest radiography (A) and massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right on computed tomography (B).
Figure 3. Complete opacification of the left hemothorax on chest radiography (A) and massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right on computed tomography (B).
Repeat chest radiography showed complete opacification of the left hemithorax, and CT showed a massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right (Figure 3).

RAPIDLY PROGRESSIVE PLEURAL EFFUSIONS

A rapidly progressive pleural effusion in a healthy patient suggests parapneumonic effusion. The most likely organism is streptococcal.2

Explosive pleuritis is defined as a pleural effusion that increases in size in less than 24 hours. It was first described by Braman and Donat3 in 1986 as an effusion that develops within hours of admission. In 2001, Sharma and Marrie4 refined the definition as rapid development of pleural effusion involving more than 90% of the hemithorax within 24 hours, causing compression of pulmonary tissue and a mediastinal shift. It is a medical emergency that requires prompt investigation and treatment with drainage and antibiotics. All reported cases of explosive pleuritis have been parapneumonic effusion.

The organisms implicated in explosive pleuritis include gram-positive cocci such as Streptococcus pneumoniae, S pyogenes, other streptococci, staphylococci, and gram-negative cocci such as Neisseria meningitidis and Moraxella catarrhalis. Gram-negative bacilli include Haemophilus influenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas species, Escherichia coli, Proteus species, Enterobacter species, Bacteroides species, and Legionella species.4,5 However, malignancy is the most common cause of massive pleural effusion, accounting for 54% of cases; 17% of cases are idiopathic, 13% are parapneumonic, and 12% are hydrothorax related to liver cirrhosis.6

CASE CONTINUED

Our patient’s massive effusion needed drainage, and he was admitted to the hospital for further management. Samples of blood and sputum were sent for culture. Intravenous piperacillin-tazobactam was started, and an intercostal chest tube was inserted into the pleural cavity under ultrasonographic guidance to drain turbid fluid.

Table 2. Our patient's pleural fluid analysis
The effusion was noted to be loculated on ultrasonography, strongly suggesting conversion from parapneumonic effusion to empyema.

Table 3. Transudate or exudate? The Light criteria
Results of pleural fluid analysis and blood tests (Table 2) were consistent with an exudate based on the criteria of Light et al (Table 3).7 The pH of the pleural fluid was 7, confirming empyema. (A pleural fluid pH < 7.2 indicates empyema requiring intervention, whereas a pH between 7.2 and 7.3 indicates parapneumonic effusion that can be either observed or drained, depending on the clinical picture, size, and prognostic features.)

Multiple pleural fluid samples sent for bacterial, fungal, and acid-fast bacilli culture were negative. Blood and sputum cultures also showed no growth. The administration of oral antibiotics for 5 days on an outpatient basis before pleural fluid culture could have led to sterility of all cultures.

Figure 4. Computed tomography 2 days after initial chest tube placement showed a noncommunicating apical pocket.
Figure 4. Computed tomography 2 days after initial chest tube placement showed a noncommunicating apical pocket.
Follow-up CT 2 days after the chest tube was inserted revealed a residual apical locule, which did not appear to be communicating with the pleural area where the existing drain sat (Figure 4).

Our patient had inadequate pleural fluid output through his chest tube, and radiography showed that the pleural collections failed to clear. In fact, an apical locule did not appear to be connecting with the lower aspect of the pleural collection. In such cases, instillation of intrapleural agents through the chest tube has become common practice in an attempt to lyse adhesions, to connect various locules or pockets of pleural fluid, and to improve drainage.

 

 

LOCULATED EMPYEMA: MANAGEMENT

3. What was the best management strategy for this loculated empyema?

  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and existing chest tube drainage for 5 to 7 days, then reassess
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and instill intrapleural fibrinolytics (eg, tissue plasminogen activator [tPA]) through the existing chest tube
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and instill intrapleural fibrinolytics with deoxyribonuclease (DNase) into the existing chest tube
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics, insert a second chest tube into the apical pocket under imaging guidance, and instill tPA and DNase
  • Surgical decortication

Continuing antibiotics with existing chest tube drainage and the two options of using single-agent intrapleural fibrinolytics have been shown to be less effective than combining tPA and DNase when managing a loculated empyema. As such, surgical decortication, attempting intrapleural instillation of fibrinolytics and DNase (with or without further chest tube insertion into noncommunicating locules), or both were the most appropriate options at this stage.

MANAGEMENT OF PARAPNEUMONIC PLEURAL EFFUSION IN ADULTS

There are several options for managing parapneumonic effusion, and clinicians can use the classification system in Table 1 to assess the risk of a poor outcome and to plan the management. Based on radiographic findings and pleural fluid sampling, a pleural effusion can be either observed or drained.

Options for drainage of the pleural space include repeat thoracentesis, surgical insertion of a chest tube, or image-guided insertion of a small-bore catheter. Although no randomized trial has been done to compare tube sizes, a large retrospective series showed that small-bore tubes (< 14 F) perform similarly to standard large-bore tubes.8 However, in another study, Keeling et al9 reported higher failure rates when tubes smaller than 12 F were used. Regular flushing of the chest tube (ideally twice a day) is recommended to keep it patent, particularly with small-bore tubes. Multiloculated empyema may require multiple intercostal chest tubes to drain completely, and therefore small-bore tubes are recommended.

In cases that do not improve radiographically and clinically, one must consider whether the antibiotic choice is adequate, review the position of the chest tube, and assess for loculations. As such, repeating chest CT within 24 to 48 hours of tube insertion and drainage is recommended to confirm adequate tube positioning, assess effective drainage, look for different locules and pockets, and determine the degree of communication between them.

The largest well-powered randomized controlled trials of intrapleural agents in the management of pleural infection, the Multicentre Intrapleural Sepsis Trial (MIST1)10 and MIST2,11 clearly demonstrated that intrapleural fibrinolytics were not beneficial when used alone compared with placebo. However, in MIST2, the combination of tPA and DNase led to clinically significant benefits including radiologic improvement, shorter hospital stay, and less need for surgical decortication.

At our hospital, we follow the MIST2 protocol using a combination of tPA and DNase given intrapleurally twice daily for 3 days. In our patient, we inserted a chest tube into the apical pocket under ultrasonographic guidance, as 2 instillations of intrapleural tPA and DNase did not result in drainage of the apical locule.

Success rates with intrapleural tPA-DNase for complicated pleural effusion and empyema range from 68% to 92%.12–15 Pleural thickening and necrotizing pneumonia and abscess are important predictors of failure of tPA-DNase therapy and of the need for surgery.13,14

Early surgical intervention was another reasonable option in this case. The decision to proceed with surgery is based on need to debride multiloculated empyemas or uniloculated empyemas that fail to resolve with antibiotics and tube thoracostomy drainage. Nonetheless, the decision must be individualized and based on factors such as the patient’s risks vs possible benefit from a surgical procedure under general anesthesia, the patient’s ability to tolerate multiple thoracentesis procedures and chest tubes for a potentially lengthy period, the patient’s pain threshold, the patient’s wishes to avoid a surgical procedure balanced against a longer hospital stay, and cultural norms and beliefs.

Surgical options include video-assisted thoracoscopy, thoracotomy, and open drainage. Decortication can be considered early to control pleural sepsis, or late (after 3 to 6 months) if the lung does not expand. Debate continues on the optimal timing for video-assisted thoracoscopy, with data suggesting that when the procedure is performed later in the course of the disease there is a greater chance of complications and of the need to convert to thoracotomy.

A 2017 Cochrane review16 of surgical vs nonsurgical management of empyema identified 8 randomized trials, 6 in children and 2 in adults, with a total of 391 patients. The authors compared video-assisted thoracoscopy vs tube thoracotomy, with and without intrapleural fibrinolytics. They noted no difference in rates of mortality or procedural complications. However, the mean length of hospital stay was shorter with video-assisted thoracoscopy than with tube thoracotomy (5.9 vs 15.4 days). They could not assess the impact of fibrinolytic therapy on total cost of treatment in the 2 groups.

A randomized trial is planned to compare early video-assisted thoracoscopy vs treatment with chest tube drainage and t-PA-DNase.17

At our institution, we use a multidisciplinary approach, discussing cases at weekly meetings with thoracic surgeons, pulmonologists, infectious disease specialists, and interventional radiologists. We generally try conservative management first, with chest tube drainage and intrapleural agents for 5 to 7 days, before considering surgery if the response is unsatisfactory.

THE PATIENT RECOVERED

In our patient, the multiloculated empyema was successfully cleared after intrapleural instillation of 4 doses of tPA and DNAse over 3 days and insertion of a second intercostal chest tube into the noncommunicating apical locule. He completed 14 days of intravenous piperacillin-tazobactam treatment and, after discharge home, completed another 4 weeks of oral amoxicillin-clavulanate. He made a full recovery and was back at work 2 weeks after discharge. Chest radiography 10 weeks after discharge showed normal results.

A 33-year-old male nonsmoker with no significant medical history presented to the pulmonary clinic with severe left-sided pleuritic chest pain and mild breathlessness for the past 5 days. He denied fever, chills, cough, phlegm, runny nose, or congestion.

Five days before this visit, he had been seen in the emergency department with mild left-sided pleuritic chest pain. His vital signs at that time had been as follows:

  • Blood pressure 141/77 mm Hg
  • Heart rate 77 beats/minute
  • Respiratory rate 17 breaths/minute
  • Temperature 36.8°C (98.2°F)
  • Oxygen saturation 98% on room air.

Figure 1. Chest radiography in the emergency department (A) showed a mild left-sided pleural reaction (arrow). Computed tomography (B) showed a mild pleural reaction (arrow) and parenchymal atelectatic and fibrotic changes.
Figure 1. Chest radiography in the emergency department (A) showed a mild left-sided pleural reaction (arrow). Computed tomography (B) showed a mild pleural reaction (arrow) and parenchymal atelectatic and fibrotic changes.
No abnormal findings on physical examination were noted at that time. Radiography and computed tomography (CT) (Figure 1) showed inflammatory and atelectatic changes in the left lower lobe, with mild pleural reaction, and results of laboratory testing were:

  • White blood cell count 6.89 × 109/L (reference range 3.70–11.00)
  • Neutrophils 58% (40%–70%)
  • Lymphocytes 29.6% (22%–44%)
  • Monocytes 10.7% (0–11%)
  • Eosinophils 1% (0–4%)
  • Basophils 0.6% (0–1%)
  • Troponin T and D-dimer levels normal.

DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PLEURITIC CHEST PAIN

1. What is the most likely cause of his pleuritic chest pain?

  • Pleuritis
  • Pneumonia
  • Pulmonary embolism
  • Malignancy

The differential diagnosis of pleuritic chest pain is broad.

The patient’s symptoms at presentation to the emergency department did not suggest an infectious process. There was no fever, cough, or phlegm, and his white blood cell count was normal. Nonetheless, pneumonia could not be ruled out, as the lung parenchyma was not normal on radiography, and the findings could have been consistent with an early or resolving infectious process.

Pulmonary embolism was a possibility, but his normal D-dimer level argued against it. Further, the patient subsequently underwent CT angiography, which ruled out pulmonary embolism.

Malignancy was unlikely in a young nonsmoker, but follow-up imaging would be needed to ensure resolution and rule this out.

The emergency department physician diagnosed inflammatory pleuritis and discharged him home on a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug.

CLINIC VISIT 5 DAYS LATER

At his pulmonary clinic visit 5 days later, the patient reported persistent but stable left-sided pleuritic chest pain and mild breathlessness on exertion. His blood pressure was 137/81 mm Hg, heart rate 109 beats per minute, temperature 37.1°C (98.8°F), and oxygen saturation 97% on room air.

Auscultation of the lungs revealed rales and slightly decreased breath sounds at the left base. No dullness to percussion could be detected.

Because the patient had developed mild tachycardia and breathlessness along with clinical signs that suggested worsening infiltrates, consolidation, or the development of pleural effusion, he underwent further investigation with chest radiography, a complete blood cell count, and measurement of serum inflammatory markers.

Figure 2. Chest radiography 5 days after the emergency department presentation showed development of a left-sided pleural effusion.
Figure 2. Chest radiography 5 days after the emergency department presentation showed development of a left-sided pleural effusion.
Radiography revealed a left-sided pleural effusion (Figure 2). Laboratory testing results:

  • White blood cell count 13.08 × 109/L
  • Neutrophils 81%
  • Lymphocytes 7.4%
  • Monocytes 7.2%
  • Eeosinophils 0.2%
  • Basophils 0.2%
  • Procalcitonin 0.34 µg/L (reference range < 0.09).

Bedside ultrasonography to assess the effusion’s size and characteristics and the need for thoracentesis indicated that the effusion was too small to tap, and there were no fibrinous strands or loculations to suggest empyema.

 

 

FURTHER TREATMENT

2. What was the best management strategy for this patient at this time?

  • Admit to the hospital for thoracentesis and intravenous antibiotics
  • Give oral antibiotics with close follow-up
  • Perform thoracentesis on an outpatient basis and give oral antibiotics
  • Repeat chest CT

The patient had worsening pleuritic pain with development of a small left pleural effusion. His symptoms had not improved on a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug. He now had an elevated white blood cell count with a “left shift” (ie, an increase in neutrophils, indicating more immature cells in circulation) and elevated procalcitonin. The most likely diagnosis was pneumonia with a resulting pleural effusion, ie, parapneumonic effusion, requiring appropriate antibiotic therapy. Ideally, the pleural effusion should be sampled by thoracentesis, with management on an outpatient or inpatient basis.

Table 1. Prognostic assessment of pleural effusion: ACCP guidelines
Suspected parapneumonic effusion can be classified to help prognostication based on anatomic, bacteriologic, and chemical characteristics of the fluid, as described in the American College of Chest Physicians classification system (Table 1).1 Although our patient’s effusion was deemed to pose a low risk for a poor outcome, admission to the hospital was advised for intravenous antibiotics and close monitoring of the effusion with or without thoracentesis or drainage. However, the patient declined, preferring outpatient treatment. Levofloxacin was started, and he was scheduled to be seen in follow-up in the clinic a few days later.

5 DAYS LATER, THE EFFUSION HAD BECOME MASSIVE

On follow-up 5 days later, the patient’s chest pain was better, but he was significantly more short of breath. His blood pressure was 137/90 mm Hg, heart rate 117 beats/minute, respiratory rate 16 breaths/minute, oxygen saturation 97% on room air, and temperature 36.9°C (98.4°F). Chest auscultation revealed decreased breath sounds over the left hemithorax, with dullness to percussion and decreased fremitus.

Figure 3. Complete opacification of the left hemothorax on chest radiography (A) and massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right on computed tomography (B).
Figure 3. Complete opacification of the left hemothorax on chest radiography (A) and massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right on computed tomography (B).
Repeat chest radiography showed complete opacification of the left hemithorax, and CT showed a massive pleural effusion causing mediastinal shift to the right (Figure 3).

RAPIDLY PROGRESSIVE PLEURAL EFFUSIONS

A rapidly progressive pleural effusion in a healthy patient suggests parapneumonic effusion. The most likely organism is streptococcal.2

Explosive pleuritis is defined as a pleural effusion that increases in size in less than 24 hours. It was first described by Braman and Donat3 in 1986 as an effusion that develops within hours of admission. In 2001, Sharma and Marrie4 refined the definition as rapid development of pleural effusion involving more than 90% of the hemithorax within 24 hours, causing compression of pulmonary tissue and a mediastinal shift. It is a medical emergency that requires prompt investigation and treatment with drainage and antibiotics. All reported cases of explosive pleuritis have been parapneumonic effusion.

The organisms implicated in explosive pleuritis include gram-positive cocci such as Streptococcus pneumoniae, S pyogenes, other streptococci, staphylococci, and gram-negative cocci such as Neisseria meningitidis and Moraxella catarrhalis. Gram-negative bacilli include Haemophilus influenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas species, Escherichia coli, Proteus species, Enterobacter species, Bacteroides species, and Legionella species.4,5 However, malignancy is the most common cause of massive pleural effusion, accounting for 54% of cases; 17% of cases are idiopathic, 13% are parapneumonic, and 12% are hydrothorax related to liver cirrhosis.6

CASE CONTINUED

Our patient’s massive effusion needed drainage, and he was admitted to the hospital for further management. Samples of blood and sputum were sent for culture. Intravenous piperacillin-tazobactam was started, and an intercostal chest tube was inserted into the pleural cavity under ultrasonographic guidance to drain turbid fluid.

Table 2. Our patient's pleural fluid analysis
The effusion was noted to be loculated on ultrasonography, strongly suggesting conversion from parapneumonic effusion to empyema.

Table 3. Transudate or exudate? The Light criteria
Results of pleural fluid analysis and blood tests (Table 2) were consistent with an exudate based on the criteria of Light et al (Table 3).7 The pH of the pleural fluid was 7, confirming empyema. (A pleural fluid pH < 7.2 indicates empyema requiring intervention, whereas a pH between 7.2 and 7.3 indicates parapneumonic effusion that can be either observed or drained, depending on the clinical picture, size, and prognostic features.)

Multiple pleural fluid samples sent for bacterial, fungal, and acid-fast bacilli culture were negative. Blood and sputum cultures also showed no growth. The administration of oral antibiotics for 5 days on an outpatient basis before pleural fluid culture could have led to sterility of all cultures.

Figure 4. Computed tomography 2 days after initial chest tube placement showed a noncommunicating apical pocket.
Figure 4. Computed tomography 2 days after initial chest tube placement showed a noncommunicating apical pocket.
Follow-up CT 2 days after the chest tube was inserted revealed a residual apical locule, which did not appear to be communicating with the pleural area where the existing drain sat (Figure 4).

Our patient had inadequate pleural fluid output through his chest tube, and radiography showed that the pleural collections failed to clear. In fact, an apical locule did not appear to be connecting with the lower aspect of the pleural collection. In such cases, instillation of intrapleural agents through the chest tube has become common practice in an attempt to lyse adhesions, to connect various locules or pockets of pleural fluid, and to improve drainage.

 

 

LOCULATED EMPYEMA: MANAGEMENT

3. What was the best management strategy for this loculated empyema?

  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and existing chest tube drainage for 5 to 7 days, then reassess
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and instill intrapleural fibrinolytics (eg, tissue plasminogen activator [tPA]) through the existing chest tube
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics and instill intrapleural fibrinolytics with deoxyribonuclease (DNase) into the existing chest tube
  • Continue intravenous antibiotics, insert a second chest tube into the apical pocket under imaging guidance, and instill tPA and DNase
  • Surgical decortication

Continuing antibiotics with existing chest tube drainage and the two options of using single-agent intrapleural fibrinolytics have been shown to be less effective than combining tPA and DNase when managing a loculated empyema. As such, surgical decortication, attempting intrapleural instillation of fibrinolytics and DNase (with or without further chest tube insertion into noncommunicating locules), or both were the most appropriate options at this stage.

MANAGEMENT OF PARAPNEUMONIC PLEURAL EFFUSION IN ADULTS

There are several options for managing parapneumonic effusion, and clinicians can use the classification system in Table 1 to assess the risk of a poor outcome and to plan the management. Based on radiographic findings and pleural fluid sampling, a pleural effusion can be either observed or drained.

Options for drainage of the pleural space include repeat thoracentesis, surgical insertion of a chest tube, or image-guided insertion of a small-bore catheter. Although no randomized trial has been done to compare tube sizes, a large retrospective series showed that small-bore tubes (< 14 F) perform similarly to standard large-bore tubes.8 However, in another study, Keeling et al9 reported higher failure rates when tubes smaller than 12 F were used. Regular flushing of the chest tube (ideally twice a day) is recommended to keep it patent, particularly with small-bore tubes. Multiloculated empyema may require multiple intercostal chest tubes to drain completely, and therefore small-bore tubes are recommended.

In cases that do not improve radiographically and clinically, one must consider whether the antibiotic choice is adequate, review the position of the chest tube, and assess for loculations. As such, repeating chest CT within 24 to 48 hours of tube insertion and drainage is recommended to confirm adequate tube positioning, assess effective drainage, look for different locules and pockets, and determine the degree of communication between them.

The largest well-powered randomized controlled trials of intrapleural agents in the management of pleural infection, the Multicentre Intrapleural Sepsis Trial (MIST1)10 and MIST2,11 clearly demonstrated that intrapleural fibrinolytics were not beneficial when used alone compared with placebo. However, in MIST2, the combination of tPA and DNase led to clinically significant benefits including radiologic improvement, shorter hospital stay, and less need for surgical decortication.

At our hospital, we follow the MIST2 protocol using a combination of tPA and DNase given intrapleurally twice daily for 3 days. In our patient, we inserted a chest tube into the apical pocket under ultrasonographic guidance, as 2 instillations of intrapleural tPA and DNase did not result in drainage of the apical locule.

Success rates with intrapleural tPA-DNase for complicated pleural effusion and empyema range from 68% to 92%.12–15 Pleural thickening and necrotizing pneumonia and abscess are important predictors of failure of tPA-DNase therapy and of the need for surgery.13,14

Early surgical intervention was another reasonable option in this case. The decision to proceed with surgery is based on need to debride multiloculated empyemas or uniloculated empyemas that fail to resolve with antibiotics and tube thoracostomy drainage. Nonetheless, the decision must be individualized and based on factors such as the patient’s risks vs possible benefit from a surgical procedure under general anesthesia, the patient’s ability to tolerate multiple thoracentesis procedures and chest tubes for a potentially lengthy period, the patient’s pain threshold, the patient’s wishes to avoid a surgical procedure balanced against a longer hospital stay, and cultural norms and beliefs.

Surgical options include video-assisted thoracoscopy, thoracotomy, and open drainage. Decortication can be considered early to control pleural sepsis, or late (after 3 to 6 months) if the lung does not expand. Debate continues on the optimal timing for video-assisted thoracoscopy, with data suggesting that when the procedure is performed later in the course of the disease there is a greater chance of complications and of the need to convert to thoracotomy.

A 2017 Cochrane review16 of surgical vs nonsurgical management of empyema identified 8 randomized trials, 6 in children and 2 in adults, with a total of 391 patients. The authors compared video-assisted thoracoscopy vs tube thoracotomy, with and without intrapleural fibrinolytics. They noted no difference in rates of mortality or procedural complications. However, the mean length of hospital stay was shorter with video-assisted thoracoscopy than with tube thoracotomy (5.9 vs 15.4 days). They could not assess the impact of fibrinolytic therapy on total cost of treatment in the 2 groups.

A randomized trial is planned to compare early video-assisted thoracoscopy vs treatment with chest tube drainage and t-PA-DNase.17

At our institution, we use a multidisciplinary approach, discussing cases at weekly meetings with thoracic surgeons, pulmonologists, infectious disease specialists, and interventional radiologists. We generally try conservative management first, with chest tube drainage and intrapleural agents for 5 to 7 days, before considering surgery if the response is unsatisfactory.

THE PATIENT RECOVERED

In our patient, the multiloculated empyema was successfully cleared after intrapleural instillation of 4 doses of tPA and DNAse over 3 days and insertion of a second intercostal chest tube into the noncommunicating apical locule. He completed 14 days of intravenous piperacillin-tazobactam treatment and, after discharge home, completed another 4 weeks of oral amoxicillin-clavulanate. He made a full recovery and was back at work 2 weeks after discharge. Chest radiography 10 weeks after discharge showed normal results.

References
  1. Colice GL, Curtis A, Deslauriers J, et al. Medical and surgical treatment of parapneumonic effusions: an evidence-based guideline. Chest 2000; 118(4):1158–1171. pmid:11035692
  2. Bryant RE, Salmon CJ. Pleural empyema. Clin Infect Dis 1996; 22(5):747–762. pmid:8722927
  3. Braman SS, Donat WE. Explosive pleuritis. Manifestation of group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal infection. Am J Med 1986; 81(4):723–726. pmid:3532794
  4. Sharma JK, Marrie TJ. Explosive pleuritis. Can J Infect Dis 2001; 12(2):104–107. pmid:18159325
  5. Johnson JL. Pleurisy, fever, and rapidly progressive pleural effusion in a healthy, 29-year-old physician. Chest 2001; 119(4):1266–1269. pmid:11296198
  6. Jimenez D, Diaz G, Gil D, et al. Etiology and prognostic significance of massive pleural effusions. Respir Med 2005; 99(9):1183–1187. doi:10.1016/j.rmed.2005.02.022
  7. Light RW, MacGregor MI, Luchsinger PC, Ball WC Jr. Pleural effusions: the diagnostic separation of transudates and exudates. Ann Intern Med 1972; 77:507–513. pmid:4642731
  8. Rahman NM, Maskell NA, Davies CW, et al. The relationship between chest tube size and clinical outcome in pleural infection. Chest 2010; 137(3):536–543. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1044
  9. Keeling AN, Leong S, Logan PM, Lee MJ. Empyema and effusion: outcome of image-guided small-bore catheter drainage. Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol 2008; 31(1):135–141. doi:10.1007/s00270-007-9197-0
  10. Maskell NA, Davies CW, Nunn AJ, et al. UK controlled trial of intrapleural streptokinase for pleural infection. N Engl J Med 2005; 352(9):865–874. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa042473
  11. Rahman NM, Maskell NA, West A, et al. Intrapleural use of tissue plasminogen activator and DNase in pleural infection. N Engl J Med 2011; 365(6):518–526. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1012740
  12. Piccolo F, Pitman N, Bhatnagar R, et al. Intrapleural tissue plasminogen activator and deoxyribonuclease for pleural infection. An effective and safe alternative to surgery. Ann Am Thorac Soc 2014; 11(9):1419–1425. doi:10.1513/AnnalsATS.201407-329OC
  13. Khemasuwan D, Sorensen J, Griffin DC. Predictive variables for failure in administration of intrapleural tissue plasminogen activator/deoxyribonuclease in patients with complicated parapneumonic effusions/empyema. Chest 2018; 154(3):550–556. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2018.01.037
  14. Abu-Daff S, Maziak DE, Alshehab D, et al. Intrapleural fibrinolytic therapy (IPFT) in loculated pleural effusions—analysis of predictors for failure of therapy and bleeding: a cohort study. BMJ Open 2013; 3(2):e001887. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2012-001887
  15. Bishwakarma R, Shah S, Frank L, Zhang W, Sharma G, Nishi SP. Mixing it up: coadministration of tPA/DNase in complicated parapneumonic pleural effusions and empyema. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol 2017; 24(1):40–47. doi:10.1097/LBR.0000000000000334
  16. Redden MD, Chin TY, van Driel ML. Surgical versus non-surgical management for pleural empyema. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2017; 3:CD010651. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD010651.pub2
  17. Feller-Kopman D, Light R. Pleural disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(8):740–751. doi:10.1056/NEJMra1403503
References
  1. Colice GL, Curtis A, Deslauriers J, et al. Medical and surgical treatment of parapneumonic effusions: an evidence-based guideline. Chest 2000; 118(4):1158–1171. pmid:11035692
  2. Bryant RE, Salmon CJ. Pleural empyema. Clin Infect Dis 1996; 22(5):747–762. pmid:8722927
  3. Braman SS, Donat WE. Explosive pleuritis. Manifestation of group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal infection. Am J Med 1986; 81(4):723–726. pmid:3532794
  4. Sharma JK, Marrie TJ. Explosive pleuritis. Can J Infect Dis 2001; 12(2):104–107. pmid:18159325
  5. Johnson JL. Pleurisy, fever, and rapidly progressive pleural effusion in a healthy, 29-year-old physician. Chest 2001; 119(4):1266–1269. pmid:11296198
  6. Jimenez D, Diaz G, Gil D, et al. Etiology and prognostic significance of massive pleural effusions. Respir Med 2005; 99(9):1183–1187. doi:10.1016/j.rmed.2005.02.022
  7. Light RW, MacGregor MI, Luchsinger PC, Ball WC Jr. Pleural effusions: the diagnostic separation of transudates and exudates. Ann Intern Med 1972; 77:507–513. pmid:4642731
  8. Rahman NM, Maskell NA, Davies CW, et al. The relationship between chest tube size and clinical outcome in pleural infection. Chest 2010; 137(3):536–543. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1044
  9. Keeling AN, Leong S, Logan PM, Lee MJ. Empyema and effusion: outcome of image-guided small-bore catheter drainage. Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol 2008; 31(1):135–141. doi:10.1007/s00270-007-9197-0
  10. Maskell NA, Davies CW, Nunn AJ, et al. UK controlled trial of intrapleural streptokinase for pleural infection. N Engl J Med 2005; 352(9):865–874. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa042473
  11. Rahman NM, Maskell NA, West A, et al. Intrapleural use of tissue plasminogen activator and DNase in pleural infection. N Engl J Med 2011; 365(6):518–526. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1012740
  12. Piccolo F, Pitman N, Bhatnagar R, et al. Intrapleural tissue plasminogen activator and deoxyribonuclease for pleural infection. An effective and safe alternative to surgery. Ann Am Thorac Soc 2014; 11(9):1419–1425. doi:10.1513/AnnalsATS.201407-329OC
  13. Khemasuwan D, Sorensen J, Griffin DC. Predictive variables for failure in administration of intrapleural tissue plasminogen activator/deoxyribonuclease in patients with complicated parapneumonic effusions/empyema. Chest 2018; 154(3):550–556. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2018.01.037
  14. Abu-Daff S, Maziak DE, Alshehab D, et al. Intrapleural fibrinolytic therapy (IPFT) in loculated pleural effusions—analysis of predictors for failure of therapy and bleeding: a cohort study. BMJ Open 2013; 3(2):e001887. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2012-001887
  15. Bishwakarma R, Shah S, Frank L, Zhang W, Sharma G, Nishi SP. Mixing it up: coadministration of tPA/DNase in complicated parapneumonic pleural effusions and empyema. J Bronchology Interv Pulmonol 2017; 24(1):40–47. doi:10.1097/LBR.0000000000000334
  16. Redden MD, Chin TY, van Driel ML. Surgical versus non-surgical management for pleural empyema. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2017; 3:CD010651. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD010651.pub2
  17. Feller-Kopman D, Light R. Pleural disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(8):740–751. doi:10.1056/NEJMra1403503
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Page Number
21-27
Page Number
21-27
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Rapidly progressive pleural effusion
Display Headline
Rapidly progressive pleural effusion
Legacy Keywords
pleural effusion, rapidly progressive pleural effusion, parapneumonic, pleuritic, pneumonia, chest tube, transudate, exudate, Light criteria, empyema, Zaid Zoumot, Ali Wahla, Samar Farha
Legacy Keywords
pleural effusion, rapidly progressive pleural effusion, parapneumonic, pleuritic, pneumonia, chest tube, transudate, exudate, Light criteria, empyema, Zaid Zoumot, Ali Wahla, Samar Farha
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 10:30
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 10:30
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 01/02/2019 - 10:30
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Progress in diagnosing and managing cardiac amyloidosis

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 01/22/2019 - 11:39
Display Headline
Progress in diagnosing and managing cardiac amyloidosis

From the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine

This article has been removed from the website. The article was prepared by the editorial staff based on a transcript of the proceedings of a conference, and errors occurred during this process that were subsequently published. A clarification of the errors will be published in a future issue.

A review of this topic was published in the December 2017 issue of the Journal (Donnelly JP, Hanna M. Cardiac amyloidosis: An update on diagnosis and treatment. Cleve Clin J Med 2017;84[12suppl 3]:12–26). doi:10.3949/ccjm.84.s3.02

Author and Disclosure Information

Mazen Hanna, MD
Co-Director, Amyloidosis Center, Section of Heart Failure and Cardiac Transplant Medicine, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Chetan Huded, MD
Resident Fellow, Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

E. Rene Rodriguez, MD
Director, Cardiovascular Pathology, Director, Autopsy Pathology, Department of Anatomic Pathology, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Dermot Phelan, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Deborah Kwon, MD
Director of Cardiac MRI Research, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine and Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Wael Jaber, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, and Department of Nuclear Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Jason Valent, MD
Department of Hematology and Medical Oncology Cleveland Clinic

Michael Zhen-Yu Tong, MD, MBA
Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Mazen Hanna, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, J3-4, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
29-37
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mazen Hanna, MD
Co-Director, Amyloidosis Center, Section of Heart Failure and Cardiac Transplant Medicine, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Chetan Huded, MD
Resident Fellow, Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

E. Rene Rodriguez, MD
Director, Cardiovascular Pathology, Director, Autopsy Pathology, Department of Anatomic Pathology, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Dermot Phelan, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Deborah Kwon, MD
Director of Cardiac MRI Research, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine and Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Wael Jaber, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, and Department of Nuclear Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Jason Valent, MD
Department of Hematology and Medical Oncology Cleveland Clinic

Michael Zhen-Yu Tong, MD, MBA
Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Mazen Hanna, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, J3-4, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Mazen Hanna, MD
Co-Director, Amyloidosis Center, Section of Heart Failure and Cardiac Transplant Medicine, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Chetan Huded, MD
Resident Fellow, Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

E. Rene Rodriguez, MD
Director, Cardiovascular Pathology, Director, Autopsy Pathology, Department of Anatomic Pathology, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Dermot Phelan, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Deborah Kwon, MD
Director of Cardiac MRI Research, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine and Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Wael Jaber, MD
Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, and Department of Nuclear Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Jason Valent, MD
Department of Hematology and Medical Oncology Cleveland Clinic

Michael Zhen-Yu Tong, MD, MBA
Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Mazen Hanna, MD, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, J3-4, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

From the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine

This article has been removed from the website. The article was prepared by the editorial staff based on a transcript of the proceedings of a conference, and errors occurred during this process that were subsequently published. A clarification of the errors will be published in a future issue.

A review of this topic was published in the December 2017 issue of the Journal (Donnelly JP, Hanna M. Cardiac amyloidosis: An update on diagnosis and treatment. Cleve Clin J Med 2017;84[12suppl 3]:12–26). doi:10.3949/ccjm.84.s3.02

From the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine

This article has been removed from the website. The article was prepared by the editorial staff based on a transcript of the proceedings of a conference, and errors occurred during this process that were subsequently published. A clarification of the errors will be published in a future issue.

A review of this topic was published in the December 2017 issue of the Journal (Donnelly JP, Hanna M. Cardiac amyloidosis: An update on diagnosis and treatment. Cleve Clin J Med 2017;84[12suppl 3]:12–26). doi:10.3949/ccjm.84.s3.02

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 86(1)
Page Number
29-37
Page Number
29-37
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Progress in diagnosing and managing cardiac amyloidosis
Display Headline
Progress in diagnosing and managing cardiac amyloidosis
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Fri, 01/18/2019 - 16:00
Un-Gate On Date
Fri, 01/18/2019 - 16:00
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Fri, 01/18/2019 - 16:00

Our missing microbes: Short-term antibiotic courses have long-term consequences

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:16
Display Headline
Our missing microbes: Short-term antibiotic courses have long-term consequences

Recent years have seen dramatic increases in the prevalences of chronic diseases such as type 1 diabetes,1 gastroesophageal reflux disease,2 asthma,3 inflammatory bowel disease,4 and, notably, obesity.5 I propose the hypothesis that much of this increase may be due to loss of diversity in the bacteria that make our guts their home.6 While multiple causes contribute, much of the blame may be attributed to the use—and overuse—of antibiotics.

FAT AND GETTING FATTER

Today, nearly 40% of US adults are obese, and nearly three-fourths are either obese or overweight.7 More alarming, the prevalence of obesity is also high and getting higher in children and adolescents,8 having increased from 10.0% in 1988–1994 to 17.8% in 2013–2016.

And not just in the United States. Trends in weight have been going up around the world, with a lag of about 30 years between developing countries and industrialized countries.5

OUR BACTERIA, OURSELVES

I believe that the bacteria we carry are not random, but rather have coevolved along with us, passed down from generation to generation in a state of dynamic equilibrium between microbes and host. Evidence supporting this comes from a study by Ochman et al,9 who analyzed the DNA from fecal samples from different hominid species (including Homo sapiens) and found that the phylogenic relationships among the bacteria mirrored those among the apes.

Interacting with each other and with us in complex ways, our bacteria are a diverse community to which we can apply the term microbiome. They are acquired in a standard, choreographed process,10 and their composition comes to resemble that of adults by the age of 3.11

Before modern times, microbes were transferred from mother to child during vaginal birth, from the mother’s breast during nursing, through skin-to-skin contact, and from the mother’s mouth by kissing. Now, widespread cesarean delivery, bottle-feeding, extensive bathing (especially with antibacterial soaps), and especially the use of antibiotics have changed the human ecology and altered transmission and maintenance of ancestral microbes, which affects the composition of the microbiota. The microbes, both good and bad, that are usually acquired early in life are especially important, since they affect a developmentally critical stage.12

Loss of microbial diversity in the mother appears to be cumulative over succeeding generations.13 For example, in a study in Japanese families, Urita et al14 found a decline in the prevalence of Helicobacter pylori colonization from 68.7% in the first generation to 43.4% in the second generation and 12.5% in the third. Clemente et al15 studied the intestinal microbiota in a previously uncontacted group of Yanomami people in the Amazon jungle and found they had the highest diversity of bacteria ever reported in a human group. By comparison, the research team calculated that we in the United States have already lost 50% of our microbial diversity, and 2 other groups, the Guahibo (another Amerindian group) and rural Malawians, were in between. More recent studies are confirming these observations.16,17

 

 

USE AND OVERUSE OF ANTIBIOTICS

More than 73 billion antibiotic doses are prescribed worldwide yearly,18 or about 10 doses for every man, woman, and child on Earth, and the numbers are rising. In the United States 262 million courses were prescribed in 2011, or 842 per 1,000 population.19 Children receive a mean of 2.7 courses by age 2, and 10.9 by age 10. More than 50% of women receive antibiotics during pregnancy or perinatally. This is in addition to an unknown level of exposure from agricultural use of antibiotics.

Repeated antibiotic exposure is common in early life, varies widely by country, and is often not medically justified.20 In the United States, antibiotic use varies by region, with the heaviest use in the South.19,21 It also varies widely among prescribers.22 Jones et al23 examined antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory infections in US veterans and found that the top 10% of physicians gave an antibiotic more than 90% of the time. Physicians in Sweden prescribe about 60% fewer antibiotics than we do in the United States.21,24

Observational data indicate that people who receive antibiotics have a higher risk of chronic diseases later in life, eg:

  • Type 2 diabetes (odds ratio 1.21, 95% confidence interval 1.19–1.23 with 2 to 4 courses, and odds ratio 1.53 (1.50–1.55) with 5 or more courses, up to 15 years after25
  • Obesity: US states with the highest prevalence of antibiotic use also have the highest prevalence of obesity26
  • Kidney stones: prior antibiotic exposure in a large UK study was associated with increased kidney stone risk, for exposures up to 5 years earlier.27

The meat industry has exploited the weight effect for decades, adding subtherapeutic doses of antibiotics to animals’ feed to make them gain weight.28

FINDINGS FROM STUDIES IN MICE

Laboratory studies of the relationship between antibiotic exposure and disease phenotypes in mice have yielded interesting findings.

Mice exposed to antibiotics had more body fat at 10 weeks (32.0%) than control mice (22.9%).29

Low-dose penicillin, started at birth, induces long-lasting effects on the expression of genes involved in immunity and enhances the effect of a high-fat diet in terms of weight gain.30 If the antibiotic exposure is limited to early life, the effect on the microbiota is transient, but the mice still gain weight. If the microbiota from the mice who received penicillin is transferred to germ-free mice, the recipients also become fat, indicating that the bacteria, not the antibiotics per se, cause the weight gain.

In other experiments,31 a series of short, therapeutic doses of antibiotics early in life modeled after those given to children to treat their acute infections caused long-term changes in the composition of the microbiome and in metabolism.

A single course of a macrolide antibiotic also had long-term effects on the microbial population and on the host’s ileal gene expression, T-cell populations, and secretory immunoglobulin A expression.32 These effects were seen only in mice that had a microbiome to begin with, not in germ-free mice, indicating that the antibiotics had their effect through the changes in the microbiome, not directly. But when germ-free mice received a fecal transplant of an impaired microbiome, it was sufficient to affect immunity.

In nonobese diabetic mice, treatment with antibiotics early in life altered the gut microbiome and its metabolic capacities, intestinal gene expression, and T-cell populations, accelerating the onset of type 1 diabetes.33

In a study in Danish children,34 the likelihood of inflammatory bowel disease increased with early-life antibiotic exposure: the more courses the child received, the greater the likelihood of disease. This observation led researchers to wonder if an antibiotic-altered microbiome affects the outcome of inflammatory bowel disease in the next generation.35 Germ-free female mice who received microbiota from mice who had received antibiotics passed the altered microbiome to their pups. Mice lacking the gene for interleukin 10 are genetically susceptible to colitis, and when this experiment was done in mice lacking this gene, the offspring developed markedly more colitis. This indicated the mothers could pass down their altered microbiome to the next generation and that it would affect their risk of disease.

WHAT CAN WE DO?

All physicians must adhere to the principles of antibiotic stewardship,36 not only to prevent the development of resistant strains of pathogens and the overgrowth of potentially dangerous species such as Clostridium difficile, but also, possibly, to prevent the loss of diversity in the human microbiome and thus discourage the development of chronic diseases.

In the future, as we discover more about the microbiome and the optimal mix of bacteria to carry, this information may find practical application in medicine. A pediatrician, for example, may want to analyze a child’s microbiome and, if it is abnormal, administer specific organisms to reshape it.

References
  1. TEDDY Study Group. The Environmental Determinants of Diabetes in the Young (TEDDY) study. Ann NY Acad Sci 2008; 1150:1–13. doi:10.1196/annals.1447.062
  2. El-Serag HB, Sonnenberg A. Associations between different forms of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease. Gut 1997; 41(5):594–599. pmid:9414963
  3. Eder W, Ege MJ, von Mutius E. The asthma epidemic. N Engl J Med 2006; 355(21):2226–2235. doi:10.1056/NEJMra054308
  4. Kaplan GG, Ng SC. Understanding and preventing the global increase of inflammatory bowel disease. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(2):313–321. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.10.020
  5. de Onis M, Blossner M, Borghi E. Global prevalence and trends of overweight and obesity among preschool children. Am J Clin Nutr 2010; 92(5):1257–1264. doi:10.3945/ajcn.2010.29786
  6. Blaser MJ. The theory of disappearing microbiota and the epidemics of chronic disease. Nat Rev Immunol 2017; 17(8):461–463. doi:10.1038/nri.2017.77
  7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics. Obesity and overweight. www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/obesity-overweight.htm. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics. Table 59. Obesity among children and adolescents aged 2-19 years, by selected characteristics: United States, selected years 1988–1994 through 2013–2016. www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hus/2017/059.pdf. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  9. Ochman H, Worobey M, Kuo CH, et al. Evolutionary relationships of wild hominids recapitulated by gut microbial communities. PLoS Biology 2010; 8(11):e1000546. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1000546
  10. Bokulich NA, Chung J, Battaglia T, et al. Antibiotics, birth mode, and diet shape microbiome maturation during early life. Sci Trans Med 2016; 8(343):343ra82. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.aad7121
  11. Yatsunenko T, Rey FE, Manary MJ, et al. Human gut microbiome viewed across age and geography. Nature 2012; 486(7402):222–227. doi:10.1038/nature11053
  12. Blaser MJ. The past and future biology of the human microbiome in an age of extinctions. Cell 2018; 172(6):1173–1177. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2018.02.040
  13. Blaser MJ, Falkow S. What are the consequences of the disappearing human microbiota? Nat Rev Microbiol 2009; 7(12):887–894. doi:10.1038/nrmicro2245
  14. Urita Y, Watanabe T, Kawagoe N, et al. Role of infected grandmothers in transmission of Helicobacter pylori to children in a Japanese rural town. J Ped Child Health 2013; 49(5):394–398. doi:10.1111/jpc.12191
  15. Clemente JC, Pehrsson EC, Blaser MJ, et al. The microbiome of uncontacted Amerindians. Sci Adv 2015; 1(3). Pii:e1500183. doi:10.1126/sciadv.1500183
  16. Smits SA, Leach J, Sonnenburg ED, et al. Seasonal cycling in the gut microbiome of the Hadza hunter-gatherers of Tanzania. Science 2017; 357(6353):802-806. doi:10.1126/science.aan4834
  17. Vangay P, Johnson AJ, Ward TL, et al. US immigration westernizes the human gut microbiome. Cell 2018; 175(4):962–972. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2018.10.029
  18. Van Broeckel TP, Gandra S, Ashok A, et al. Global antibiotic consumption 2000 to 2010: an analysis of national pharmaceutical sales data. Lancet Infect Dis 2014; 14(8):742–750. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(14)70780-7
  19. Hicks LA, Bartoces MG, Roberts RM, et al. US outpatient antibiotic prescribing variation according to geography, patient population, and provider specialty in 2011. Clin Infect Dis 2015; 60(9):1308–1316. doi:10.1093/cid/civ076
  20. Rogawski ET, Platts-Mills JA, Seidman JC, et al. Use of antibiotics in children younger than two years in eight countries: a prospective cohort study. Bull World Health Organ 2017; 95(1):49–61. doi:10.2471/BLT.16.176123
  21. Hicks LA, Taylor TH Jr, Hunkler RJ. U.S. outpatient antibiotic prescribing, 2010; N Engl J Med 2013; 368(15):1461–1462. doi:10.1056/NEJMc1212055
  22. Gerber JS, Prasad PA, Russell LA, et al. Variation in antibiotic prescribing across a pediatric primary care network. J Pediatric Infect Dis Soc 2015; 4(4):297–304. doi:10.1093/jpids/piu086
  23. Jones BE, Sauer B, Jones MM, et al. Variation in outpatient antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory infections in the veteran population: a cross-sectional study. Ann Intern Med 2015; 163(2):73–80. doi:10.7326/M14-1933
  24. Ternhag A, Hellman J. More on U.S. outpatient antibiotic prescribing, 2010. N Engl J Med 2013; 369(12):1175. doi:10.1056/NEJMc1306863
  25. Mikkelsen KH, Knop FK, Frost M, Hallas J, Pottegard A. Use of antibiotics and risk of type 2 diabetes: a population-based case-control study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100(10):3633–3640. doi:10.1210/jc.2015-2696
  26. Petschow B, Dore J, Hibbert P, et al. Probiotics, prebiotics, and the host microbiome: the science of translation. Ann NY Acad Sci 2013; 1306:1–17. doi:10.1111/nyas.12303
  27. Tasian GE, Jemielita T, Goldfarb DS, et al. Oral antibiotic exposure and kidney stone disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2018; 29(6):1731–1740. doi:10.1681/ASN.2017111213
  28. Zimmerman DR. Role of subtherapeutic levels of antimicrobials in pig production. J Anim Sci 1986; 62(suppl 3):6–16.
  29. Cho I, Yamanishi S, Cox L, et al. Antibiotics in early life alter the murine colonic microbiome and adiposity. Nature 2012; 488(7413):621–626. doi:10.1038/nature11400
  30. Cox LM, Yamanishi S, Sohn J, et al. Altering the intestinal microbiota during a critical developmental window has lasting metabolic consequences. Cell 2014; 158(4):705–721. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2014.05.052
  31. Nobel YR, Cox LM, Kirigin FF, et al. Metabolic and metagenomics outcomes from early-life pulsed antibiotic treatment. Nat Commun 2015; 6:7486. doi:10.1038/ncomms8486
  32. Ruiz VE, Battaglia T, Kurtz ZD, et al. A single early-in-life macrolide course has lasting effects on murine microbial network topology and immunity. Nat Commun 2017; 8(1):518. doi:10.1038/s41467-017-00531-6
  33. Livanos AE, Greiner TU, Vangay P, et al. Antibiotic-mediated gut microbiome perturbation accelerates development of type 1 diabetes in mice. Nat Microbiol 2016; 1(11):16149. doi:10.1038/nmicrobiol.2016.140
  34. Hvilid A, Svanström H, Frish M. Antibiotic use and inflammatory bowel disease in childhood. Gut 2011; 60(1):49–54. doi:10.1136/gut.2010.219683
  35. Schulfer AF, Battaglia T, Alvarez Y, et al. Intergenerational transfer of antibiotic-perturbed microbiota enhances colitis in susceptible mice. Nat Microbiol 2018; 3(2):234–242. doi:10.1038/s41564-017-0075-5
  36. Srinivasan A. Antibiotic stewardship: why we must, how we can. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84(9):673–679. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84gr.17003
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Martin J. Blaser, MD
Muriel G. and George W. Singer Professor of Translational Medicine; Professor of Microbiology; and Director, Human Microbiome Program, New York University Langone Medical Center, New York, NY

Address: Martin J. Blaser, MD, New York University Langone Medical Center, New York, NY 10016; [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
928-930
Legacy Keywords
microbiome, gut bacteria, obesity, diabetes, microbial diversity, antibiotics, fecal transplant, Martin Blaser
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Martin J. Blaser, MD
Muriel G. and George W. Singer Professor of Translational Medicine; Professor of Microbiology; and Director, Human Microbiome Program, New York University Langone Medical Center, New York, NY

Address: Martin J. Blaser, MD, New York University Langone Medical Center, New York, NY 10016; [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Author and Disclosure Information

Martin J. Blaser, MD
Muriel G. and George W. Singer Professor of Translational Medicine; Professor of Microbiology; and Director, Human Microbiome Program, New York University Langone Medical Center, New York, NY

Address: Martin J. Blaser, MD, New York University Langone Medical Center, New York, NY 10016; [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Recent years have seen dramatic increases in the prevalences of chronic diseases such as type 1 diabetes,1 gastroesophageal reflux disease,2 asthma,3 inflammatory bowel disease,4 and, notably, obesity.5 I propose the hypothesis that much of this increase may be due to loss of diversity in the bacteria that make our guts their home.6 While multiple causes contribute, much of the blame may be attributed to the use—and overuse—of antibiotics.

FAT AND GETTING FATTER

Today, nearly 40% of US adults are obese, and nearly three-fourths are either obese or overweight.7 More alarming, the prevalence of obesity is also high and getting higher in children and adolescents,8 having increased from 10.0% in 1988–1994 to 17.8% in 2013–2016.

And not just in the United States. Trends in weight have been going up around the world, with a lag of about 30 years between developing countries and industrialized countries.5

OUR BACTERIA, OURSELVES

I believe that the bacteria we carry are not random, but rather have coevolved along with us, passed down from generation to generation in a state of dynamic equilibrium between microbes and host. Evidence supporting this comes from a study by Ochman et al,9 who analyzed the DNA from fecal samples from different hominid species (including Homo sapiens) and found that the phylogenic relationships among the bacteria mirrored those among the apes.

Interacting with each other and with us in complex ways, our bacteria are a diverse community to which we can apply the term microbiome. They are acquired in a standard, choreographed process,10 and their composition comes to resemble that of adults by the age of 3.11

Before modern times, microbes were transferred from mother to child during vaginal birth, from the mother’s breast during nursing, through skin-to-skin contact, and from the mother’s mouth by kissing. Now, widespread cesarean delivery, bottle-feeding, extensive bathing (especially with antibacterial soaps), and especially the use of antibiotics have changed the human ecology and altered transmission and maintenance of ancestral microbes, which affects the composition of the microbiota. The microbes, both good and bad, that are usually acquired early in life are especially important, since they affect a developmentally critical stage.12

Loss of microbial diversity in the mother appears to be cumulative over succeeding generations.13 For example, in a study in Japanese families, Urita et al14 found a decline in the prevalence of Helicobacter pylori colonization from 68.7% in the first generation to 43.4% in the second generation and 12.5% in the third. Clemente et al15 studied the intestinal microbiota in a previously uncontacted group of Yanomami people in the Amazon jungle and found they had the highest diversity of bacteria ever reported in a human group. By comparison, the research team calculated that we in the United States have already lost 50% of our microbial diversity, and 2 other groups, the Guahibo (another Amerindian group) and rural Malawians, were in between. More recent studies are confirming these observations.16,17

 

 

USE AND OVERUSE OF ANTIBIOTICS

More than 73 billion antibiotic doses are prescribed worldwide yearly,18 or about 10 doses for every man, woman, and child on Earth, and the numbers are rising. In the United States 262 million courses were prescribed in 2011, or 842 per 1,000 population.19 Children receive a mean of 2.7 courses by age 2, and 10.9 by age 10. More than 50% of women receive antibiotics during pregnancy or perinatally. This is in addition to an unknown level of exposure from agricultural use of antibiotics.

Repeated antibiotic exposure is common in early life, varies widely by country, and is often not medically justified.20 In the United States, antibiotic use varies by region, with the heaviest use in the South.19,21 It also varies widely among prescribers.22 Jones et al23 examined antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory infections in US veterans and found that the top 10% of physicians gave an antibiotic more than 90% of the time. Physicians in Sweden prescribe about 60% fewer antibiotics than we do in the United States.21,24

Observational data indicate that people who receive antibiotics have a higher risk of chronic diseases later in life, eg:

  • Type 2 diabetes (odds ratio 1.21, 95% confidence interval 1.19–1.23 with 2 to 4 courses, and odds ratio 1.53 (1.50–1.55) with 5 or more courses, up to 15 years after25
  • Obesity: US states with the highest prevalence of antibiotic use also have the highest prevalence of obesity26
  • Kidney stones: prior antibiotic exposure in a large UK study was associated with increased kidney stone risk, for exposures up to 5 years earlier.27

The meat industry has exploited the weight effect for decades, adding subtherapeutic doses of antibiotics to animals’ feed to make them gain weight.28

FINDINGS FROM STUDIES IN MICE

Laboratory studies of the relationship between antibiotic exposure and disease phenotypes in mice have yielded interesting findings.

Mice exposed to antibiotics had more body fat at 10 weeks (32.0%) than control mice (22.9%).29

Low-dose penicillin, started at birth, induces long-lasting effects on the expression of genes involved in immunity and enhances the effect of a high-fat diet in terms of weight gain.30 If the antibiotic exposure is limited to early life, the effect on the microbiota is transient, but the mice still gain weight. If the microbiota from the mice who received penicillin is transferred to germ-free mice, the recipients also become fat, indicating that the bacteria, not the antibiotics per se, cause the weight gain.

In other experiments,31 a series of short, therapeutic doses of antibiotics early in life modeled after those given to children to treat their acute infections caused long-term changes in the composition of the microbiome and in metabolism.

A single course of a macrolide antibiotic also had long-term effects on the microbial population and on the host’s ileal gene expression, T-cell populations, and secretory immunoglobulin A expression.32 These effects were seen only in mice that had a microbiome to begin with, not in germ-free mice, indicating that the antibiotics had their effect through the changes in the microbiome, not directly. But when germ-free mice received a fecal transplant of an impaired microbiome, it was sufficient to affect immunity.

In nonobese diabetic mice, treatment with antibiotics early in life altered the gut microbiome and its metabolic capacities, intestinal gene expression, and T-cell populations, accelerating the onset of type 1 diabetes.33

In a study in Danish children,34 the likelihood of inflammatory bowel disease increased with early-life antibiotic exposure: the more courses the child received, the greater the likelihood of disease. This observation led researchers to wonder if an antibiotic-altered microbiome affects the outcome of inflammatory bowel disease in the next generation.35 Germ-free female mice who received microbiota from mice who had received antibiotics passed the altered microbiome to their pups. Mice lacking the gene for interleukin 10 are genetically susceptible to colitis, and when this experiment was done in mice lacking this gene, the offspring developed markedly more colitis. This indicated the mothers could pass down their altered microbiome to the next generation and that it would affect their risk of disease.

WHAT CAN WE DO?

All physicians must adhere to the principles of antibiotic stewardship,36 not only to prevent the development of resistant strains of pathogens and the overgrowth of potentially dangerous species such as Clostridium difficile, but also, possibly, to prevent the loss of diversity in the human microbiome and thus discourage the development of chronic diseases.

In the future, as we discover more about the microbiome and the optimal mix of bacteria to carry, this information may find practical application in medicine. A pediatrician, for example, may want to analyze a child’s microbiome and, if it is abnormal, administer specific organisms to reshape it.

Recent years have seen dramatic increases in the prevalences of chronic diseases such as type 1 diabetes,1 gastroesophageal reflux disease,2 asthma,3 inflammatory bowel disease,4 and, notably, obesity.5 I propose the hypothesis that much of this increase may be due to loss of diversity in the bacteria that make our guts their home.6 While multiple causes contribute, much of the blame may be attributed to the use—and overuse—of antibiotics.

FAT AND GETTING FATTER

Today, nearly 40% of US adults are obese, and nearly three-fourths are either obese or overweight.7 More alarming, the prevalence of obesity is also high and getting higher in children and adolescents,8 having increased from 10.0% in 1988–1994 to 17.8% in 2013–2016.

And not just in the United States. Trends in weight have been going up around the world, with a lag of about 30 years between developing countries and industrialized countries.5

OUR BACTERIA, OURSELVES

I believe that the bacteria we carry are not random, but rather have coevolved along with us, passed down from generation to generation in a state of dynamic equilibrium between microbes and host. Evidence supporting this comes from a study by Ochman et al,9 who analyzed the DNA from fecal samples from different hominid species (including Homo sapiens) and found that the phylogenic relationships among the bacteria mirrored those among the apes.

Interacting with each other and with us in complex ways, our bacteria are a diverse community to which we can apply the term microbiome. They are acquired in a standard, choreographed process,10 and their composition comes to resemble that of adults by the age of 3.11

Before modern times, microbes were transferred from mother to child during vaginal birth, from the mother’s breast during nursing, through skin-to-skin contact, and from the mother’s mouth by kissing. Now, widespread cesarean delivery, bottle-feeding, extensive bathing (especially with antibacterial soaps), and especially the use of antibiotics have changed the human ecology and altered transmission and maintenance of ancestral microbes, which affects the composition of the microbiota. The microbes, both good and bad, that are usually acquired early in life are especially important, since they affect a developmentally critical stage.12

Loss of microbial diversity in the mother appears to be cumulative over succeeding generations.13 For example, in a study in Japanese families, Urita et al14 found a decline in the prevalence of Helicobacter pylori colonization from 68.7% in the first generation to 43.4% in the second generation and 12.5% in the third. Clemente et al15 studied the intestinal microbiota in a previously uncontacted group of Yanomami people in the Amazon jungle and found they had the highest diversity of bacteria ever reported in a human group. By comparison, the research team calculated that we in the United States have already lost 50% of our microbial diversity, and 2 other groups, the Guahibo (another Amerindian group) and rural Malawians, were in between. More recent studies are confirming these observations.16,17

 

 

USE AND OVERUSE OF ANTIBIOTICS

More than 73 billion antibiotic doses are prescribed worldwide yearly,18 or about 10 doses for every man, woman, and child on Earth, and the numbers are rising. In the United States 262 million courses were prescribed in 2011, or 842 per 1,000 population.19 Children receive a mean of 2.7 courses by age 2, and 10.9 by age 10. More than 50% of women receive antibiotics during pregnancy or perinatally. This is in addition to an unknown level of exposure from agricultural use of antibiotics.

Repeated antibiotic exposure is common in early life, varies widely by country, and is often not medically justified.20 In the United States, antibiotic use varies by region, with the heaviest use in the South.19,21 It also varies widely among prescribers.22 Jones et al23 examined antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory infections in US veterans and found that the top 10% of physicians gave an antibiotic more than 90% of the time. Physicians in Sweden prescribe about 60% fewer antibiotics than we do in the United States.21,24

Observational data indicate that people who receive antibiotics have a higher risk of chronic diseases later in life, eg:

  • Type 2 diabetes (odds ratio 1.21, 95% confidence interval 1.19–1.23 with 2 to 4 courses, and odds ratio 1.53 (1.50–1.55) with 5 or more courses, up to 15 years after25
  • Obesity: US states with the highest prevalence of antibiotic use also have the highest prevalence of obesity26
  • Kidney stones: prior antibiotic exposure in a large UK study was associated with increased kidney stone risk, for exposures up to 5 years earlier.27

The meat industry has exploited the weight effect for decades, adding subtherapeutic doses of antibiotics to animals’ feed to make them gain weight.28

FINDINGS FROM STUDIES IN MICE

Laboratory studies of the relationship between antibiotic exposure and disease phenotypes in mice have yielded interesting findings.

Mice exposed to antibiotics had more body fat at 10 weeks (32.0%) than control mice (22.9%).29

Low-dose penicillin, started at birth, induces long-lasting effects on the expression of genes involved in immunity and enhances the effect of a high-fat diet in terms of weight gain.30 If the antibiotic exposure is limited to early life, the effect on the microbiota is transient, but the mice still gain weight. If the microbiota from the mice who received penicillin is transferred to germ-free mice, the recipients also become fat, indicating that the bacteria, not the antibiotics per se, cause the weight gain.

In other experiments,31 a series of short, therapeutic doses of antibiotics early in life modeled after those given to children to treat their acute infections caused long-term changes in the composition of the microbiome and in metabolism.

A single course of a macrolide antibiotic also had long-term effects on the microbial population and on the host’s ileal gene expression, T-cell populations, and secretory immunoglobulin A expression.32 These effects were seen only in mice that had a microbiome to begin with, not in germ-free mice, indicating that the antibiotics had their effect through the changes in the microbiome, not directly. But when germ-free mice received a fecal transplant of an impaired microbiome, it was sufficient to affect immunity.

In nonobese diabetic mice, treatment with antibiotics early in life altered the gut microbiome and its metabolic capacities, intestinal gene expression, and T-cell populations, accelerating the onset of type 1 diabetes.33

In a study in Danish children,34 the likelihood of inflammatory bowel disease increased with early-life antibiotic exposure: the more courses the child received, the greater the likelihood of disease. This observation led researchers to wonder if an antibiotic-altered microbiome affects the outcome of inflammatory bowel disease in the next generation.35 Germ-free female mice who received microbiota from mice who had received antibiotics passed the altered microbiome to their pups. Mice lacking the gene for interleukin 10 are genetically susceptible to colitis, and when this experiment was done in mice lacking this gene, the offspring developed markedly more colitis. This indicated the mothers could pass down their altered microbiome to the next generation and that it would affect their risk of disease.

WHAT CAN WE DO?

All physicians must adhere to the principles of antibiotic stewardship,36 not only to prevent the development of resistant strains of pathogens and the overgrowth of potentially dangerous species such as Clostridium difficile, but also, possibly, to prevent the loss of diversity in the human microbiome and thus discourage the development of chronic diseases.

In the future, as we discover more about the microbiome and the optimal mix of bacteria to carry, this information may find practical application in medicine. A pediatrician, for example, may want to analyze a child’s microbiome and, if it is abnormal, administer specific organisms to reshape it.

References
  1. TEDDY Study Group. The Environmental Determinants of Diabetes in the Young (TEDDY) study. Ann NY Acad Sci 2008; 1150:1–13. doi:10.1196/annals.1447.062
  2. El-Serag HB, Sonnenberg A. Associations between different forms of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease. Gut 1997; 41(5):594–599. pmid:9414963
  3. Eder W, Ege MJ, von Mutius E. The asthma epidemic. N Engl J Med 2006; 355(21):2226–2235. doi:10.1056/NEJMra054308
  4. Kaplan GG, Ng SC. Understanding and preventing the global increase of inflammatory bowel disease. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(2):313–321. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.10.020
  5. de Onis M, Blossner M, Borghi E. Global prevalence and trends of overweight and obesity among preschool children. Am J Clin Nutr 2010; 92(5):1257–1264. doi:10.3945/ajcn.2010.29786
  6. Blaser MJ. The theory of disappearing microbiota and the epidemics of chronic disease. Nat Rev Immunol 2017; 17(8):461–463. doi:10.1038/nri.2017.77
  7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics. Obesity and overweight. www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/obesity-overweight.htm. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics. Table 59. Obesity among children and adolescents aged 2-19 years, by selected characteristics: United States, selected years 1988–1994 through 2013–2016. www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hus/2017/059.pdf. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  9. Ochman H, Worobey M, Kuo CH, et al. Evolutionary relationships of wild hominids recapitulated by gut microbial communities. PLoS Biology 2010; 8(11):e1000546. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1000546
  10. Bokulich NA, Chung J, Battaglia T, et al. Antibiotics, birth mode, and diet shape microbiome maturation during early life. Sci Trans Med 2016; 8(343):343ra82. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.aad7121
  11. Yatsunenko T, Rey FE, Manary MJ, et al. Human gut microbiome viewed across age and geography. Nature 2012; 486(7402):222–227. doi:10.1038/nature11053
  12. Blaser MJ. The past and future biology of the human microbiome in an age of extinctions. Cell 2018; 172(6):1173–1177. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2018.02.040
  13. Blaser MJ, Falkow S. What are the consequences of the disappearing human microbiota? Nat Rev Microbiol 2009; 7(12):887–894. doi:10.1038/nrmicro2245
  14. Urita Y, Watanabe T, Kawagoe N, et al. Role of infected grandmothers in transmission of Helicobacter pylori to children in a Japanese rural town. J Ped Child Health 2013; 49(5):394–398. doi:10.1111/jpc.12191
  15. Clemente JC, Pehrsson EC, Blaser MJ, et al. The microbiome of uncontacted Amerindians. Sci Adv 2015; 1(3). Pii:e1500183. doi:10.1126/sciadv.1500183
  16. Smits SA, Leach J, Sonnenburg ED, et al. Seasonal cycling in the gut microbiome of the Hadza hunter-gatherers of Tanzania. Science 2017; 357(6353):802-806. doi:10.1126/science.aan4834
  17. Vangay P, Johnson AJ, Ward TL, et al. US immigration westernizes the human gut microbiome. Cell 2018; 175(4):962–972. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2018.10.029
  18. Van Broeckel TP, Gandra S, Ashok A, et al. Global antibiotic consumption 2000 to 2010: an analysis of national pharmaceutical sales data. Lancet Infect Dis 2014; 14(8):742–750. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(14)70780-7
  19. Hicks LA, Bartoces MG, Roberts RM, et al. US outpatient antibiotic prescribing variation according to geography, patient population, and provider specialty in 2011. Clin Infect Dis 2015; 60(9):1308–1316. doi:10.1093/cid/civ076
  20. Rogawski ET, Platts-Mills JA, Seidman JC, et al. Use of antibiotics in children younger than two years in eight countries: a prospective cohort study. Bull World Health Organ 2017; 95(1):49–61. doi:10.2471/BLT.16.176123
  21. Hicks LA, Taylor TH Jr, Hunkler RJ. U.S. outpatient antibiotic prescribing, 2010; N Engl J Med 2013; 368(15):1461–1462. doi:10.1056/NEJMc1212055
  22. Gerber JS, Prasad PA, Russell LA, et al. Variation in antibiotic prescribing across a pediatric primary care network. J Pediatric Infect Dis Soc 2015; 4(4):297–304. doi:10.1093/jpids/piu086
  23. Jones BE, Sauer B, Jones MM, et al. Variation in outpatient antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory infections in the veteran population: a cross-sectional study. Ann Intern Med 2015; 163(2):73–80. doi:10.7326/M14-1933
  24. Ternhag A, Hellman J. More on U.S. outpatient antibiotic prescribing, 2010. N Engl J Med 2013; 369(12):1175. doi:10.1056/NEJMc1306863
  25. Mikkelsen KH, Knop FK, Frost M, Hallas J, Pottegard A. Use of antibiotics and risk of type 2 diabetes: a population-based case-control study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100(10):3633–3640. doi:10.1210/jc.2015-2696
  26. Petschow B, Dore J, Hibbert P, et al. Probiotics, prebiotics, and the host microbiome: the science of translation. Ann NY Acad Sci 2013; 1306:1–17. doi:10.1111/nyas.12303
  27. Tasian GE, Jemielita T, Goldfarb DS, et al. Oral antibiotic exposure and kidney stone disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2018; 29(6):1731–1740. doi:10.1681/ASN.2017111213
  28. Zimmerman DR. Role of subtherapeutic levels of antimicrobials in pig production. J Anim Sci 1986; 62(suppl 3):6–16.
  29. Cho I, Yamanishi S, Cox L, et al. Antibiotics in early life alter the murine colonic microbiome and adiposity. Nature 2012; 488(7413):621–626. doi:10.1038/nature11400
  30. Cox LM, Yamanishi S, Sohn J, et al. Altering the intestinal microbiota during a critical developmental window has lasting metabolic consequences. Cell 2014; 158(4):705–721. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2014.05.052
  31. Nobel YR, Cox LM, Kirigin FF, et al. Metabolic and metagenomics outcomes from early-life pulsed antibiotic treatment. Nat Commun 2015; 6:7486. doi:10.1038/ncomms8486
  32. Ruiz VE, Battaglia T, Kurtz ZD, et al. A single early-in-life macrolide course has lasting effects on murine microbial network topology and immunity. Nat Commun 2017; 8(1):518. doi:10.1038/s41467-017-00531-6
  33. Livanos AE, Greiner TU, Vangay P, et al. Antibiotic-mediated gut microbiome perturbation accelerates development of type 1 diabetes in mice. Nat Microbiol 2016; 1(11):16149. doi:10.1038/nmicrobiol.2016.140
  34. Hvilid A, Svanström H, Frish M. Antibiotic use and inflammatory bowel disease in childhood. Gut 2011; 60(1):49–54. doi:10.1136/gut.2010.219683
  35. Schulfer AF, Battaglia T, Alvarez Y, et al. Intergenerational transfer of antibiotic-perturbed microbiota enhances colitis in susceptible mice. Nat Microbiol 2018; 3(2):234–242. doi:10.1038/s41564-017-0075-5
  36. Srinivasan A. Antibiotic stewardship: why we must, how we can. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84(9):673–679. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84gr.17003
References
  1. TEDDY Study Group. The Environmental Determinants of Diabetes in the Young (TEDDY) study. Ann NY Acad Sci 2008; 1150:1–13. doi:10.1196/annals.1447.062
  2. El-Serag HB, Sonnenberg A. Associations between different forms of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease. Gut 1997; 41(5):594–599. pmid:9414963
  3. Eder W, Ege MJ, von Mutius E. The asthma epidemic. N Engl J Med 2006; 355(21):2226–2235. doi:10.1056/NEJMra054308
  4. Kaplan GG, Ng SC. Understanding and preventing the global increase of inflammatory bowel disease. Gastroenterology 2017; 152(2):313–321. doi:10.1053/j.gastro.2016.10.020
  5. de Onis M, Blossner M, Borghi E. Global prevalence and trends of overweight and obesity among preschool children. Am J Clin Nutr 2010; 92(5):1257–1264. doi:10.3945/ajcn.2010.29786
  6. Blaser MJ. The theory of disappearing microbiota and the epidemics of chronic disease. Nat Rev Immunol 2017; 17(8):461–463. doi:10.1038/nri.2017.77
  7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics. Obesity and overweight. www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/obesity-overweight.htm. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Center for Health Statistics. Table 59. Obesity among children and adolescents aged 2-19 years, by selected characteristics: United States, selected years 1988–1994 through 2013–2016. www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hus/2017/059.pdf. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  9. Ochman H, Worobey M, Kuo CH, et al. Evolutionary relationships of wild hominids recapitulated by gut microbial communities. PLoS Biology 2010; 8(11):e1000546. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1000546
  10. Bokulich NA, Chung J, Battaglia T, et al. Antibiotics, birth mode, and diet shape microbiome maturation during early life. Sci Trans Med 2016; 8(343):343ra82. doi:10.1126/scitranslmed.aad7121
  11. Yatsunenko T, Rey FE, Manary MJ, et al. Human gut microbiome viewed across age and geography. Nature 2012; 486(7402):222–227. doi:10.1038/nature11053
  12. Blaser MJ. The past and future biology of the human microbiome in an age of extinctions. Cell 2018; 172(6):1173–1177. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2018.02.040
  13. Blaser MJ, Falkow S. What are the consequences of the disappearing human microbiota? Nat Rev Microbiol 2009; 7(12):887–894. doi:10.1038/nrmicro2245
  14. Urita Y, Watanabe T, Kawagoe N, et al. Role of infected grandmothers in transmission of Helicobacter pylori to children in a Japanese rural town. J Ped Child Health 2013; 49(5):394–398. doi:10.1111/jpc.12191
  15. Clemente JC, Pehrsson EC, Blaser MJ, et al. The microbiome of uncontacted Amerindians. Sci Adv 2015; 1(3). Pii:e1500183. doi:10.1126/sciadv.1500183
  16. Smits SA, Leach J, Sonnenburg ED, et al. Seasonal cycling in the gut microbiome of the Hadza hunter-gatherers of Tanzania. Science 2017; 357(6353):802-806. doi:10.1126/science.aan4834
  17. Vangay P, Johnson AJ, Ward TL, et al. US immigration westernizes the human gut microbiome. Cell 2018; 175(4):962–972. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2018.10.029
  18. Van Broeckel TP, Gandra S, Ashok A, et al. Global antibiotic consumption 2000 to 2010: an analysis of national pharmaceutical sales data. Lancet Infect Dis 2014; 14(8):742–750. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(14)70780-7
  19. Hicks LA, Bartoces MG, Roberts RM, et al. US outpatient antibiotic prescribing variation according to geography, patient population, and provider specialty in 2011. Clin Infect Dis 2015; 60(9):1308–1316. doi:10.1093/cid/civ076
  20. Rogawski ET, Platts-Mills JA, Seidman JC, et al. Use of antibiotics in children younger than two years in eight countries: a prospective cohort study. Bull World Health Organ 2017; 95(1):49–61. doi:10.2471/BLT.16.176123
  21. Hicks LA, Taylor TH Jr, Hunkler RJ. U.S. outpatient antibiotic prescribing, 2010; N Engl J Med 2013; 368(15):1461–1462. doi:10.1056/NEJMc1212055
  22. Gerber JS, Prasad PA, Russell LA, et al. Variation in antibiotic prescribing across a pediatric primary care network. J Pediatric Infect Dis Soc 2015; 4(4):297–304. doi:10.1093/jpids/piu086
  23. Jones BE, Sauer B, Jones MM, et al. Variation in outpatient antibiotic prescribing for acute respiratory infections in the veteran population: a cross-sectional study. Ann Intern Med 2015; 163(2):73–80. doi:10.7326/M14-1933
  24. Ternhag A, Hellman J. More on U.S. outpatient antibiotic prescribing, 2010. N Engl J Med 2013; 369(12):1175. doi:10.1056/NEJMc1306863
  25. Mikkelsen KH, Knop FK, Frost M, Hallas J, Pottegard A. Use of antibiotics and risk of type 2 diabetes: a population-based case-control study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2015; 100(10):3633–3640. doi:10.1210/jc.2015-2696
  26. Petschow B, Dore J, Hibbert P, et al. Probiotics, prebiotics, and the host microbiome: the science of translation. Ann NY Acad Sci 2013; 1306:1–17. doi:10.1111/nyas.12303
  27. Tasian GE, Jemielita T, Goldfarb DS, et al. Oral antibiotic exposure and kidney stone disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2018; 29(6):1731–1740. doi:10.1681/ASN.2017111213
  28. Zimmerman DR. Role of subtherapeutic levels of antimicrobials in pig production. J Anim Sci 1986; 62(suppl 3):6–16.
  29. Cho I, Yamanishi S, Cox L, et al. Antibiotics in early life alter the murine colonic microbiome and adiposity. Nature 2012; 488(7413):621–626. doi:10.1038/nature11400
  30. Cox LM, Yamanishi S, Sohn J, et al. Altering the intestinal microbiota during a critical developmental window has lasting metabolic consequences. Cell 2014; 158(4):705–721. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2014.05.052
  31. Nobel YR, Cox LM, Kirigin FF, et al. Metabolic and metagenomics outcomes from early-life pulsed antibiotic treatment. Nat Commun 2015; 6:7486. doi:10.1038/ncomms8486
  32. Ruiz VE, Battaglia T, Kurtz ZD, et al. A single early-in-life macrolide course has lasting effects on murine microbial network topology and immunity. Nat Commun 2017; 8(1):518. doi:10.1038/s41467-017-00531-6
  33. Livanos AE, Greiner TU, Vangay P, et al. Antibiotic-mediated gut microbiome perturbation accelerates development of type 1 diabetes in mice. Nat Microbiol 2016; 1(11):16149. doi:10.1038/nmicrobiol.2016.140
  34. Hvilid A, Svanström H, Frish M. Antibiotic use and inflammatory bowel disease in childhood. Gut 2011; 60(1):49–54. doi:10.1136/gut.2010.219683
  35. Schulfer AF, Battaglia T, Alvarez Y, et al. Intergenerational transfer of antibiotic-perturbed microbiota enhances colitis in susceptible mice. Nat Microbiol 2018; 3(2):234–242. doi:10.1038/s41564-017-0075-5
  36. Srinivasan A. Antibiotic stewardship: why we must, how we can. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84(9):673–679. doi:10.3949/ccjm.84gr.17003
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Page Number
928-930
Page Number
928-930
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Our missing microbes: Short-term antibiotic courses have long-term consequences
Display Headline
Our missing microbes: Short-term antibiotic courses have long-term consequences
Legacy Keywords
microbiome, gut bacteria, obesity, diabetes, microbial diversity, antibiotics, fecal transplant, Martin Blaser
Legacy Keywords
microbiome, gut bacteria, obesity, diabetes, microbial diversity, antibiotics, fecal transplant, Martin Blaser
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 11/28/2018 - 10:15
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 11/28/2018 - 10:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 11/28/2018 - 10:15
Article PDF Media

Beta-cell therapies for type 1 diabetes: Transplants and bionics

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:16
Display Headline
Beta-cell therapies for type 1 diabetes: Transplants and bionics

With intensive insulin regimens and home blood glucose monitoring, patients with type 1 diabetes are controlling their blood glucose better than in the past. Nevertheless, glucose regulation is still imperfect and tedious, and striving for tight glycemic control poses the risk of hypoglycemia.

Pros and cons of beta-cell therapies
A more physiologic approach would seem like a good idea, ie, replacing the insulin-producing beta cells, which are destroyed in an autoimmune process in type 1 diabetes. Immunosuppressive therapy and surgical technique have improved to the point that pancreas transplant is now an alternative to injectable insulin for patients receiving kidney transplants, patients with severe and frequent hyper- or hypoglycemic episodes, and those for whom insulin therapy has failed. In addition, researchers are studying the promising but challenging avenue of transplanting only the islets of Langerhans, which contain the beta cells, the glucagon-producing alpha cells, and other hormone-producing cells (Table 1).

Prominent among the challenges are the sheer numbers involved. Some 1.25 million Americans have type 1 diabetes, and another 30 million have type 2, but only about 7,000 to 8,000 pancreases are available for transplant each year.1 While awaiting a breakthrough—perhaps involving stem cells, perhaps involving organs obtained from animals—an insulin pump may offer better diabetes control for many. Another possibility is a closed-loop system with a continuous glucose monitor that drives a dual-infusion pump, delivering insulin when glucose levels rise too high, and glucagon when they dip too low.

DIABETES WAS KNOWN IN ANCIENT TIMES

About 3,000 years ago, Egyptians described the syndrome of thirst, emaciation, and sweet urine that attracted ants. The term diabetes (Greek for siphon) was first recorded in 1425; mellitus (Latin for sweet with honey) was not added until 1675.

In 1857, Bernard hypothesized that diabetes was caused by overproduction of glucose in the liver. This idea was replaced in 1889, when Mering and Minkowski proposed the dysfunctional pancreas theory that eventually led to the discovery of the beta cell.2

In 1921, Banting and Best isolated insulin, and for the past 100 years subcutaneous insulin replacement has been the mainstay of treatment. But starting about 50 years ago, researchers have been looking for safe and long-lasting ways to replace beta cells and eliminate the need for exogenous insulin replacement.

TRANSPLANTING THE WHOLE PANCREAS

The first whole-pancreas transplant was performed in 1966 by Kelly et al,3 followed by 13 more by 1973.4 These first transplant grafts were short-lived, with only 1 graft surviving longer than 1 year. Since then, more than 12,000 pancreases have been transplanted worldwide, as refinements in surgical techniques and immunosuppressive therapies have improved patient and graft survival rates.4

Today, most pancreas transplants are in patients who have both type 1 diabetes and end-stage renal disease due to diabetic neph­ropathy, and most receive both a kidney and a pancreas at the same time. Far fewer patients receive a pancreas after previously receiving a kidney, or receive a pancreas alone.

The bile duct of the transplanted pancreas is usually routed into the patient’s small intestine, as nature intended, and less often into the bladder. Although bladder drainage is associated with urinary complications, it has the advantage of allowing measurement of pancreatic amylase levels in the urine to monitor for graft rejection. With simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplant, the serum creatinine concentration can also be monitored for rejection of the kidney graft.

Current immunosuppressive regimens vary but generally consist of anti-T-cell antibodies at the time of surgery, followed by lifelong treatment with the combination of a calcineurin inhibitor (cyclosporine or tacrolimus) and an antimetabolite (mycophenolate mofetil or azathioprine).

Outcomes are good. The rates of patient and graft survival are highest with simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, and somewhat lower with pancreas-after-kidney and pancreas-alone transplant.

Benefits of pancreas transplant

Most recipients can stop taking insulin immediately after the procedure, and their hemoglobin A1c levels normalize and stay low for the life of the graft. Lipid levels also decrease, although this has not been directly correlated with lower risk of vascular disease.4

Transplant also reduces or eliminates some complications of diabetes, including retinopathy, nephropathy, cardiomyopathy, and gastropathy.

For example, in patients undergoing simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, diabetic nephropathy does not recur in the new kidney. Fioretto et al5 reported that nephropathy lesions reversed during the 10 years after pancreas transplant.

Kennedy et al6,7 found that preexisting diabetic neuropathy improved slightly (although neurologic status did not completely return to normal) over a period of up to 42 months in a group of patients who received a pancreas transplant, whereas it tended to worsen in a control group. Both groups were assessed at baseline and at 12 and 24 months, with a subgroup followed through 42 months, and they underwent testing of motor, sensory, and autonomic function.6,7

Disadvantages of pancreas transplant

Disadvantages of whole-pancreas transplant include hypoglycemia (usually mild), adverse effects of immunosuppression, potential for surgical complications including an increased rate of death in the first 90 days after the procedure, and cost.

In an analysis comparing the 5-year estimated costs of dialysis, kidney transplant alone from cadavers or live donors, or simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant for diabetic patients with end-stage renal disease, the least expensive option was kidney transplant from a live donor.8 The most expensive option was simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, but quality of life was better with this option. The analysis did not consider the potential cost of long-term treatments for complications related to diabetes that could be saved with a pancreas transplant.

Data conflict regarding the risk of death with different types of pancreas transplants. A retrospective cohort study of data from 124 US transplant centers reported in 2003 found higher mortality rates in pancreas-alone transplant recipients than in patients on a transplant waiting list receiving conventional therapy.9 In contrast, a 2004 study reported that after the first 90 days, when the risk of death was clearly higher, mortality rates were lower after simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant and pancreas-after-kidney transplant.10 After pancreas-alone transplant, however, mortality rates were higher than with exogenous insulin therapy.

Although outcomes have improved, fewer patients with type 1 diabetes are undergoing pancreas transplant in recent years.

Interestingly, more simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplants are being successfully performed in patients with type 2 diabetes, who now account for 8% of all simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant recipients.11 Outcomes of pancreas transplant appear to be similar regardless of diabetes type.

Bottom line

Pancreas transplant is a viable option for certain cases of complicated diabetes.

 

 

TRANSPLANTING ISLET CELLS

Despite its successes, pancreas transplant is major surgery and requires lifetime immunosuppression. Research is ongoing into a less-invasive procedure that, it is hoped, would require less immunosuppression: transplanting islets by themselves.

Islet autotransplant after pancreatectomy

For some patients with chronic pancreatitis, the only option to relieve chronic pain, narcotic dependence, and poor quality of life is to remove the pancreas. In the past, this desperate measure would instantly and inevitably cause diabetes, but not anymore.

Islet cell transplant
Figure 1. Islet cell transplant. Islets can be isolated from the patient’s own pancreas (in the case of a patient with chronic pancreatitis undergoing pancreactectomy) or from a pancreas from a cadaver donor (in the case of a patient with diabetes) and injected into the portal vein. Lodged in the liver, the beta cells continue to produce insulin.
In the 1980s, about 13 years after islets were first isolated, researchers learned how to remove them from the discarded pancreas and give them back to the patient. Injected in a percutaneous procedure into the portal vein, the islets lodge in the liver and, amazingly, the beta cells in them keep producing insulin (Figure 1).

Alpha cells and glucagon are a different story; a complication of islet transplant is hypoglycemia. In 2016, Lin et al12 reported spontaneous hypoglycemia in 6 of 12 patients who maintained insulin independence after autotransplant of islets. Although the transplanted islets had functional alpha cells that could in theory produce glucagon, as well as beta cells that produce insulin and C-peptide, apparently the alpha cells were not secreting glucagon in response to the hypoglycemia.

Location may matter. Gupta et al,13 in a 1997 study in dogs, found that more hypoglycemia occurs if islets are autotransplanted into the liver than if they are transplanted into the peritoneal cavity. A possible explanation may have to do with the glycemic environment of the liver.

Islet allotransplant

Islets can also be taken from cadaver donors and transplanted into patients with type 1 diabetes, who do not have enough working beta cells.

Success of allotransplant increased after the publication of observational data from the program in Edmonton in Canada, in which 7 consecutive patients with type 1 diabetes achieved initial insulin independence after islet allotransplant using steroid-free immunosuppression.14 Six recipients required islets from 2 donors, and 1 required islets from 4 donors, so they all received large volumes of at least 11,000 islet equivalents (IEQ) per kilogram of body weight.

In a subsequent report from the same team,15 16 (44%) of 36 patients remained insulin-free at 1 year, and C-peptide secretion was detectable in 70% at 2 years. But despite the elevated C-peptide levels, only 5 patients remained insulin-independent by 2 years. Lower hemoglobin A1c levels and decreases in hypoglycemic events from baseline also were noted.

The Clinical Islet Transplantation Consortium (CITC)16 and Collaborative Islet Transplant Registry (CITR)17 were established in 2004 to combine data and resources from centers around the world, including several that specialize in islet isolation and purification. Currently, more than 80 studies are being conducted.

The CITC and CITR now have data on more than 1,000 allogeneic islet transplant recipients (islet transplant alone, after kidney transplant, or simultaneous with it). The primary outcomes are hemoglobin A1c levels below 7% fasting C-peptide levels 0.3 ng/mL or higher, and fasting blood glucose of 60 to 140 mg/dL with no severe hypoglycemic events. The best results for islet-alone transplant have been in recipients over age 35 who received at least 325,000 IEQs with use of tumor necrosis factor antagonists for induction and calcineurin inhibitors or mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) inhibitors for maintenance.17

The best success for islet-after-kidney transplant was achieved with the same protocol but with insulin given to the donor during hospitalization before pancreas procurement. For participants with favorable factors, a hemoglobin A1c at or below 6.5% was achieved in about 80% at 1 year after last infusion, with more than 80% maintaining their fasting blood glucose level goals. About 70% of these patients were insulin-independent at 1 year. Hypoglycemia unawareness resolved in these patients even 5 years after infusion. Although there were no deaths or disabilities related to these transplants, bleeding occurred in 1 of 15 procedures. There was also a notable decline in estimated glomerular filtration rates with calcineurin inhibitor-based immunosuppression.17

Making islets go farther

One of the greatest challenges to islet transplant is the need for multiple donors to provide enough islet cells to overcome the loss of cells during transplant. Pancreases are already in short supply, and if each recipient needs more than 1, this makes the shortage worse. Some centers have achieved transplant with fewer donors,18,19 possibly by selecting pancreases from young donors who had a high body mass index and more islet cells, and harvesting and using them with a shorter cold ischemic time.

The number of viable, functioning islet cells drastically decreases after transplant, especially when transplanted into the portal system. This phenomenon is linked to an instant, blood-mediated inflammatory reaction involving antibody binding, complement and coagulation cascade activation, and platelet aggregation. The reaction, part of the innate immune system, damages the islet cells and leads to insulin dumping and early graft loss in studies in vitro and in vivo. Another factor affecting the survival of the graft cells is the low oxygen tension in the portal system.

For this reason, sites such as the pancreas, gastric submucosa, genitourinary tract, muscle, omentum, bone marrow, kidney capsule, peritoneum, anterior eye chamber, testis, and thymus are being explored.20

To create a more supportive environment for the transplanted cells, biotechnicians are trying to encapsulate islets in a semipermeable membrane that would protect them from the immune system while still allowing oxygen, nutrients, waste products, and, critically, insulin to diffuse in and out. Currently, no site or encapsulated product has been more successful than the current practice of implanting naked islets in the portal system.20

Bottom line

Without advances in transplant sites or increasing the yield of islet cells to allow single-donor transplants, islet cell allotransplant will not be feasible for most patients with type 1 diabetes.

 

 

Xenotransplant: Can pig cells make up the shortage?

Use of animal kidneys (xenotransplant) is a potential solution to the shortage of human organs for transplant.

In theory, pigs could be a source. Porcine insulin is similar to human insulin (differing by only 1 amino acid), and it should be possible to breed “knockout” pigs that lack the antigens responsible for acute humoral rejection.21

On the other hand, transplant of porcine islets poses several immunologic, physiologic, ethical, legal, and infectious concerns. For example, porcine tissue could carry pig viruses, such as porcine endogenous retroviruses.21 And even if the pigs are genetically modified, patients will still require immunosuppressive therapy.

A review of 17 studies of pig islet xenotransplant into nonhuman primates found that in 5 of the studies (4 using diabetic primates) the grafts survived at least 3 months.22 Of these, 1 study used encapsulation, and the rest used intensive and toxic immunosuppression.

More research is needed to make xenotransplant a clinical option.

Transplanting stem cells or beta cells grown from stem cells

Stem cells provide an exciting potential alternative to the limited donor pool. During the past decade, several studies have shown success using human pluripotent stem cells (embryonic stem cells and human-induced pluripotent stem cells), mesenchymal stem cells isolated from adult tissues, and directly programmed somatic cells. Researchers have created stable cultures of pluripotent stem cells from embryonic stem cells, which could possibly be produced on a large scale and banked.23

Human pluripotent stem cells derived from pancreatic progenitors have been shown to mature into more functional, islet-like structures in vivo. They transform into subtypes of islet cells including alpha, beta, and delta cells, ghrelin-producing cells, and pancreatic polypeptide hormone-producing cells. This process takes 2 to 6 weeks. In mice, these cells have been shown to maintain glucose homeostasis.24 Phase 1 and 2 trials in humans are now being conducted.

Pagliuca et al25 generated functional human pancreatic beta cells in vitro from embryonic stem cells. Rezania et al24 reversed diabetes with insulin-producing cells derived in vitro from human pluripotent stem cells. The techniques used in these studies contributed to the success of a study by Vegas et al,26 who achieved successful long-term glycemic control in mice using polymer-encapsulated human stem cell-derived beta cells.

Reversal of autoimmunity is an important step that needs to be overcome in stem cell transplant for type 1 diabetes. Nikolic et al27 have achieved mixed allogeneic chimerism across major histocompatibility complex barriers with nonmyeloablative conditioning in advanced-diabetic nonobese diabetic mice. However, conditioning alone (ie, without bone marrow transplant) does not permit acceptance of allogeneic islets and does not reverse autoimmunity or allow islet regeneration.28 Adding allogeneic bone marrow transplant to conditioned nonobese diabetic mice leads to tolerance to the donor and reverses autoimmunity.

THE ‘BIONIC’ PANCREAS

While we wait for advances in islet cell transplant, improved insulin pumps hold promise.

One such experimental device, the iLet (Beta Bionics, Boston, MA), designed by Damiano et al, consists of 2 infusion pumps (1 for insulin, 1 for glucagon) linked to a continuous glucose monitor via a smartphone app.

The monitor measures the glucose level every 5 minutes and transmits the information wirelessly to the phone app, which calculates the amount of insulin and glucagon required to stabilize the blood glucose: more insulin if too high, more glucagon if too low. The phone transmits this information to the pumps.

Dubbed the “bionic” pancreas, this closed-loop system frees patients from the tasks of measuring their glucose multiple times a day, calculating the appropriate dose, and giving multiple insulin injections.

The 2016 summer camp study29 followed 19 preteens wearing the bionic pancreas for 5 days. During this time, the patients had lower mean glucose levels and less hypoglycemia than during control periods. No episodes of severe hypoglycemia were recorded.

El-Khatib et al30 randomly assigned 43 patients to treatment with either the bihormonal bionic pancreas or usual care (a conventional insulin pump or a sensor-augmented insulin pump) for 11 days, followed by 11 days of the opposite treatment. All participants continued their normal activities. The bionic pancreas system was superior to the insulin pump in terms of the mean glucose concentration and mean time in the hypoglycemic range (P < .0001 for both results).

Bottom line

As the search continues for better solutions, advances in technology such as the bionic pancreas could provide a safer (ie, less hypoglycemic) and more successful alternative for insulin replacement in the near future.

References
  1. American Diabetes Association. Statistics about diabetes: overall numbers, diabetes and prediabetes. www.diabetes.org/diabetes-basics/statistics/. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  2. Ahmed AM. History of diabetes mellitus. Saudi Med J 2002; 23(4):373–378. pmid:11953758
  3. Kelly WD, Lillehei RC, Merkel FK, Idezuki Y, Goetz FC. Allotransplantation of the pancreas and duodenum along with the kidney in diabetic nephropathy. Surgery 1967; 61:827–837. pmid: 5338113
  4. Sutherland DE, Gruessner RW, Dunn DL, et al. Lessons learned from more than 1,000 pancreas transplants at a single institution. Ann Surg 2001; 233(4):463–501. pmid:11303130
  5. Fioretto P, Steffes MW, Sutherland DE, Goetz FC, Mauer M. Reversal of lesions of diabetic nephropathy after pancreas transplantation. N Engl J Med 1998; 339(2):69–75. doi:10.1056/NEJM199807093390202
  6. Kennedy WR, Navarro X, Goetz FC, Sutherland DE, Najarian JS. Effects of pancreatic transplantation on diabetic neuropathy. N Engl J Med 1990; 322(15):1031–1037. doi:10.1056/NEJM199004123221503
  7. Kennedy WR, Navarro X, Sutherland DER. Neuropathy profile of diabetic patients in a pancreas transplantation program. Neurology 1995; 45(4):773–780. pmid:7723969
  8. Douzdjian V, Ferrara D, Silvestri G. Treatment strategies for insulin-dependent diabetics with ESRD: a cost-effectiveness decision analysis model. Am J Kidney Dis 1998; 31(5):794–802. pmid:9590189
  9. Venstrom JM, McBride MA, Rother KI, Hirshberg B, Orchard TJ, Harlan DM. Survival after pancreas transplantation in patients with diabetes and preserved kidney function. JAMA 2003; 290(21):2817–2823. doi:10.1001/jama.290.21.2817
  10. Gruessner RW, Sutherland DE, Gruessner AC. Mortality assessment for pancreas transplants. Am J Transplant 2004; 4(12):2018–2026. doi:10.1111/j.1600-6143.2004.00667.x
  11. Redfield RR, Scalea JR, Odorico JS. Simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplantation: current trends and future directions. Curr Opin Organ Transplant 2015; 20(1):94-102. doi:10.1097/MOT.0000000000000146
  12. Lin YK, Faiman C, Johnston PC, et al. Spontaneous hypoglycemia after islet autotransplantation for chronic pancreatitis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2016; 101(10):3669–3675. doi:10.1210/jc.2016-2111
  13. Gupta V, Wahoff DC, Rooney DP, et al. The defective glucagon response from transplanted intrahepatic pancreatic islets during hypoglycemia is transplantation site-determined. Diabetes 1997; 46(1):28–33. pmid:8971077
  14. Shapiro AM, Lakey JR, Ryan EA, et al. Islet transplantation in seven patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus using a glucocorticoid-free immunosuppressive regimen. N Engl J Med 2000; 343(4):230–238. doi:10.1056/NEJM200007273430401
  15. Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med 2006; 355(13):1318–1330. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa061267
  16. Clinical Islet Transplantation (CIT) Consortium. www.citisletstudy.org. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  17. Collaborative Islet Transplantation Registry (CITR). CITR 10th Annual Report. https://citregistry.org/system/files/10th_AR.pdf. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  18. Hering BJ, Kandaswamy R, Harmon JV, et al. Transplantation of cultured islets from two-layer preserved pancreases in type 1 diabetes with anti-CD3 antibody. Am J Transplant 2004; 4(3):390–401. pmid:14961992
  19. Posselt AM, Bellin MD, Tavakol M, et al. Islet transplantation in type 1 diabetics using an immunosuppressive protocol based on the anti-LFA-1 antibody efalizumab. Am J Transplant 2010; 10(8):1870–1880. doi:10.1111/j.1600-6143.2010.03073.x
  20. Cantarelli E, Piemonti L. Alternative transplantation sites for pancreatic islet grafts. Curr Diab Rep 2011; 11(5):364–374. doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0216-9
  21. Cooper DK, Gollackner B, Knosalla C, Teranishi K. Xenotransplantation—how far have we come? Transpl Immunol 2002; 9(2–4):251–256. pmid:12180839
  22. Marigliano M, Bertera S, Grupillo M, Trucco M, Bottino R. Pig-to-nonhuman primates pancreatic islet xenotransplantation: an overview. Curr Diab Rep 2011; 11(5):402–412. doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0213-z
  23. Bartlett ST, Markmann JF, Johnson P, et al. Report from IPITA-TTS opinion leaders meeting on the future of beta-cell replacement. Transplantation 2016; 100(suppl 2):S1–S44. doi:10.1097/TP.0000000000001055
  24. Rezania A, Bruin JE, Arora P, et al. Reversal of diabetes with insulin-producing cells derived in vitro from human pluripotent stem cells. Nat Biotechnol 2014; 32(11):1121–1133. doi:10.1038/nbt.3033
  25. Pagliuca FW, Millman JR, Gurtler M, et al. Generation of functional human pancreatic beta cells in vitro. Cell 2014; 159(2):428–439. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2014.09.040
  26. Vegas AJ, Veiseh O, Gurtler M, et al. Long-term glycemic control using polymer-encapsulated human stem cell-derived beta cells in immune-competent mice. Nat Med 2016; 22(3):306–311. doi:10.1038/nm.4030
  27. Nikolic B, Takeuchi Y, Leykin I, Fudaba Y, Smith RN, Sykes M. Mixed hematopoietic chimerism allows cure of autoimmune tolerance and reversal of autoimmunity. Diabetes 2004; 53(2):376–383. pmid:14747288
  28. Li HW, Sykes M. Emerging concepts in haematopoietic cell transplantation. Nat Rev Immunol 2012; 12(6):403–416. doi:10.1038/nri3226
  29. Russell SJ, Hillard MA, Balliro C, et al. Day and night glycaemic control with a bionic pancreas versus conventional insulin pump therapy in preadolescent children with type 1 diabetes: a randomised crossover trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2016; 4(3):233–243. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(15)00489-1
  30. El-Khatib FH, Balliro C, Hillard MA, et al. Home use of a bihormonal bionic pancreas versus insulin pump therapy in adults with type 1 diabetes: a multicenter randomized crossover trial. Lancet 2017; 389(10067):369–380. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32567-3
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Kathryn Bux Rodeman, MD
Endocrinology Fellow, Department of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Betul Hatipoglu, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Kathryn Bux Rodeman, MD, Department of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan Medical Center, 1500 East Medical Center Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48109; [email protected]

Dr. Hatipoglu has disclosed speaking and teaching for Merck.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
931-937
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, type 1 diabetes, T1DM, pancreas transplant, islet of Langerhans, beta-cell therapy, islet transplant, bionic transplant, insulin pump, alpha cell, beta cell, Karthryn Bux Rodeman, Betul Hatipoglu
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Kathryn Bux Rodeman, MD
Endocrinology Fellow, Department of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Betul Hatipoglu, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Kathryn Bux Rodeman, MD, Department of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan Medical Center, 1500 East Medical Center Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48109; [email protected]

Dr. Hatipoglu has disclosed speaking and teaching for Merck.

Author and Disclosure Information

Kathryn Bux Rodeman, MD
Endocrinology Fellow, Department of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Betul Hatipoglu, MD
Department of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Kathryn Bux Rodeman, MD, Department of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan Medical Center, 1500 East Medical Center Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48109; [email protected]

Dr. Hatipoglu has disclosed speaking and teaching for Merck.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

With intensive insulin regimens and home blood glucose monitoring, patients with type 1 diabetes are controlling their blood glucose better than in the past. Nevertheless, glucose regulation is still imperfect and tedious, and striving for tight glycemic control poses the risk of hypoglycemia.

Pros and cons of beta-cell therapies
A more physiologic approach would seem like a good idea, ie, replacing the insulin-producing beta cells, which are destroyed in an autoimmune process in type 1 diabetes. Immunosuppressive therapy and surgical technique have improved to the point that pancreas transplant is now an alternative to injectable insulin for patients receiving kidney transplants, patients with severe and frequent hyper- or hypoglycemic episodes, and those for whom insulin therapy has failed. In addition, researchers are studying the promising but challenging avenue of transplanting only the islets of Langerhans, which contain the beta cells, the glucagon-producing alpha cells, and other hormone-producing cells (Table 1).

Prominent among the challenges are the sheer numbers involved. Some 1.25 million Americans have type 1 diabetes, and another 30 million have type 2, but only about 7,000 to 8,000 pancreases are available for transplant each year.1 While awaiting a breakthrough—perhaps involving stem cells, perhaps involving organs obtained from animals—an insulin pump may offer better diabetes control for many. Another possibility is a closed-loop system with a continuous glucose monitor that drives a dual-infusion pump, delivering insulin when glucose levels rise too high, and glucagon when they dip too low.

DIABETES WAS KNOWN IN ANCIENT TIMES

About 3,000 years ago, Egyptians described the syndrome of thirst, emaciation, and sweet urine that attracted ants. The term diabetes (Greek for siphon) was first recorded in 1425; mellitus (Latin for sweet with honey) was not added until 1675.

In 1857, Bernard hypothesized that diabetes was caused by overproduction of glucose in the liver. This idea was replaced in 1889, when Mering and Minkowski proposed the dysfunctional pancreas theory that eventually led to the discovery of the beta cell.2

In 1921, Banting and Best isolated insulin, and for the past 100 years subcutaneous insulin replacement has been the mainstay of treatment. But starting about 50 years ago, researchers have been looking for safe and long-lasting ways to replace beta cells and eliminate the need for exogenous insulin replacement.

TRANSPLANTING THE WHOLE PANCREAS

The first whole-pancreas transplant was performed in 1966 by Kelly et al,3 followed by 13 more by 1973.4 These first transplant grafts were short-lived, with only 1 graft surviving longer than 1 year. Since then, more than 12,000 pancreases have been transplanted worldwide, as refinements in surgical techniques and immunosuppressive therapies have improved patient and graft survival rates.4

Today, most pancreas transplants are in patients who have both type 1 diabetes and end-stage renal disease due to diabetic neph­ropathy, and most receive both a kidney and a pancreas at the same time. Far fewer patients receive a pancreas after previously receiving a kidney, or receive a pancreas alone.

The bile duct of the transplanted pancreas is usually routed into the patient’s small intestine, as nature intended, and less often into the bladder. Although bladder drainage is associated with urinary complications, it has the advantage of allowing measurement of pancreatic amylase levels in the urine to monitor for graft rejection. With simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplant, the serum creatinine concentration can also be monitored for rejection of the kidney graft.

Current immunosuppressive regimens vary but generally consist of anti-T-cell antibodies at the time of surgery, followed by lifelong treatment with the combination of a calcineurin inhibitor (cyclosporine or tacrolimus) and an antimetabolite (mycophenolate mofetil or azathioprine).

Outcomes are good. The rates of patient and graft survival are highest with simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, and somewhat lower with pancreas-after-kidney and pancreas-alone transplant.

Benefits of pancreas transplant

Most recipients can stop taking insulin immediately after the procedure, and their hemoglobin A1c levels normalize and stay low for the life of the graft. Lipid levels also decrease, although this has not been directly correlated with lower risk of vascular disease.4

Transplant also reduces or eliminates some complications of diabetes, including retinopathy, nephropathy, cardiomyopathy, and gastropathy.

For example, in patients undergoing simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, diabetic nephropathy does not recur in the new kidney. Fioretto et al5 reported that nephropathy lesions reversed during the 10 years after pancreas transplant.

Kennedy et al6,7 found that preexisting diabetic neuropathy improved slightly (although neurologic status did not completely return to normal) over a period of up to 42 months in a group of patients who received a pancreas transplant, whereas it tended to worsen in a control group. Both groups were assessed at baseline and at 12 and 24 months, with a subgroup followed through 42 months, and they underwent testing of motor, sensory, and autonomic function.6,7

Disadvantages of pancreas transplant

Disadvantages of whole-pancreas transplant include hypoglycemia (usually mild), adverse effects of immunosuppression, potential for surgical complications including an increased rate of death in the first 90 days after the procedure, and cost.

In an analysis comparing the 5-year estimated costs of dialysis, kidney transplant alone from cadavers or live donors, or simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant for diabetic patients with end-stage renal disease, the least expensive option was kidney transplant from a live donor.8 The most expensive option was simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, but quality of life was better with this option. The analysis did not consider the potential cost of long-term treatments for complications related to diabetes that could be saved with a pancreas transplant.

Data conflict regarding the risk of death with different types of pancreas transplants. A retrospective cohort study of data from 124 US transplant centers reported in 2003 found higher mortality rates in pancreas-alone transplant recipients than in patients on a transplant waiting list receiving conventional therapy.9 In contrast, a 2004 study reported that after the first 90 days, when the risk of death was clearly higher, mortality rates were lower after simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant and pancreas-after-kidney transplant.10 After pancreas-alone transplant, however, mortality rates were higher than with exogenous insulin therapy.

Although outcomes have improved, fewer patients with type 1 diabetes are undergoing pancreas transplant in recent years.

Interestingly, more simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplants are being successfully performed in patients with type 2 diabetes, who now account for 8% of all simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant recipients.11 Outcomes of pancreas transplant appear to be similar regardless of diabetes type.

Bottom line

Pancreas transplant is a viable option for certain cases of complicated diabetes.

 

 

TRANSPLANTING ISLET CELLS

Despite its successes, pancreas transplant is major surgery and requires lifetime immunosuppression. Research is ongoing into a less-invasive procedure that, it is hoped, would require less immunosuppression: transplanting islets by themselves.

Islet autotransplant after pancreatectomy

For some patients with chronic pancreatitis, the only option to relieve chronic pain, narcotic dependence, and poor quality of life is to remove the pancreas. In the past, this desperate measure would instantly and inevitably cause diabetes, but not anymore.

Islet cell transplant
Figure 1. Islet cell transplant. Islets can be isolated from the patient’s own pancreas (in the case of a patient with chronic pancreatitis undergoing pancreactectomy) or from a pancreas from a cadaver donor (in the case of a patient with diabetes) and injected into the portal vein. Lodged in the liver, the beta cells continue to produce insulin.
In the 1980s, about 13 years after islets were first isolated, researchers learned how to remove them from the discarded pancreas and give them back to the patient. Injected in a percutaneous procedure into the portal vein, the islets lodge in the liver and, amazingly, the beta cells in them keep producing insulin (Figure 1).

Alpha cells and glucagon are a different story; a complication of islet transplant is hypoglycemia. In 2016, Lin et al12 reported spontaneous hypoglycemia in 6 of 12 patients who maintained insulin independence after autotransplant of islets. Although the transplanted islets had functional alpha cells that could in theory produce glucagon, as well as beta cells that produce insulin and C-peptide, apparently the alpha cells were not secreting glucagon in response to the hypoglycemia.

Location may matter. Gupta et al,13 in a 1997 study in dogs, found that more hypoglycemia occurs if islets are autotransplanted into the liver than if they are transplanted into the peritoneal cavity. A possible explanation may have to do with the glycemic environment of the liver.

Islet allotransplant

Islets can also be taken from cadaver donors and transplanted into patients with type 1 diabetes, who do not have enough working beta cells.

Success of allotransplant increased after the publication of observational data from the program in Edmonton in Canada, in which 7 consecutive patients with type 1 diabetes achieved initial insulin independence after islet allotransplant using steroid-free immunosuppression.14 Six recipients required islets from 2 donors, and 1 required islets from 4 donors, so they all received large volumes of at least 11,000 islet equivalents (IEQ) per kilogram of body weight.

In a subsequent report from the same team,15 16 (44%) of 36 patients remained insulin-free at 1 year, and C-peptide secretion was detectable in 70% at 2 years. But despite the elevated C-peptide levels, only 5 patients remained insulin-independent by 2 years. Lower hemoglobin A1c levels and decreases in hypoglycemic events from baseline also were noted.

The Clinical Islet Transplantation Consortium (CITC)16 and Collaborative Islet Transplant Registry (CITR)17 were established in 2004 to combine data and resources from centers around the world, including several that specialize in islet isolation and purification. Currently, more than 80 studies are being conducted.

The CITC and CITR now have data on more than 1,000 allogeneic islet transplant recipients (islet transplant alone, after kidney transplant, or simultaneous with it). The primary outcomes are hemoglobin A1c levels below 7% fasting C-peptide levels 0.3 ng/mL or higher, and fasting blood glucose of 60 to 140 mg/dL with no severe hypoglycemic events. The best results for islet-alone transplant have been in recipients over age 35 who received at least 325,000 IEQs with use of tumor necrosis factor antagonists for induction and calcineurin inhibitors or mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) inhibitors for maintenance.17

The best success for islet-after-kidney transplant was achieved with the same protocol but with insulin given to the donor during hospitalization before pancreas procurement. For participants with favorable factors, a hemoglobin A1c at or below 6.5% was achieved in about 80% at 1 year after last infusion, with more than 80% maintaining their fasting blood glucose level goals. About 70% of these patients were insulin-independent at 1 year. Hypoglycemia unawareness resolved in these patients even 5 years after infusion. Although there were no deaths or disabilities related to these transplants, bleeding occurred in 1 of 15 procedures. There was also a notable decline in estimated glomerular filtration rates with calcineurin inhibitor-based immunosuppression.17

Making islets go farther

One of the greatest challenges to islet transplant is the need for multiple donors to provide enough islet cells to overcome the loss of cells during transplant. Pancreases are already in short supply, and if each recipient needs more than 1, this makes the shortage worse. Some centers have achieved transplant with fewer donors,18,19 possibly by selecting pancreases from young donors who had a high body mass index and more islet cells, and harvesting and using them with a shorter cold ischemic time.

The number of viable, functioning islet cells drastically decreases after transplant, especially when transplanted into the portal system. This phenomenon is linked to an instant, blood-mediated inflammatory reaction involving antibody binding, complement and coagulation cascade activation, and platelet aggregation. The reaction, part of the innate immune system, damages the islet cells and leads to insulin dumping and early graft loss in studies in vitro and in vivo. Another factor affecting the survival of the graft cells is the low oxygen tension in the portal system.

For this reason, sites such as the pancreas, gastric submucosa, genitourinary tract, muscle, omentum, bone marrow, kidney capsule, peritoneum, anterior eye chamber, testis, and thymus are being explored.20

To create a more supportive environment for the transplanted cells, biotechnicians are trying to encapsulate islets in a semipermeable membrane that would protect them from the immune system while still allowing oxygen, nutrients, waste products, and, critically, insulin to diffuse in and out. Currently, no site or encapsulated product has been more successful than the current practice of implanting naked islets in the portal system.20

Bottom line

Without advances in transplant sites or increasing the yield of islet cells to allow single-donor transplants, islet cell allotransplant will not be feasible for most patients with type 1 diabetes.

 

 

Xenotransplant: Can pig cells make up the shortage?

Use of animal kidneys (xenotransplant) is a potential solution to the shortage of human organs for transplant.

In theory, pigs could be a source. Porcine insulin is similar to human insulin (differing by only 1 amino acid), and it should be possible to breed “knockout” pigs that lack the antigens responsible for acute humoral rejection.21

On the other hand, transplant of porcine islets poses several immunologic, physiologic, ethical, legal, and infectious concerns. For example, porcine tissue could carry pig viruses, such as porcine endogenous retroviruses.21 And even if the pigs are genetically modified, patients will still require immunosuppressive therapy.

A review of 17 studies of pig islet xenotransplant into nonhuman primates found that in 5 of the studies (4 using diabetic primates) the grafts survived at least 3 months.22 Of these, 1 study used encapsulation, and the rest used intensive and toxic immunosuppression.

More research is needed to make xenotransplant a clinical option.

Transplanting stem cells or beta cells grown from stem cells

Stem cells provide an exciting potential alternative to the limited donor pool. During the past decade, several studies have shown success using human pluripotent stem cells (embryonic stem cells and human-induced pluripotent stem cells), mesenchymal stem cells isolated from adult tissues, and directly programmed somatic cells. Researchers have created stable cultures of pluripotent stem cells from embryonic stem cells, which could possibly be produced on a large scale and banked.23

Human pluripotent stem cells derived from pancreatic progenitors have been shown to mature into more functional, islet-like structures in vivo. They transform into subtypes of islet cells including alpha, beta, and delta cells, ghrelin-producing cells, and pancreatic polypeptide hormone-producing cells. This process takes 2 to 6 weeks. In mice, these cells have been shown to maintain glucose homeostasis.24 Phase 1 and 2 trials in humans are now being conducted.

Pagliuca et al25 generated functional human pancreatic beta cells in vitro from embryonic stem cells. Rezania et al24 reversed diabetes with insulin-producing cells derived in vitro from human pluripotent stem cells. The techniques used in these studies contributed to the success of a study by Vegas et al,26 who achieved successful long-term glycemic control in mice using polymer-encapsulated human stem cell-derived beta cells.

Reversal of autoimmunity is an important step that needs to be overcome in stem cell transplant for type 1 diabetes. Nikolic et al27 have achieved mixed allogeneic chimerism across major histocompatibility complex barriers with nonmyeloablative conditioning in advanced-diabetic nonobese diabetic mice. However, conditioning alone (ie, without bone marrow transplant) does not permit acceptance of allogeneic islets and does not reverse autoimmunity or allow islet regeneration.28 Adding allogeneic bone marrow transplant to conditioned nonobese diabetic mice leads to tolerance to the donor and reverses autoimmunity.

THE ‘BIONIC’ PANCREAS

While we wait for advances in islet cell transplant, improved insulin pumps hold promise.

One such experimental device, the iLet (Beta Bionics, Boston, MA), designed by Damiano et al, consists of 2 infusion pumps (1 for insulin, 1 for glucagon) linked to a continuous glucose monitor via a smartphone app.

The monitor measures the glucose level every 5 minutes and transmits the information wirelessly to the phone app, which calculates the amount of insulin and glucagon required to stabilize the blood glucose: more insulin if too high, more glucagon if too low. The phone transmits this information to the pumps.

Dubbed the “bionic” pancreas, this closed-loop system frees patients from the tasks of measuring their glucose multiple times a day, calculating the appropriate dose, and giving multiple insulin injections.

The 2016 summer camp study29 followed 19 preteens wearing the bionic pancreas for 5 days. During this time, the patients had lower mean glucose levels and less hypoglycemia than during control periods. No episodes of severe hypoglycemia were recorded.

El-Khatib et al30 randomly assigned 43 patients to treatment with either the bihormonal bionic pancreas or usual care (a conventional insulin pump or a sensor-augmented insulin pump) for 11 days, followed by 11 days of the opposite treatment. All participants continued their normal activities. The bionic pancreas system was superior to the insulin pump in terms of the mean glucose concentration and mean time in the hypoglycemic range (P < .0001 for both results).

Bottom line

As the search continues for better solutions, advances in technology such as the bionic pancreas could provide a safer (ie, less hypoglycemic) and more successful alternative for insulin replacement in the near future.

With intensive insulin regimens and home blood glucose monitoring, patients with type 1 diabetes are controlling their blood glucose better than in the past. Nevertheless, glucose regulation is still imperfect and tedious, and striving for tight glycemic control poses the risk of hypoglycemia.

Pros and cons of beta-cell therapies
A more physiologic approach would seem like a good idea, ie, replacing the insulin-producing beta cells, which are destroyed in an autoimmune process in type 1 diabetes. Immunosuppressive therapy and surgical technique have improved to the point that pancreas transplant is now an alternative to injectable insulin for patients receiving kidney transplants, patients with severe and frequent hyper- or hypoglycemic episodes, and those for whom insulin therapy has failed. In addition, researchers are studying the promising but challenging avenue of transplanting only the islets of Langerhans, which contain the beta cells, the glucagon-producing alpha cells, and other hormone-producing cells (Table 1).

Prominent among the challenges are the sheer numbers involved. Some 1.25 million Americans have type 1 diabetes, and another 30 million have type 2, but only about 7,000 to 8,000 pancreases are available for transplant each year.1 While awaiting a breakthrough—perhaps involving stem cells, perhaps involving organs obtained from animals—an insulin pump may offer better diabetes control for many. Another possibility is a closed-loop system with a continuous glucose monitor that drives a dual-infusion pump, delivering insulin when glucose levels rise too high, and glucagon when they dip too low.

DIABETES WAS KNOWN IN ANCIENT TIMES

About 3,000 years ago, Egyptians described the syndrome of thirst, emaciation, and sweet urine that attracted ants. The term diabetes (Greek for siphon) was first recorded in 1425; mellitus (Latin for sweet with honey) was not added until 1675.

In 1857, Bernard hypothesized that diabetes was caused by overproduction of glucose in the liver. This idea was replaced in 1889, when Mering and Minkowski proposed the dysfunctional pancreas theory that eventually led to the discovery of the beta cell.2

In 1921, Banting and Best isolated insulin, and for the past 100 years subcutaneous insulin replacement has been the mainstay of treatment. But starting about 50 years ago, researchers have been looking for safe and long-lasting ways to replace beta cells and eliminate the need for exogenous insulin replacement.

TRANSPLANTING THE WHOLE PANCREAS

The first whole-pancreas transplant was performed in 1966 by Kelly et al,3 followed by 13 more by 1973.4 These first transplant grafts were short-lived, with only 1 graft surviving longer than 1 year. Since then, more than 12,000 pancreases have been transplanted worldwide, as refinements in surgical techniques and immunosuppressive therapies have improved patient and graft survival rates.4

Today, most pancreas transplants are in patients who have both type 1 diabetes and end-stage renal disease due to diabetic neph­ropathy, and most receive both a kidney and a pancreas at the same time. Far fewer patients receive a pancreas after previously receiving a kidney, or receive a pancreas alone.

The bile duct of the transplanted pancreas is usually routed into the patient’s small intestine, as nature intended, and less often into the bladder. Although bladder drainage is associated with urinary complications, it has the advantage of allowing measurement of pancreatic amylase levels in the urine to monitor for graft rejection. With simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplant, the serum creatinine concentration can also be monitored for rejection of the kidney graft.

Current immunosuppressive regimens vary but generally consist of anti-T-cell antibodies at the time of surgery, followed by lifelong treatment with the combination of a calcineurin inhibitor (cyclosporine or tacrolimus) and an antimetabolite (mycophenolate mofetil or azathioprine).

Outcomes are good. The rates of patient and graft survival are highest with simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, and somewhat lower with pancreas-after-kidney and pancreas-alone transplant.

Benefits of pancreas transplant

Most recipients can stop taking insulin immediately after the procedure, and their hemoglobin A1c levels normalize and stay low for the life of the graft. Lipid levels also decrease, although this has not been directly correlated with lower risk of vascular disease.4

Transplant also reduces or eliminates some complications of diabetes, including retinopathy, nephropathy, cardiomyopathy, and gastropathy.

For example, in patients undergoing simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, diabetic nephropathy does not recur in the new kidney. Fioretto et al5 reported that nephropathy lesions reversed during the 10 years after pancreas transplant.

Kennedy et al6,7 found that preexisting diabetic neuropathy improved slightly (although neurologic status did not completely return to normal) over a period of up to 42 months in a group of patients who received a pancreas transplant, whereas it tended to worsen in a control group. Both groups were assessed at baseline and at 12 and 24 months, with a subgroup followed through 42 months, and they underwent testing of motor, sensory, and autonomic function.6,7

Disadvantages of pancreas transplant

Disadvantages of whole-pancreas transplant include hypoglycemia (usually mild), adverse effects of immunosuppression, potential for surgical complications including an increased rate of death in the first 90 days after the procedure, and cost.

In an analysis comparing the 5-year estimated costs of dialysis, kidney transplant alone from cadavers or live donors, or simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant for diabetic patients with end-stage renal disease, the least expensive option was kidney transplant from a live donor.8 The most expensive option was simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant, but quality of life was better with this option. The analysis did not consider the potential cost of long-term treatments for complications related to diabetes that could be saved with a pancreas transplant.

Data conflict regarding the risk of death with different types of pancreas transplants. A retrospective cohort study of data from 124 US transplant centers reported in 2003 found higher mortality rates in pancreas-alone transplant recipients than in patients on a transplant waiting list receiving conventional therapy.9 In contrast, a 2004 study reported that after the first 90 days, when the risk of death was clearly higher, mortality rates were lower after simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant and pancreas-after-kidney transplant.10 After pancreas-alone transplant, however, mortality rates were higher than with exogenous insulin therapy.

Although outcomes have improved, fewer patients with type 1 diabetes are undergoing pancreas transplant in recent years.

Interestingly, more simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplants are being successfully performed in patients with type 2 diabetes, who now account for 8% of all simultaneous pancreas-kidney transplant recipients.11 Outcomes of pancreas transplant appear to be similar regardless of diabetes type.

Bottom line

Pancreas transplant is a viable option for certain cases of complicated diabetes.

 

 

TRANSPLANTING ISLET CELLS

Despite its successes, pancreas transplant is major surgery and requires lifetime immunosuppression. Research is ongoing into a less-invasive procedure that, it is hoped, would require less immunosuppression: transplanting islets by themselves.

Islet autotransplant after pancreatectomy

For some patients with chronic pancreatitis, the only option to relieve chronic pain, narcotic dependence, and poor quality of life is to remove the pancreas. In the past, this desperate measure would instantly and inevitably cause diabetes, but not anymore.

Islet cell transplant
Figure 1. Islet cell transplant. Islets can be isolated from the patient’s own pancreas (in the case of a patient with chronic pancreatitis undergoing pancreactectomy) or from a pancreas from a cadaver donor (in the case of a patient with diabetes) and injected into the portal vein. Lodged in the liver, the beta cells continue to produce insulin.
In the 1980s, about 13 years after islets were first isolated, researchers learned how to remove them from the discarded pancreas and give them back to the patient. Injected in a percutaneous procedure into the portal vein, the islets lodge in the liver and, amazingly, the beta cells in them keep producing insulin (Figure 1).

Alpha cells and glucagon are a different story; a complication of islet transplant is hypoglycemia. In 2016, Lin et al12 reported spontaneous hypoglycemia in 6 of 12 patients who maintained insulin independence after autotransplant of islets. Although the transplanted islets had functional alpha cells that could in theory produce glucagon, as well as beta cells that produce insulin and C-peptide, apparently the alpha cells were not secreting glucagon in response to the hypoglycemia.

Location may matter. Gupta et al,13 in a 1997 study in dogs, found that more hypoglycemia occurs if islets are autotransplanted into the liver than if they are transplanted into the peritoneal cavity. A possible explanation may have to do with the glycemic environment of the liver.

Islet allotransplant

Islets can also be taken from cadaver donors and transplanted into patients with type 1 diabetes, who do not have enough working beta cells.

Success of allotransplant increased after the publication of observational data from the program in Edmonton in Canada, in which 7 consecutive patients with type 1 diabetes achieved initial insulin independence after islet allotransplant using steroid-free immunosuppression.14 Six recipients required islets from 2 donors, and 1 required islets from 4 donors, so they all received large volumes of at least 11,000 islet equivalents (IEQ) per kilogram of body weight.

In a subsequent report from the same team,15 16 (44%) of 36 patients remained insulin-free at 1 year, and C-peptide secretion was detectable in 70% at 2 years. But despite the elevated C-peptide levels, only 5 patients remained insulin-independent by 2 years. Lower hemoglobin A1c levels and decreases in hypoglycemic events from baseline also were noted.

The Clinical Islet Transplantation Consortium (CITC)16 and Collaborative Islet Transplant Registry (CITR)17 were established in 2004 to combine data and resources from centers around the world, including several that specialize in islet isolation and purification. Currently, more than 80 studies are being conducted.

The CITC and CITR now have data on more than 1,000 allogeneic islet transplant recipients (islet transplant alone, after kidney transplant, or simultaneous with it). The primary outcomes are hemoglobin A1c levels below 7% fasting C-peptide levels 0.3 ng/mL or higher, and fasting blood glucose of 60 to 140 mg/dL with no severe hypoglycemic events. The best results for islet-alone transplant have been in recipients over age 35 who received at least 325,000 IEQs with use of tumor necrosis factor antagonists for induction and calcineurin inhibitors or mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) inhibitors for maintenance.17

The best success for islet-after-kidney transplant was achieved with the same protocol but with insulin given to the donor during hospitalization before pancreas procurement. For participants with favorable factors, a hemoglobin A1c at or below 6.5% was achieved in about 80% at 1 year after last infusion, with more than 80% maintaining their fasting blood glucose level goals. About 70% of these patients were insulin-independent at 1 year. Hypoglycemia unawareness resolved in these patients even 5 years after infusion. Although there were no deaths or disabilities related to these transplants, bleeding occurred in 1 of 15 procedures. There was also a notable decline in estimated glomerular filtration rates with calcineurin inhibitor-based immunosuppression.17

Making islets go farther

One of the greatest challenges to islet transplant is the need for multiple donors to provide enough islet cells to overcome the loss of cells during transplant. Pancreases are already in short supply, and if each recipient needs more than 1, this makes the shortage worse. Some centers have achieved transplant with fewer donors,18,19 possibly by selecting pancreases from young donors who had a high body mass index and more islet cells, and harvesting and using them with a shorter cold ischemic time.

The number of viable, functioning islet cells drastically decreases after transplant, especially when transplanted into the portal system. This phenomenon is linked to an instant, blood-mediated inflammatory reaction involving antibody binding, complement and coagulation cascade activation, and platelet aggregation. The reaction, part of the innate immune system, damages the islet cells and leads to insulin dumping and early graft loss in studies in vitro and in vivo. Another factor affecting the survival of the graft cells is the low oxygen tension in the portal system.

For this reason, sites such as the pancreas, gastric submucosa, genitourinary tract, muscle, omentum, bone marrow, kidney capsule, peritoneum, anterior eye chamber, testis, and thymus are being explored.20

To create a more supportive environment for the transplanted cells, biotechnicians are trying to encapsulate islets in a semipermeable membrane that would protect them from the immune system while still allowing oxygen, nutrients, waste products, and, critically, insulin to diffuse in and out. Currently, no site or encapsulated product has been more successful than the current practice of implanting naked islets in the portal system.20

Bottom line

Without advances in transplant sites or increasing the yield of islet cells to allow single-donor transplants, islet cell allotransplant will not be feasible for most patients with type 1 diabetes.

 

 

Xenotransplant: Can pig cells make up the shortage?

Use of animal kidneys (xenotransplant) is a potential solution to the shortage of human organs for transplant.

In theory, pigs could be a source. Porcine insulin is similar to human insulin (differing by only 1 amino acid), and it should be possible to breed “knockout” pigs that lack the antigens responsible for acute humoral rejection.21

On the other hand, transplant of porcine islets poses several immunologic, physiologic, ethical, legal, and infectious concerns. For example, porcine tissue could carry pig viruses, such as porcine endogenous retroviruses.21 And even if the pigs are genetically modified, patients will still require immunosuppressive therapy.

A review of 17 studies of pig islet xenotransplant into nonhuman primates found that in 5 of the studies (4 using diabetic primates) the grafts survived at least 3 months.22 Of these, 1 study used encapsulation, and the rest used intensive and toxic immunosuppression.

More research is needed to make xenotransplant a clinical option.

Transplanting stem cells or beta cells grown from stem cells

Stem cells provide an exciting potential alternative to the limited donor pool. During the past decade, several studies have shown success using human pluripotent stem cells (embryonic stem cells and human-induced pluripotent stem cells), mesenchymal stem cells isolated from adult tissues, and directly programmed somatic cells. Researchers have created stable cultures of pluripotent stem cells from embryonic stem cells, which could possibly be produced on a large scale and banked.23

Human pluripotent stem cells derived from pancreatic progenitors have been shown to mature into more functional, islet-like structures in vivo. They transform into subtypes of islet cells including alpha, beta, and delta cells, ghrelin-producing cells, and pancreatic polypeptide hormone-producing cells. This process takes 2 to 6 weeks. In mice, these cells have been shown to maintain glucose homeostasis.24 Phase 1 and 2 trials in humans are now being conducted.

Pagliuca et al25 generated functional human pancreatic beta cells in vitro from embryonic stem cells. Rezania et al24 reversed diabetes with insulin-producing cells derived in vitro from human pluripotent stem cells. The techniques used in these studies contributed to the success of a study by Vegas et al,26 who achieved successful long-term glycemic control in mice using polymer-encapsulated human stem cell-derived beta cells.

Reversal of autoimmunity is an important step that needs to be overcome in stem cell transplant for type 1 diabetes. Nikolic et al27 have achieved mixed allogeneic chimerism across major histocompatibility complex barriers with nonmyeloablative conditioning in advanced-diabetic nonobese diabetic mice. However, conditioning alone (ie, without bone marrow transplant) does not permit acceptance of allogeneic islets and does not reverse autoimmunity or allow islet regeneration.28 Adding allogeneic bone marrow transplant to conditioned nonobese diabetic mice leads to tolerance to the donor and reverses autoimmunity.

THE ‘BIONIC’ PANCREAS

While we wait for advances in islet cell transplant, improved insulin pumps hold promise.

One such experimental device, the iLet (Beta Bionics, Boston, MA), designed by Damiano et al, consists of 2 infusion pumps (1 for insulin, 1 for glucagon) linked to a continuous glucose monitor via a smartphone app.

The monitor measures the glucose level every 5 minutes and transmits the information wirelessly to the phone app, which calculates the amount of insulin and glucagon required to stabilize the blood glucose: more insulin if too high, more glucagon if too low. The phone transmits this information to the pumps.

Dubbed the “bionic” pancreas, this closed-loop system frees patients from the tasks of measuring their glucose multiple times a day, calculating the appropriate dose, and giving multiple insulin injections.

The 2016 summer camp study29 followed 19 preteens wearing the bionic pancreas for 5 days. During this time, the patients had lower mean glucose levels and less hypoglycemia than during control periods. No episodes of severe hypoglycemia were recorded.

El-Khatib et al30 randomly assigned 43 patients to treatment with either the bihormonal bionic pancreas or usual care (a conventional insulin pump or a sensor-augmented insulin pump) for 11 days, followed by 11 days of the opposite treatment. All participants continued their normal activities. The bionic pancreas system was superior to the insulin pump in terms of the mean glucose concentration and mean time in the hypoglycemic range (P < .0001 for both results).

Bottom line

As the search continues for better solutions, advances in technology such as the bionic pancreas could provide a safer (ie, less hypoglycemic) and more successful alternative for insulin replacement in the near future.

References
  1. American Diabetes Association. Statistics about diabetes: overall numbers, diabetes and prediabetes. www.diabetes.org/diabetes-basics/statistics/. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  2. Ahmed AM. History of diabetes mellitus. Saudi Med J 2002; 23(4):373–378. pmid:11953758
  3. Kelly WD, Lillehei RC, Merkel FK, Idezuki Y, Goetz FC. Allotransplantation of the pancreas and duodenum along with the kidney in diabetic nephropathy. Surgery 1967; 61:827–837. pmid: 5338113
  4. Sutherland DE, Gruessner RW, Dunn DL, et al. Lessons learned from more than 1,000 pancreas transplants at a single institution. Ann Surg 2001; 233(4):463–501. pmid:11303130
  5. Fioretto P, Steffes MW, Sutherland DE, Goetz FC, Mauer M. Reversal of lesions of diabetic nephropathy after pancreas transplantation. N Engl J Med 1998; 339(2):69–75. doi:10.1056/NEJM199807093390202
  6. Kennedy WR, Navarro X, Goetz FC, Sutherland DE, Najarian JS. Effects of pancreatic transplantation on diabetic neuropathy. N Engl J Med 1990; 322(15):1031–1037. doi:10.1056/NEJM199004123221503
  7. Kennedy WR, Navarro X, Sutherland DER. Neuropathy profile of diabetic patients in a pancreas transplantation program. Neurology 1995; 45(4):773–780. pmid:7723969
  8. Douzdjian V, Ferrara D, Silvestri G. Treatment strategies for insulin-dependent diabetics with ESRD: a cost-effectiveness decision analysis model. Am J Kidney Dis 1998; 31(5):794–802. pmid:9590189
  9. Venstrom JM, McBride MA, Rother KI, Hirshberg B, Orchard TJ, Harlan DM. Survival after pancreas transplantation in patients with diabetes and preserved kidney function. JAMA 2003; 290(21):2817–2823. doi:10.1001/jama.290.21.2817
  10. Gruessner RW, Sutherland DE, Gruessner AC. Mortality assessment for pancreas transplants. Am J Transplant 2004; 4(12):2018–2026. doi:10.1111/j.1600-6143.2004.00667.x
  11. Redfield RR, Scalea JR, Odorico JS. Simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplantation: current trends and future directions. Curr Opin Organ Transplant 2015; 20(1):94-102. doi:10.1097/MOT.0000000000000146
  12. Lin YK, Faiman C, Johnston PC, et al. Spontaneous hypoglycemia after islet autotransplantation for chronic pancreatitis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2016; 101(10):3669–3675. doi:10.1210/jc.2016-2111
  13. Gupta V, Wahoff DC, Rooney DP, et al. The defective glucagon response from transplanted intrahepatic pancreatic islets during hypoglycemia is transplantation site-determined. Diabetes 1997; 46(1):28–33. pmid:8971077
  14. Shapiro AM, Lakey JR, Ryan EA, et al. Islet transplantation in seven patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus using a glucocorticoid-free immunosuppressive regimen. N Engl J Med 2000; 343(4):230–238. doi:10.1056/NEJM200007273430401
  15. Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med 2006; 355(13):1318–1330. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa061267
  16. Clinical Islet Transplantation (CIT) Consortium. www.citisletstudy.org. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  17. Collaborative Islet Transplantation Registry (CITR). CITR 10th Annual Report. https://citregistry.org/system/files/10th_AR.pdf. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  18. Hering BJ, Kandaswamy R, Harmon JV, et al. Transplantation of cultured islets from two-layer preserved pancreases in type 1 diabetes with anti-CD3 antibody. Am J Transplant 2004; 4(3):390–401. pmid:14961992
  19. Posselt AM, Bellin MD, Tavakol M, et al. Islet transplantation in type 1 diabetics using an immunosuppressive protocol based on the anti-LFA-1 antibody efalizumab. Am J Transplant 2010; 10(8):1870–1880. doi:10.1111/j.1600-6143.2010.03073.x
  20. Cantarelli E, Piemonti L. Alternative transplantation sites for pancreatic islet grafts. Curr Diab Rep 2011; 11(5):364–374. doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0216-9
  21. Cooper DK, Gollackner B, Knosalla C, Teranishi K. Xenotransplantation—how far have we come? Transpl Immunol 2002; 9(2–4):251–256. pmid:12180839
  22. Marigliano M, Bertera S, Grupillo M, Trucco M, Bottino R. Pig-to-nonhuman primates pancreatic islet xenotransplantation: an overview. Curr Diab Rep 2011; 11(5):402–412. doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0213-z
  23. Bartlett ST, Markmann JF, Johnson P, et al. Report from IPITA-TTS opinion leaders meeting on the future of beta-cell replacement. Transplantation 2016; 100(suppl 2):S1–S44. doi:10.1097/TP.0000000000001055
  24. Rezania A, Bruin JE, Arora P, et al. Reversal of diabetes with insulin-producing cells derived in vitro from human pluripotent stem cells. Nat Biotechnol 2014; 32(11):1121–1133. doi:10.1038/nbt.3033
  25. Pagliuca FW, Millman JR, Gurtler M, et al. Generation of functional human pancreatic beta cells in vitro. Cell 2014; 159(2):428–439. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2014.09.040
  26. Vegas AJ, Veiseh O, Gurtler M, et al. Long-term glycemic control using polymer-encapsulated human stem cell-derived beta cells in immune-competent mice. Nat Med 2016; 22(3):306–311. doi:10.1038/nm.4030
  27. Nikolic B, Takeuchi Y, Leykin I, Fudaba Y, Smith RN, Sykes M. Mixed hematopoietic chimerism allows cure of autoimmune tolerance and reversal of autoimmunity. Diabetes 2004; 53(2):376–383. pmid:14747288
  28. Li HW, Sykes M. Emerging concepts in haematopoietic cell transplantation. Nat Rev Immunol 2012; 12(6):403–416. doi:10.1038/nri3226
  29. Russell SJ, Hillard MA, Balliro C, et al. Day and night glycaemic control with a bionic pancreas versus conventional insulin pump therapy in preadolescent children with type 1 diabetes: a randomised crossover trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2016; 4(3):233–243. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(15)00489-1
  30. El-Khatib FH, Balliro C, Hillard MA, et al. Home use of a bihormonal bionic pancreas versus insulin pump therapy in adults with type 1 diabetes: a multicenter randomized crossover trial. Lancet 2017; 389(10067):369–380. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32567-3
References
  1. American Diabetes Association. Statistics about diabetes: overall numbers, diabetes and prediabetes. www.diabetes.org/diabetes-basics/statistics/. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  2. Ahmed AM. History of diabetes mellitus. Saudi Med J 2002; 23(4):373–378. pmid:11953758
  3. Kelly WD, Lillehei RC, Merkel FK, Idezuki Y, Goetz FC. Allotransplantation of the pancreas and duodenum along with the kidney in diabetic nephropathy. Surgery 1967; 61:827–837. pmid: 5338113
  4. Sutherland DE, Gruessner RW, Dunn DL, et al. Lessons learned from more than 1,000 pancreas transplants at a single institution. Ann Surg 2001; 233(4):463–501. pmid:11303130
  5. Fioretto P, Steffes MW, Sutherland DE, Goetz FC, Mauer M. Reversal of lesions of diabetic nephropathy after pancreas transplantation. N Engl J Med 1998; 339(2):69–75. doi:10.1056/NEJM199807093390202
  6. Kennedy WR, Navarro X, Goetz FC, Sutherland DE, Najarian JS. Effects of pancreatic transplantation on diabetic neuropathy. N Engl J Med 1990; 322(15):1031–1037. doi:10.1056/NEJM199004123221503
  7. Kennedy WR, Navarro X, Sutherland DER. Neuropathy profile of diabetic patients in a pancreas transplantation program. Neurology 1995; 45(4):773–780. pmid:7723969
  8. Douzdjian V, Ferrara D, Silvestri G. Treatment strategies for insulin-dependent diabetics with ESRD: a cost-effectiveness decision analysis model. Am J Kidney Dis 1998; 31(5):794–802. pmid:9590189
  9. Venstrom JM, McBride MA, Rother KI, Hirshberg B, Orchard TJ, Harlan DM. Survival after pancreas transplantation in patients with diabetes and preserved kidney function. JAMA 2003; 290(21):2817–2823. doi:10.1001/jama.290.21.2817
  10. Gruessner RW, Sutherland DE, Gruessner AC. Mortality assessment for pancreas transplants. Am J Transplant 2004; 4(12):2018–2026. doi:10.1111/j.1600-6143.2004.00667.x
  11. Redfield RR, Scalea JR, Odorico JS. Simultaneous pancreas and kidney transplantation: current trends and future directions. Curr Opin Organ Transplant 2015; 20(1):94-102. doi:10.1097/MOT.0000000000000146
  12. Lin YK, Faiman C, Johnston PC, et al. Spontaneous hypoglycemia after islet autotransplantation for chronic pancreatitis. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2016; 101(10):3669–3675. doi:10.1210/jc.2016-2111
  13. Gupta V, Wahoff DC, Rooney DP, et al. The defective glucagon response from transplanted intrahepatic pancreatic islets during hypoglycemia is transplantation site-determined. Diabetes 1997; 46(1):28–33. pmid:8971077
  14. Shapiro AM, Lakey JR, Ryan EA, et al. Islet transplantation in seven patients with type 1 diabetes mellitus using a glucocorticoid-free immunosuppressive regimen. N Engl J Med 2000; 343(4):230–238. doi:10.1056/NEJM200007273430401
  15. Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med 2006; 355(13):1318–1330. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa061267
  16. Clinical Islet Transplantation (CIT) Consortium. www.citisletstudy.org. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  17. Collaborative Islet Transplantation Registry (CITR). CITR 10th Annual Report. https://citregistry.org/system/files/10th_AR.pdf. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  18. Hering BJ, Kandaswamy R, Harmon JV, et al. Transplantation of cultured islets from two-layer preserved pancreases in type 1 diabetes with anti-CD3 antibody. Am J Transplant 2004; 4(3):390–401. pmid:14961992
  19. Posselt AM, Bellin MD, Tavakol M, et al. Islet transplantation in type 1 diabetics using an immunosuppressive protocol based on the anti-LFA-1 antibody efalizumab. Am J Transplant 2010; 10(8):1870–1880. doi:10.1111/j.1600-6143.2010.03073.x
  20. Cantarelli E, Piemonti L. Alternative transplantation sites for pancreatic islet grafts. Curr Diab Rep 2011; 11(5):364–374. doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0216-9
  21. Cooper DK, Gollackner B, Knosalla C, Teranishi K. Xenotransplantation—how far have we come? Transpl Immunol 2002; 9(2–4):251–256. pmid:12180839
  22. Marigliano M, Bertera S, Grupillo M, Trucco M, Bottino R. Pig-to-nonhuman primates pancreatic islet xenotransplantation: an overview. Curr Diab Rep 2011; 11(5):402–412. doi:10.1007/s11892-011-0213-z
  23. Bartlett ST, Markmann JF, Johnson P, et al. Report from IPITA-TTS opinion leaders meeting on the future of beta-cell replacement. Transplantation 2016; 100(suppl 2):S1–S44. doi:10.1097/TP.0000000000001055
  24. Rezania A, Bruin JE, Arora P, et al. Reversal of diabetes with insulin-producing cells derived in vitro from human pluripotent stem cells. Nat Biotechnol 2014; 32(11):1121–1133. doi:10.1038/nbt.3033
  25. Pagliuca FW, Millman JR, Gurtler M, et al. Generation of functional human pancreatic beta cells in vitro. Cell 2014; 159(2):428–439. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2014.09.040
  26. Vegas AJ, Veiseh O, Gurtler M, et al. Long-term glycemic control using polymer-encapsulated human stem cell-derived beta cells in immune-competent mice. Nat Med 2016; 22(3):306–311. doi:10.1038/nm.4030
  27. Nikolic B, Takeuchi Y, Leykin I, Fudaba Y, Smith RN, Sykes M. Mixed hematopoietic chimerism allows cure of autoimmune tolerance and reversal of autoimmunity. Diabetes 2004; 53(2):376–383. pmid:14747288
  28. Li HW, Sykes M. Emerging concepts in haematopoietic cell transplantation. Nat Rev Immunol 2012; 12(6):403–416. doi:10.1038/nri3226
  29. Russell SJ, Hillard MA, Balliro C, et al. Day and night glycaemic control with a bionic pancreas versus conventional insulin pump therapy in preadolescent children with type 1 diabetes: a randomised crossover trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol 2016; 4(3):233–243. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(15)00489-1
  30. El-Khatib FH, Balliro C, Hillard MA, et al. Home use of a bihormonal bionic pancreas versus insulin pump therapy in adults with type 1 diabetes: a multicenter randomized crossover trial. Lancet 2017; 389(10067):369–380. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32567-3
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Page Number
931-937
Page Number
931-937
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Beta-cell therapies for type 1 diabetes: Transplants and bionics
Display Headline
Beta-cell therapies for type 1 diabetes: Transplants and bionics
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, type 1 diabetes, T1DM, pancreas transplant, islet of Langerhans, beta-cell therapy, islet transplant, bionic transplant, insulin pump, alpha cell, beta cell, Karthryn Bux Rodeman, Betul Hatipoglu
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, type 1 diabetes, T1DM, pancreas transplant, islet of Langerhans, beta-cell therapy, islet transplant, bionic transplant, insulin pump, alpha cell, beta cell, Karthryn Bux Rodeman, Betul Hatipoglu
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Most pancreas transplant recipients become insulin-independent immediately.
  • A key drawback to islet transplant is the need for multiple donors to provide enough islet cells to achieve insulin independence.
  • As with other organs for transplant, the need for donor pancreases far outnumbers the supply. Stem cells or beta cells grown from stem cells may avoid this problem. Another potential solution is to use organs from animals, possibly pigs, but much more work is needed to make these procedures viable.
  • While we await a breakthrough in beta-cell therapy, a bionic pancreas may be the answer for a number of patients.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 11/27/2018 - 08:45
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 11/27/2018 - 08:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 11/27/2018 - 08:45
Article PDF Media

Cannabis for peripheral neuropathy: The good, the bad, and the unknown

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:16
Display Headline
Cannabis for peripheral neuropathy: The good, the bad, and the unknown

Marijuana, which is still illegal under federal law but legal in 30 states for medical purposes as of this writing, has shown promising results for treating peripheral neuropathy. Studies suggest that cannabis may be an option for patients whose pain responds poorly to standard treatments; however, its use may be restricted by cognitive and psychiatric adverse effects, particularly at high doses.1

See related editorial

In this article, we discuss the basic pharmacology of cannabis and how it may affect neuropathic pain. We review clinical trials on its use for peripheral neuropathy and provide guidance for its use.

PERIPHERAL NEUROPATHY IS COMMON AND COMPLEX

An estimated 20 million people in the United States suffer from neuropathic pain. The prevalence is higher in certain populations, with 26% of people over age 65 and 30% of patients with diabetes mellitus affected.2–4

Peripheral neuropathy is a complex, chronic state that occurs when nerve fibers are damaged, dysfunctional, or injured, sending incorrect signals to pain centers in the central nervous system.5 It is characterized by weakness, pain, and paresthesias that typically begin in the hands or feet and progress proximally.4 Symptoms depend on the number and types of nerves affected.

In many cases, peripheral neuropathy is idiopathic, but common causes include diabetes, alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, and autoimmune disease. Others include toxicity from chemotherapy and heavy metals.

Peripheral neuropathy significantly worsens quality of life and function. Many patients experience emotional, cognitive, and functional problems, resulting in high rates of medical and psychiatric comorbidities and occupational impairment.4,6,7 Yet despite its clinical and epidemiologic significance, it is often undertreated.8

STANDARD TREATMENTS INADEQUATE

Peripheral neuropathy occurs in patients with a wide range of comorbidities and is especially difficult to treat. Mainstays of therapy include anticonvulsants, tricyclic antidepressants, and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors.9 A more invasive option is spinal cord stimulation.

These treatments can have considerable adverse effects, and response rates remain suboptimal, with pain relief insufficient to improve quality of life for many patients.9,10 Better treatments are needed to improve clinical outcomes and patient experience.11

CANNABIS: A MIX OF COMPOUNDS

Cannabis sativa has been used as an analgesic for centuries. The plant contains more than 400 chemical compounds and is often used for its euphoric properties. Long-term use may lead to addiction and cognitive impairment.12,13

Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD) are the main components and the 2 best-studied cannabinoids with analgesic effects.

THC is the primary psychoactive component of cannabis. Its effects include relaxation, altered perception, heightened sensations, increased libido, and perceptual distortions of time and space. Temporary effects may include decreased short-term memory, dry mouth, impaired motor function, conjunctival injection, paranoia, and anxiety.

CBD is nonpsychoactive and has anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. It has been shown to reduce pain and inflammation without the effects of THC.14

Other compounds in the cannabis plant include phytocannabinoids, flavonoids, and tapenoids, which may produce individual, interactive, or synergistic effects.15 Different strains of cannabis have varying amounts of the individual components, making comparisons among clinical studies difficult.

THE ENDOCANNABINOID SYSTEM

The endogenous mammalian cannabinoid system plays a regulatory role in the development, homeostasis, and neuroplasticity of the central nervous system. It is also involved in modulating pain transmission in the nociceptive pathway.

Two of the most abundant cannabinoid endogenous ligands are anandamide and 2-arachidonylglycerol.9 These endocanna­b­inoids are produced on demand in the central nervous system to reduce pain by acting as a circuit breaker.16–18 They target the G protein-coupled cannabinoid receptors CB1 and CB2, located throughout the central and peripheral nervous system and in organs and tissues.12

CB1 receptors are found primarily in the central nervous system, specifically in areas involved in movement, such as the basal ganglia and cerebellum, as well as in areas involved in memory, such as the hippocampus.12 They are also abundant in brain regions implicated in conducting and modulating pain signals, including the periaqueductal gray and the dorsal horn of the spinal cord.16–20

CB2 receptors are mostly found in peripheral tissues and organs, mainly those involved in the immune system, including splenic, tonsillar, and hematopoietic cells.12 They help regulate inflammation, allodynia, and hyperalgesia.17

Modifying response to injury

Following a nerve injury, neurons along the nociceptive pathway may become more reactive and responsive in a process known as sensitization.21 The process involves a cascade of cellular events that result in sprouting of pain-sensitive nerve endings.21,22

Cannabinoids are thought to reduce pain by modifying these cellular events. They also inhibit nociceptive conduction in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord and in the ascending spinothalamic tract.20 CB1 receptors found in nociceptive terminals along the peripheral nervous system impede pain conduction, while activation of CB2 receptors in immune cells decreases the release of nociceptive agents.

 

 

STUDIES OF CANNABIS FOR NEUROPATHIC PAIN

A number of studies have evaluated cannabis for treating neuropathic pain. Overall, available data support the efficacy of smoked or inhaled cannabis in its flower form when used as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy for relief of neuropathic pain of various etiologies. Many studies also report secondary benefits, including better sleep and functional improvement.23,24

However, adverse effects are common, especially at high doses, and include difficulty concentrating, lightheadedness, fatigue, and tachycardia. More serious reported adverse effects include anxiety, paranoia, and psychosis.

Wilsey et al, 2008: Neuropathic pain reduced

Wilsey et al25 conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study that assessed the effects of smoking cannabis in 38 patients with central or peripheral neuropathic pain. Participants were assigned to smoke either high- or low-dose cannabis (7% or 3.5% delta-9-THC) or placebo cigarettes. Cigarettes were smoked during treatment sessions using the following regimen: 2 puffs at 60 minutes from baseline, 3 puffs at 120 minutes, and 4 puffs at 180 minutes. Patients were assessed after each set of puffs and for 2 hours afterwards. The primary outcome was spontaneous relief of pain as measured by a visual analog scale.

Pain intensity was comparable and significantly reduced in both treatment groups compared with placebo. At the high dose, some participants experienced neurocognitive impairment in attention, learning, memory, and psychomotor speed; only learning and memory declined at the low dose.

Ellis et al, 2009: Pain reduction in HIV neuropathy

Ellis et al23 conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial in patients with HIV neuropathy that was unresponsive to at least 2 analgesics with different modes of action. During each treatment week, participants were randomly assigned to smoke either active cannabis or placebo, while continuing their standard therapy. Titration started at 4% THC and was adjusted based on tolerability and efficacy. Twenty-eight of the 34 enrolled patients completed both cannabis and placebo treatments. The principal outcome was change in pain intensity from baseline at the end of each week, using the Descriptor Differential Scale of Pain Intensity.

Of the 28 patients, 46% achieved an average pain reduction of 3.3 points (30%). One patient experienced cannabis-induced psychosis, and another developed an intractable cough, which resolved with smoking cessation.

Ware et al, 2010: Reduced posttraumatic or postsurgical neuropathic pain

Ware et al24 performed a randomized crossover trial in 21 patients with posttraumatic or postsurgical neuropathic pain. Participants inhaled 4 different formulations of cannabis (containing 0%, 2.5%, 6.0%, and 9.4% THC) during 4 14-day periods. They inhaled a 25-mg dose through a pipe 3 times a day for the first 5 days of each cycle, followed by a 9-day washout period. Daily average pain intensity was measured using a numeric rating scale. The investigators also assessed mood, sleep, quality of life, and adverse effects.

Patients in the 9.4% THC group reported significantly less pain and better sleep, with average pain scores decreasing from 6.1 to 5.4 on an 11-point scale. Although the benefit was modest, the authors noted that the pain had been refractory to standard treatments.

The number of reported adverse events increased with greater potency and were most commonly throat irritation, burning sensation, headache, dizziness, and fatigue. This study suggests that THC potency affects tolerability, with higher doses eliciting clinically important adverse effects, some of which may reduce the ability to perform activities of daily living, such as driving.

Wilsey et al, 2013: Use in resistant neuropathic pain

Wilsey et al26 conducted another double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study assessing the effect of vaporized cannabis on central and peripheral neuropathic pain resistant to first-line pharmacotherapies. Dose-effect relationships were explored using medium-dose (3.5%), low-dose (1.3%), and placebo cannabis. The primary outcome measure was a 30% reduction in pain intensity based on a visual analog scale.

In the placebo group, 26% of patients achieved this vs 57% of the low-dose cannabis group and 61% of those receiving the medium dose. No significant difference was found between the 2 active doses in reducing neuropathic pain, and both were more effective than placebo. The number needed to treat to achieve a 30% reduction in pain was about 3 for both cannabis groups compared with placebo. Psychoactive effects were minimal, of short duration, and reversible.

Wallace et al, 2015: Use in diabetic peripheral neuropathy

Wallace et al27 conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study evaluating cannabis for diabetic peripheral neuropathy in 16 patients. Each had experienced at least 6 months of neuropathic pain in their feet. The participants inhaled a single dose of 1%, 4%, or 7% THC cannabis or placebo. Spontaneous pain was reported with a visual analog scale and also tested with a foam brush and von Frey filament at intervals until 4 hours after treatment.

Pain scores were lower with treatment compared with placebo, with high-dose cannabis having the greatest analgesic effect. Pain reduction lasted for the full duration of the test. Cannabis recipients had declines in attention and working memory, with the high-dose group experiencing the greatest impact 15 minutes after treatment. High-dose recipients also had poorer scores on testing of quick task-switching, with the greatest effect at 2 hours.27

Research and market cannabis are not equal

Results of US studies must be qualified. Most have used cannabis provided by the National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA),23–26 which differs in potency from commercially available preparations. This limits the clinical usefulness of the analysis of benefits and risks.

Vergara et al28 found that NIDA varieties contained much lower THC levels and as much as 23 times the cannabinol content as cannabis in state-legalized markets.

Studies based on NIDA varieties likely underestimate the risks of consumer-purchased cannabis, as THC is believed to be most responsible for the risk of psychosis and impaired driving and cognition.24,28

 

 

CBD MAY PROTECT AGAINST ADVERSE EFFECTS

Studies of CBD alone are limited to preclinical data.29 Evidence suggests that CBD alone or combined with THC can suppress chronic neuropathic pain, and that CBD may have a protective effect after nerve injury.30

Nabiximols, an oromucosal spray preparation with equal amounts of THC and CBD, has been approved in Canada as well as in European countries including the United Kingdom. Although its use has not been associated with many of the adverse effects of inhaled cannabis,30–32 evidence of efficacy from clinical trials has been mixed.

Lynch et al,31 in a 2014 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover pilot study31 evaluated nabiximols in 16 patients with neuropathic pain related to chemotherapy. No statistically significant difference was found between treatment and placebo. However, the trial was underpowered.

Serpell et al,32 in a 2014 European randomized, placebo-controlled parallel-group study, evaluated 246 patients with peripheral neuropathy with allodynia, with 128 receiving active treatment (THC-CBD oromucosal spray) and 118 receiving placebo. Over the 15-week study, participants continued their current analgesic treatments.

Pain was reduced in the treatment group, but the difference from placebo was not statistically significant. However, the treatment group reported significantly better sleep quality and Patient Global Impression of Change measures (reflecting a patient’s belief of treatment efficacy).

META-ANALYSES CONFIRM EFFECT

Three meta-analyses of available studies of the effects of cannabis on neuropathic pain have been completed.

Andreae et al, 2015: 5 trials, 178 patients

Andreae et al1 evaluated 5 randomized controlled trials in 178 patients in North America. All had had neuropathy for at least 3 months, with a pain level of at least about 3 on a scale of 10. Two studies had patients with HIV-related neuropathy; the other 3 involved patients with neuropathy related to trauma, diabetes, complex regional pain syndrome, or spinal cord injury. All trials used whole cannabis plant provided by NIDA, and the main outcomes were patient-reported pain scales. No study evaluated pain beyond 2 weeks after trial termination.

They found that 1 of every 5 to 6 patients treated with cannabis had at least a 30% pain reduction.

Nugent et al, 2017: 13 trials, 246 patients

Nugent et al33 reviewed 13 trials in 246 patients that evaluated the effects of different cannabis-based preparations on either central or peripheral neuropathic pain from various conditions. Actively treated patients were more likely to report a 30% improvement in neuropathic pain. Again, studies tended to be small and brief.

Cochrane review, 2018: 16 trials, 1,750 patients

A Cochrane review34 analyzed 16 trials (in 1,750 patients) lasting 2 to 26 weeks. Treatments included an oromucosal spray with a plant-derived combination of THC and CBD, nabilone, inhaled herbal cannabis, and plant-derived THC.

With cannabis-based treatments, significantly more people achieved 50% or greater pain relief than with placebo (21% vs 17%, number needed to treat 20); 30% pain reduction was achieved in 39% of treated patients vs 33% of patients taking placebo (number needed to treat 11).

On the other hand, significantly more participants withdrew from studies because of adverse events with cannabis-based treatments than placebo (10% vs 5%), with psychiatric disorders occurring in 17% of patients receiving active treatment vs 5% of those receiving placebo (number needed to harm 10). 

The primary studies suffered from methodologic limitations including small size, short duration, and inconsistency of formulations and study designs. Further evaluation of long-term efficacy, tolerability, and addiction potential is critical to determine the risk-benefit ratio.

RISKS OF CANNABIS USE

Like any drug therapy, cannabis has effects that may limit its use. Cannabis can affect a person’s psyche, physiology, and lifestyle.

Impaired attention, task speed

Neurocognitive changes associated with cannabis use—especially dizziness, fatigue, and slowed task-switching—could affect driving and other complex tasks. Evidence indicates that such activities should be avoided in the hours after treatment.26,27,32,33

Concern over brain development

Most worrisome is the effect of long-term cannabis use on brain development in young adults. Regular use of cannabis at an early age is associated with lower IQ, decline in school performance, and lower rates of high school graduation.35

Avoid in psychiatric patients

It is unlikely that cannabis can be safely used in patients with psychiatric illnesses. Anxiety, depression, and psychotic disorders can be exacerbated by the regular use of cannabis, and the risk of developing these conditions is increased while using cannabis.36,37

High concentrations of THC (the highest concentration used in the above studies was 9.5%) can cause anxiety, paranoia, and psychosis.

Respiratory effects

Long-term cannabis smoking may cause wheezing, cough, dyspnea, and exacerbations of chronic bronchitis. There is some evidence that symptoms improve after stopping smoking.33,38

SHOULD WE RECOMMEND CANNABIS?

Where cannabis can be legally used, doctors should be familiar with the literature and its limitations so that they can counsel patients on the best use and potential risks and benefits of cannabis treatment.

A recent conceptualization of pain suggests that a pain score reflects a composite of sensory factors (eg, tissue damage), cognitive factors (eg, beliefs about pain), and affective factors (eg, anxiety, depression).39 Physicians should keep this in mind when evaluating patients to better assess the risks and benefits of cannabis. While pharmacotherapy may address sensory factors, cognitive behavioral therapy may help alter beliefs about the pain as well as anxiety and depressive symptoms that might influence subjective reports.

Ideally, patients being considered for cannabis treatment would have a type of neuropathic pain proven to respond to cannabis in randomized, controlled studies, as well as evidence of failed first-line treatments.

Relative contraindications include depression, anxiety, substance use, psychotic disorders, and respiratory conditions, and these should also be considered.

Although current research shows an analgesic benefit of cannabis on neuropathic pain comparable to that of gabapentin,40 further investigation is needed to better evaluate long-term safety, efficacy, and interactions with standard therapies. Until we have a more complete picture, we should use the current literature, along with a thorough knowledge of each patient, to determine if the benefits of cannabis therapy outweigh the risks.

Acknowledgments: We thank Camillo Ferrari, BS, and Christina McMahon, BA, for their helpful comments.

References
  1. Andreae MH, Carter GM, Shaparin N, et al. Inhaled cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a meta-analysis of individual patient data. J Pain 2015; 16(12):1221–1232. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2015.07.009
  2. National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. Peripheral Neuropathy Fact Sheet. www.ninds.nih.gov/Disorders/Patient-Caregiver-Education/Fact-Sheets/Peripheral-Neuropathy-Fact-Sheet. Accessed November 14, 2018.
  3. Mold JW, Vesely SK, Keyl BA, Schenk JB, Roberts M. The prevalence, predictors, and consequences of peripheral sensory neuropathy in older adults. J Am Board Fam Med 2004; 17(5):308–318. doi:10.3122/jabfm.17.5.309
  4. Bansal D, Gudala K, Muthyala H, Esam HP, Nayakallu R, Bhansali A. Prevalence and risk factors of developing peripheral diabetic neuropathy in type 2 diabetes mellitus in a tertiary care setting. J Diabetes Investig 2014; 5(6):714–721. doi:10.1111/jdi.12223
  5. Finnerup NB, Haroutounian S, Kamerman P, et al. Neuropathic pain: an updated grading system for research and clinical practice. Pain 2016; 157(8):1599–1606. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000492
  6. Maldonado R, Banos JE, Cabanero D. The endocannabinoid system and neuropathic pain. Pain 2016; 157(suppl 1):S23–S32. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000428
  7. Zeng L, Alongkronrusmee D, van Rijn RM. An integrated perspective on diabetic, alcoholic, and drug-induced neuropathy, etiology, and treatment in the US. J Pain Res 2017; 10:219–228. doi:10.2147/JPR.S125987
  8. Callaghan BC, Price RS, Feldman EL. Distal symmetric polyneuropathy: a review. JAMA 2015; 314(20):2172–2181. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.13611
  9. Adams AS, Callaghan B, Grant RW. Overcoming barriers to diabetic polyneuropathy management in primary care. Healthc (Amst) 2017; 5(4):171–173. doi:10.1016/j.hjdsi.2016.10.003
  10. Gwak YS, Kim HY, Lee BH, Yang CH. Combined approaches for the relief of spinal cord injury-induced neuropathic pain. Complement Ther Med 2016; 25:27–33. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2015.12.021
  11. Majithia N, Loprinzi CL, Smith TJ. New practical approaches to chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain: prevention, assessment, and treatment. Oncology 2016; 30(11):1020–1029. pmid:27854104
  12. Grotenhermen F. Cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. Cannabinoids 2006; 1(1):10–14.
  13. Hill KP. Medical marijuana for treatment of chronic pain and other medical and psychiatric problems: a clinical review. JAMA 2015; 313(24):2474–2483. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.6199
  14. Campos AC, Fogaça MV, Scarante FF, et al. Plastic and neuroprotective mechanisms involved in the therapeutic effects of cannabidiol in psychiatric disorders. Front Pharmacol 2017; 8:269. doi:10.3389/fphar.2017.00269
  15. Russo EB. Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. Br J Pharmacol 2011; 163(7):1344–1364. doi:10.1111/j.1476-5381.2011.01238.x
  16. Freitas HR, Isaac AR, Malcher-Lopes R, Diaz BL, Trevenzoli IH, De Melo Reis RA. Polyunsaturated fatty acids and endocannabinoids in health and disease. Nutr Neurosci 2017; Jul 7: 1–20. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2017.1347373
  17. Hillard CJ. Circulating endocannabinoids: from whence do they come and where are they going? Neuropsychopharmacology 2018; 43(1):155–172. doi:10.1038/npp.2017.130
  18. Herkenham M, Lynn AB, Johnson MR, Melvin LS, de Costa BR, Rice KC. Characterization and localization of cannabinoid receptors in rat brain: a quantitative in vitro autoradiographic study. J Neurosci 1991; 11(2):563–583. pmid:1992016
  19. Tsou K, Brown S, Sañudo-Peña MC, Mackie K, Walker JM. Immunohistochemical distribution of cannabinoid CB1 receptors in the rat central nervous system. Neuroscience1998; 83(2):393–411. pmid:9460749
  20. Russo EB, Hohmann AG. Role of cannabinoids in pain management. In: Deer TR, Leong MS, ed. Comprehensve Treatment of Chronic Pain by Medical, Interventional, and Integrative Approaches. New York, NY: Springer; 2013:181–193.
  21. Vranken JH. Elucidation of pathophysiology and treatment of neuropathic pain. Cent Nerv Syst Agents Med Chem 2012; 12(4):304–314. pmid:23033930
  22. Yamanaka H, Noguchi K. Pathophysiology of neuropathic pain: molecular mechanisms underlying central sensitization in the dorsal horn in neuropathic pain. Brain Nerve 2012; 64(11):1255–1265. Japanese. pmid:23131736
  23. Ellis RJ, Toperoff W, Vaida F, et al. Smoked medicinal cannabis for neuropathic pain in HIV: a randomized, crossover clinical trial. Neuropsychopharmacology 2009; 34(3):672–680. doi:10.1038/npp.2008.120
  24. Ware MA, Wang T, Shapiro S, et al. Smoked cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a randomized controlled trial. CMAJ 2010; 182(14):E694–E701. doi:10.1503/cmaj.091414
  25. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Tsodikov A, et al. A randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover trial of cannabis cigarettes in neuropathic pain. J Pain 2008; 9(6):506–521. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2007.12.010
  26. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Deutsch R, Gouaux B, Sakai S, Donaghe H. Low-dose vaporized cannabis significantly improves neuropathic pain. J Pain 2013; 14(2):136–148. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2012.10.009
  27. Wallace MS, Marcotte TD, Umlauf A, Gouaux B, Atkinson JH. Efficacy of inhaled cannabis on painful diabetic neuropathy. J Pain 2015; 16(7):616–627. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2015.03.008
  28. Vergara D, Bidwell LC, Gaudino R, et al. Compromised external validity: federally produced cannabis does not reflect legal markets. Scientific Reports. 2017; 7(1):1-8. doi:10.1038/srep46528
  29. Nurmikko TJ, Serpell MG, Hoggart B, Toomey PJ, Morlion BJ, Haines D. Sativex successfully treats neuropathic pain characterized by allodynia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Pain 2007; 133(1–3):210–220. doi:10.1016/j.pain.2007.08.028
  30. Philpott HT, O’Brien M, McDougall JJ. Attenuation of early phase inflammation by cannabidiol prevents pain and nerve damage in rat osteoarthritis. Pain 2017; 158(12):2442–2451. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000001052
  31. Lynch ME, Cesar-Rittenberg P, Hohmann AG. A double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover pilot trial with extension using an oral mucosal cannabinoid extract for treatment of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2014; 47(1):166–173. doi:10.1016/j.jpainsymman.2013.02.018
  32. Serpell M, Ratcliffe S, Hovorka J, et al. A double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel group study of THC/CBD spray in peripheral neuropathic pain treatment. Eur J Pain 2014; 18(7):999–1012. doi:10.1002/j.1532-2149.2013.00445.x
  33. Nugent SM, Morasco BJ, O’Neil ME, et al. The effects of cannabis among adults with chronic pain and an overview of general harms: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2017; 167(5):319–331. doi:10.7326/M17-0155
  34. Mücke M, Phillips T, Radbruch L, Petzke F, Häuser W. Cannabis-based medicines for chronic neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2018; 3:CD012182. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD012182.pub2
  35. Castellanos-Ryan N, Pingault JB, Parent S, Vitaro F, Tremblay RE, Seguin JR. Adolescent cannabis use, change in neurocognitive function, and high-school graduation: a longitudinal study from early adolescence to young adulthood. Dev Psychopathol 2017; 29(4):1253–1266. doi:10.1017/S0954579416001280
  36. Karila L, Roux P, Benyamina A, et al. Acute and long-term effects of cannabis use: a review. Curr Pharm Des 2014; 20(25):4112–4118. pmid:24001294
  37. Johns A. Psychiatric effects of cannabis. Br J Psychiatry 2001; 178:116–122. pmid:11157424
  38. National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine. The health effects of cannabis and cannabinoids: the current state of evidence and recommendations for research. Washington, DC: The National Academy Press; 2017. doi:10.17226/24625
  39. Modesto-Lowe V, Griard L, Chaplin M. Cancer pain in the opioid-addicted patient: can we treat it right? J Opioid Manag 2012; 8(3):167–175. doi:10.5055/jom.2012.0113
  40. Grant I. Medicinal cannabis and painful sensory neuropathy. Virtual Mentor 2013; 15(5):466–469. doi:10.1001/virtualmentor.2013.15.5.oped1-1305
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH
Connecticut Valley Hospital, Middletown, CT; Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT; University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington

Rachel Bojka, MS, PA-C
Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT

Camille Alvarado, DO, MPH
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington

Address: Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH, Connecticut Valley Hospital, PO Box 351, Silver Street, Middletown, CT 06457; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
943-949
Legacy Keywords
cannabis, peripheral neuropathy, medical marijuana, tetrahydrocannabinol, THC, cannabidiol, CBD, endocannabinoid, neuropathic pain, Vania Modesto-Lowe, Rachel Bojka, Camille Alvarado
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH
Connecticut Valley Hospital, Middletown, CT; Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT; University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington

Rachel Bojka, MS, PA-C
Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT

Camille Alvarado, DO, MPH
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington

Address: Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH, Connecticut Valley Hospital, PO Box 351, Silver Street, Middletown, CT 06457; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH
Connecticut Valley Hospital, Middletown, CT; Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT; University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington

Rachel Bojka, MS, PA-C
Quinnipiac University, Hamden, CT

Camille Alvarado, DO, MPH
University of Connecticut School of Medicine, Farmington

Address: Vania Modesto-Lowe, MD, MPH, Connecticut Valley Hospital, PO Box 351, Silver Street, Middletown, CT 06457; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Marijuana, which is still illegal under federal law but legal in 30 states for medical purposes as of this writing, has shown promising results for treating peripheral neuropathy. Studies suggest that cannabis may be an option for patients whose pain responds poorly to standard treatments; however, its use may be restricted by cognitive and psychiatric adverse effects, particularly at high doses.1

See related editorial

In this article, we discuss the basic pharmacology of cannabis and how it may affect neuropathic pain. We review clinical trials on its use for peripheral neuropathy and provide guidance for its use.

PERIPHERAL NEUROPATHY IS COMMON AND COMPLEX

An estimated 20 million people in the United States suffer from neuropathic pain. The prevalence is higher in certain populations, with 26% of people over age 65 and 30% of patients with diabetes mellitus affected.2–4

Peripheral neuropathy is a complex, chronic state that occurs when nerve fibers are damaged, dysfunctional, or injured, sending incorrect signals to pain centers in the central nervous system.5 It is characterized by weakness, pain, and paresthesias that typically begin in the hands or feet and progress proximally.4 Symptoms depend on the number and types of nerves affected.

In many cases, peripheral neuropathy is idiopathic, but common causes include diabetes, alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, and autoimmune disease. Others include toxicity from chemotherapy and heavy metals.

Peripheral neuropathy significantly worsens quality of life and function. Many patients experience emotional, cognitive, and functional problems, resulting in high rates of medical and psychiatric comorbidities and occupational impairment.4,6,7 Yet despite its clinical and epidemiologic significance, it is often undertreated.8

STANDARD TREATMENTS INADEQUATE

Peripheral neuropathy occurs in patients with a wide range of comorbidities and is especially difficult to treat. Mainstays of therapy include anticonvulsants, tricyclic antidepressants, and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors.9 A more invasive option is spinal cord stimulation.

These treatments can have considerable adverse effects, and response rates remain suboptimal, with pain relief insufficient to improve quality of life for many patients.9,10 Better treatments are needed to improve clinical outcomes and patient experience.11

CANNABIS: A MIX OF COMPOUNDS

Cannabis sativa has been used as an analgesic for centuries. The plant contains more than 400 chemical compounds and is often used for its euphoric properties. Long-term use may lead to addiction and cognitive impairment.12,13

Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD) are the main components and the 2 best-studied cannabinoids with analgesic effects.

THC is the primary psychoactive component of cannabis. Its effects include relaxation, altered perception, heightened sensations, increased libido, and perceptual distortions of time and space. Temporary effects may include decreased short-term memory, dry mouth, impaired motor function, conjunctival injection, paranoia, and anxiety.

CBD is nonpsychoactive and has anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. It has been shown to reduce pain and inflammation without the effects of THC.14

Other compounds in the cannabis plant include phytocannabinoids, flavonoids, and tapenoids, which may produce individual, interactive, or synergistic effects.15 Different strains of cannabis have varying amounts of the individual components, making comparisons among clinical studies difficult.

THE ENDOCANNABINOID SYSTEM

The endogenous mammalian cannabinoid system plays a regulatory role in the development, homeostasis, and neuroplasticity of the central nervous system. It is also involved in modulating pain transmission in the nociceptive pathway.

Two of the most abundant cannabinoid endogenous ligands are anandamide and 2-arachidonylglycerol.9 These endocanna­b­inoids are produced on demand in the central nervous system to reduce pain by acting as a circuit breaker.16–18 They target the G protein-coupled cannabinoid receptors CB1 and CB2, located throughout the central and peripheral nervous system and in organs and tissues.12

CB1 receptors are found primarily in the central nervous system, specifically in areas involved in movement, such as the basal ganglia and cerebellum, as well as in areas involved in memory, such as the hippocampus.12 They are also abundant in brain regions implicated in conducting and modulating pain signals, including the periaqueductal gray and the dorsal horn of the spinal cord.16–20

CB2 receptors are mostly found in peripheral tissues and organs, mainly those involved in the immune system, including splenic, tonsillar, and hematopoietic cells.12 They help regulate inflammation, allodynia, and hyperalgesia.17

Modifying response to injury

Following a nerve injury, neurons along the nociceptive pathway may become more reactive and responsive in a process known as sensitization.21 The process involves a cascade of cellular events that result in sprouting of pain-sensitive nerve endings.21,22

Cannabinoids are thought to reduce pain by modifying these cellular events. They also inhibit nociceptive conduction in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord and in the ascending spinothalamic tract.20 CB1 receptors found in nociceptive terminals along the peripheral nervous system impede pain conduction, while activation of CB2 receptors in immune cells decreases the release of nociceptive agents.

 

 

STUDIES OF CANNABIS FOR NEUROPATHIC PAIN

A number of studies have evaluated cannabis for treating neuropathic pain. Overall, available data support the efficacy of smoked or inhaled cannabis in its flower form when used as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy for relief of neuropathic pain of various etiologies. Many studies also report secondary benefits, including better sleep and functional improvement.23,24

However, adverse effects are common, especially at high doses, and include difficulty concentrating, lightheadedness, fatigue, and tachycardia. More serious reported adverse effects include anxiety, paranoia, and psychosis.

Wilsey et al, 2008: Neuropathic pain reduced

Wilsey et al25 conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study that assessed the effects of smoking cannabis in 38 patients with central or peripheral neuropathic pain. Participants were assigned to smoke either high- or low-dose cannabis (7% or 3.5% delta-9-THC) or placebo cigarettes. Cigarettes were smoked during treatment sessions using the following regimen: 2 puffs at 60 minutes from baseline, 3 puffs at 120 minutes, and 4 puffs at 180 minutes. Patients were assessed after each set of puffs and for 2 hours afterwards. The primary outcome was spontaneous relief of pain as measured by a visual analog scale.

Pain intensity was comparable and significantly reduced in both treatment groups compared with placebo. At the high dose, some participants experienced neurocognitive impairment in attention, learning, memory, and psychomotor speed; only learning and memory declined at the low dose.

Ellis et al, 2009: Pain reduction in HIV neuropathy

Ellis et al23 conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial in patients with HIV neuropathy that was unresponsive to at least 2 analgesics with different modes of action. During each treatment week, participants were randomly assigned to smoke either active cannabis or placebo, while continuing their standard therapy. Titration started at 4% THC and was adjusted based on tolerability and efficacy. Twenty-eight of the 34 enrolled patients completed both cannabis and placebo treatments. The principal outcome was change in pain intensity from baseline at the end of each week, using the Descriptor Differential Scale of Pain Intensity.

Of the 28 patients, 46% achieved an average pain reduction of 3.3 points (30%). One patient experienced cannabis-induced psychosis, and another developed an intractable cough, which resolved with smoking cessation.

Ware et al, 2010: Reduced posttraumatic or postsurgical neuropathic pain

Ware et al24 performed a randomized crossover trial in 21 patients with posttraumatic or postsurgical neuropathic pain. Participants inhaled 4 different formulations of cannabis (containing 0%, 2.5%, 6.0%, and 9.4% THC) during 4 14-day periods. They inhaled a 25-mg dose through a pipe 3 times a day for the first 5 days of each cycle, followed by a 9-day washout period. Daily average pain intensity was measured using a numeric rating scale. The investigators also assessed mood, sleep, quality of life, and adverse effects.

Patients in the 9.4% THC group reported significantly less pain and better sleep, with average pain scores decreasing from 6.1 to 5.4 on an 11-point scale. Although the benefit was modest, the authors noted that the pain had been refractory to standard treatments.

The number of reported adverse events increased with greater potency and were most commonly throat irritation, burning sensation, headache, dizziness, and fatigue. This study suggests that THC potency affects tolerability, with higher doses eliciting clinically important adverse effects, some of which may reduce the ability to perform activities of daily living, such as driving.

Wilsey et al, 2013: Use in resistant neuropathic pain

Wilsey et al26 conducted another double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study assessing the effect of vaporized cannabis on central and peripheral neuropathic pain resistant to first-line pharmacotherapies. Dose-effect relationships were explored using medium-dose (3.5%), low-dose (1.3%), and placebo cannabis. The primary outcome measure was a 30% reduction in pain intensity based on a visual analog scale.

In the placebo group, 26% of patients achieved this vs 57% of the low-dose cannabis group and 61% of those receiving the medium dose. No significant difference was found between the 2 active doses in reducing neuropathic pain, and both were more effective than placebo. The number needed to treat to achieve a 30% reduction in pain was about 3 for both cannabis groups compared with placebo. Psychoactive effects were minimal, of short duration, and reversible.

Wallace et al, 2015: Use in diabetic peripheral neuropathy

Wallace et al27 conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study evaluating cannabis for diabetic peripheral neuropathy in 16 patients. Each had experienced at least 6 months of neuropathic pain in their feet. The participants inhaled a single dose of 1%, 4%, or 7% THC cannabis or placebo. Spontaneous pain was reported with a visual analog scale and also tested with a foam brush and von Frey filament at intervals until 4 hours after treatment.

Pain scores were lower with treatment compared with placebo, with high-dose cannabis having the greatest analgesic effect. Pain reduction lasted for the full duration of the test. Cannabis recipients had declines in attention and working memory, with the high-dose group experiencing the greatest impact 15 minutes after treatment. High-dose recipients also had poorer scores on testing of quick task-switching, with the greatest effect at 2 hours.27

Research and market cannabis are not equal

Results of US studies must be qualified. Most have used cannabis provided by the National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA),23–26 which differs in potency from commercially available preparations. This limits the clinical usefulness of the analysis of benefits and risks.

Vergara et al28 found that NIDA varieties contained much lower THC levels and as much as 23 times the cannabinol content as cannabis in state-legalized markets.

Studies based on NIDA varieties likely underestimate the risks of consumer-purchased cannabis, as THC is believed to be most responsible for the risk of psychosis and impaired driving and cognition.24,28

 

 

CBD MAY PROTECT AGAINST ADVERSE EFFECTS

Studies of CBD alone are limited to preclinical data.29 Evidence suggests that CBD alone or combined with THC can suppress chronic neuropathic pain, and that CBD may have a protective effect after nerve injury.30

Nabiximols, an oromucosal spray preparation with equal amounts of THC and CBD, has been approved in Canada as well as in European countries including the United Kingdom. Although its use has not been associated with many of the adverse effects of inhaled cannabis,30–32 evidence of efficacy from clinical trials has been mixed.

Lynch et al,31 in a 2014 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover pilot study31 evaluated nabiximols in 16 patients with neuropathic pain related to chemotherapy. No statistically significant difference was found between treatment and placebo. However, the trial was underpowered.

Serpell et al,32 in a 2014 European randomized, placebo-controlled parallel-group study, evaluated 246 patients with peripheral neuropathy with allodynia, with 128 receiving active treatment (THC-CBD oromucosal spray) and 118 receiving placebo. Over the 15-week study, participants continued their current analgesic treatments.

Pain was reduced in the treatment group, but the difference from placebo was not statistically significant. However, the treatment group reported significantly better sleep quality and Patient Global Impression of Change measures (reflecting a patient’s belief of treatment efficacy).

META-ANALYSES CONFIRM EFFECT

Three meta-analyses of available studies of the effects of cannabis on neuropathic pain have been completed.

Andreae et al, 2015: 5 trials, 178 patients

Andreae et al1 evaluated 5 randomized controlled trials in 178 patients in North America. All had had neuropathy for at least 3 months, with a pain level of at least about 3 on a scale of 10. Two studies had patients with HIV-related neuropathy; the other 3 involved patients with neuropathy related to trauma, diabetes, complex regional pain syndrome, or spinal cord injury. All trials used whole cannabis plant provided by NIDA, and the main outcomes were patient-reported pain scales. No study evaluated pain beyond 2 weeks after trial termination.

They found that 1 of every 5 to 6 patients treated with cannabis had at least a 30% pain reduction.

Nugent et al, 2017: 13 trials, 246 patients

Nugent et al33 reviewed 13 trials in 246 patients that evaluated the effects of different cannabis-based preparations on either central or peripheral neuropathic pain from various conditions. Actively treated patients were more likely to report a 30% improvement in neuropathic pain. Again, studies tended to be small and brief.

Cochrane review, 2018: 16 trials, 1,750 patients

A Cochrane review34 analyzed 16 trials (in 1,750 patients) lasting 2 to 26 weeks. Treatments included an oromucosal spray with a plant-derived combination of THC and CBD, nabilone, inhaled herbal cannabis, and plant-derived THC.

With cannabis-based treatments, significantly more people achieved 50% or greater pain relief than with placebo (21% vs 17%, number needed to treat 20); 30% pain reduction was achieved in 39% of treated patients vs 33% of patients taking placebo (number needed to treat 11).

On the other hand, significantly more participants withdrew from studies because of adverse events with cannabis-based treatments than placebo (10% vs 5%), with psychiatric disorders occurring in 17% of patients receiving active treatment vs 5% of those receiving placebo (number needed to harm 10). 

The primary studies suffered from methodologic limitations including small size, short duration, and inconsistency of formulations and study designs. Further evaluation of long-term efficacy, tolerability, and addiction potential is critical to determine the risk-benefit ratio.

RISKS OF CANNABIS USE

Like any drug therapy, cannabis has effects that may limit its use. Cannabis can affect a person’s psyche, physiology, and lifestyle.

Impaired attention, task speed

Neurocognitive changes associated with cannabis use—especially dizziness, fatigue, and slowed task-switching—could affect driving and other complex tasks. Evidence indicates that such activities should be avoided in the hours after treatment.26,27,32,33

Concern over brain development

Most worrisome is the effect of long-term cannabis use on brain development in young adults. Regular use of cannabis at an early age is associated with lower IQ, decline in school performance, and lower rates of high school graduation.35

Avoid in psychiatric patients

It is unlikely that cannabis can be safely used in patients with psychiatric illnesses. Anxiety, depression, and psychotic disorders can be exacerbated by the regular use of cannabis, and the risk of developing these conditions is increased while using cannabis.36,37

High concentrations of THC (the highest concentration used in the above studies was 9.5%) can cause anxiety, paranoia, and psychosis.

Respiratory effects

Long-term cannabis smoking may cause wheezing, cough, dyspnea, and exacerbations of chronic bronchitis. There is some evidence that symptoms improve after stopping smoking.33,38

SHOULD WE RECOMMEND CANNABIS?

Where cannabis can be legally used, doctors should be familiar with the literature and its limitations so that they can counsel patients on the best use and potential risks and benefits of cannabis treatment.

A recent conceptualization of pain suggests that a pain score reflects a composite of sensory factors (eg, tissue damage), cognitive factors (eg, beliefs about pain), and affective factors (eg, anxiety, depression).39 Physicians should keep this in mind when evaluating patients to better assess the risks and benefits of cannabis. While pharmacotherapy may address sensory factors, cognitive behavioral therapy may help alter beliefs about the pain as well as anxiety and depressive symptoms that might influence subjective reports.

Ideally, patients being considered for cannabis treatment would have a type of neuropathic pain proven to respond to cannabis in randomized, controlled studies, as well as evidence of failed first-line treatments.

Relative contraindications include depression, anxiety, substance use, psychotic disorders, and respiratory conditions, and these should also be considered.

Although current research shows an analgesic benefit of cannabis on neuropathic pain comparable to that of gabapentin,40 further investigation is needed to better evaluate long-term safety, efficacy, and interactions with standard therapies. Until we have a more complete picture, we should use the current literature, along with a thorough knowledge of each patient, to determine if the benefits of cannabis therapy outweigh the risks.

Acknowledgments: We thank Camillo Ferrari, BS, and Christina McMahon, BA, for their helpful comments.

Marijuana, which is still illegal under federal law but legal in 30 states for medical purposes as of this writing, has shown promising results for treating peripheral neuropathy. Studies suggest that cannabis may be an option for patients whose pain responds poorly to standard treatments; however, its use may be restricted by cognitive and psychiatric adverse effects, particularly at high doses.1

See related editorial

In this article, we discuss the basic pharmacology of cannabis and how it may affect neuropathic pain. We review clinical trials on its use for peripheral neuropathy and provide guidance for its use.

PERIPHERAL NEUROPATHY IS COMMON AND COMPLEX

An estimated 20 million people in the United States suffer from neuropathic pain. The prevalence is higher in certain populations, with 26% of people over age 65 and 30% of patients with diabetes mellitus affected.2–4

Peripheral neuropathy is a complex, chronic state that occurs when nerve fibers are damaged, dysfunctional, or injured, sending incorrect signals to pain centers in the central nervous system.5 It is characterized by weakness, pain, and paresthesias that typically begin in the hands or feet and progress proximally.4 Symptoms depend on the number and types of nerves affected.

In many cases, peripheral neuropathy is idiopathic, but common causes include diabetes, alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, and autoimmune disease. Others include toxicity from chemotherapy and heavy metals.

Peripheral neuropathy significantly worsens quality of life and function. Many patients experience emotional, cognitive, and functional problems, resulting in high rates of medical and psychiatric comorbidities and occupational impairment.4,6,7 Yet despite its clinical and epidemiologic significance, it is often undertreated.8

STANDARD TREATMENTS INADEQUATE

Peripheral neuropathy occurs in patients with a wide range of comorbidities and is especially difficult to treat. Mainstays of therapy include anticonvulsants, tricyclic antidepressants, and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors.9 A more invasive option is spinal cord stimulation.

These treatments can have considerable adverse effects, and response rates remain suboptimal, with pain relief insufficient to improve quality of life for many patients.9,10 Better treatments are needed to improve clinical outcomes and patient experience.11

CANNABIS: A MIX OF COMPOUNDS

Cannabis sativa has been used as an analgesic for centuries. The plant contains more than 400 chemical compounds and is often used for its euphoric properties. Long-term use may lead to addiction and cognitive impairment.12,13

Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD) are the main components and the 2 best-studied cannabinoids with analgesic effects.

THC is the primary psychoactive component of cannabis. Its effects include relaxation, altered perception, heightened sensations, increased libido, and perceptual distortions of time and space. Temporary effects may include decreased short-term memory, dry mouth, impaired motor function, conjunctival injection, paranoia, and anxiety.

CBD is nonpsychoactive and has anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. It has been shown to reduce pain and inflammation without the effects of THC.14

Other compounds in the cannabis plant include phytocannabinoids, flavonoids, and tapenoids, which may produce individual, interactive, or synergistic effects.15 Different strains of cannabis have varying amounts of the individual components, making comparisons among clinical studies difficult.

THE ENDOCANNABINOID SYSTEM

The endogenous mammalian cannabinoid system plays a regulatory role in the development, homeostasis, and neuroplasticity of the central nervous system. It is also involved in modulating pain transmission in the nociceptive pathway.

Two of the most abundant cannabinoid endogenous ligands are anandamide and 2-arachidonylglycerol.9 These endocanna­b­inoids are produced on demand in the central nervous system to reduce pain by acting as a circuit breaker.16–18 They target the G protein-coupled cannabinoid receptors CB1 and CB2, located throughout the central and peripheral nervous system and in organs and tissues.12

CB1 receptors are found primarily in the central nervous system, specifically in areas involved in movement, such as the basal ganglia and cerebellum, as well as in areas involved in memory, such as the hippocampus.12 They are also abundant in brain regions implicated in conducting and modulating pain signals, including the periaqueductal gray and the dorsal horn of the spinal cord.16–20

CB2 receptors are mostly found in peripheral tissues and organs, mainly those involved in the immune system, including splenic, tonsillar, and hematopoietic cells.12 They help regulate inflammation, allodynia, and hyperalgesia.17

Modifying response to injury

Following a nerve injury, neurons along the nociceptive pathway may become more reactive and responsive in a process known as sensitization.21 The process involves a cascade of cellular events that result in sprouting of pain-sensitive nerve endings.21,22

Cannabinoids are thought to reduce pain by modifying these cellular events. They also inhibit nociceptive conduction in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord and in the ascending spinothalamic tract.20 CB1 receptors found in nociceptive terminals along the peripheral nervous system impede pain conduction, while activation of CB2 receptors in immune cells decreases the release of nociceptive agents.

 

 

STUDIES OF CANNABIS FOR NEUROPATHIC PAIN

A number of studies have evaluated cannabis for treating neuropathic pain. Overall, available data support the efficacy of smoked or inhaled cannabis in its flower form when used as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy for relief of neuropathic pain of various etiologies. Many studies also report secondary benefits, including better sleep and functional improvement.23,24

However, adverse effects are common, especially at high doses, and include difficulty concentrating, lightheadedness, fatigue, and tachycardia. More serious reported adverse effects include anxiety, paranoia, and psychosis.

Wilsey et al, 2008: Neuropathic pain reduced

Wilsey et al25 conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study that assessed the effects of smoking cannabis in 38 patients with central or peripheral neuropathic pain. Participants were assigned to smoke either high- or low-dose cannabis (7% or 3.5% delta-9-THC) or placebo cigarettes. Cigarettes were smoked during treatment sessions using the following regimen: 2 puffs at 60 minutes from baseline, 3 puffs at 120 minutes, and 4 puffs at 180 minutes. Patients were assessed after each set of puffs and for 2 hours afterwards. The primary outcome was spontaneous relief of pain as measured by a visual analog scale.

Pain intensity was comparable and significantly reduced in both treatment groups compared with placebo. At the high dose, some participants experienced neurocognitive impairment in attention, learning, memory, and psychomotor speed; only learning and memory declined at the low dose.

Ellis et al, 2009: Pain reduction in HIV neuropathy

Ellis et al23 conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial in patients with HIV neuropathy that was unresponsive to at least 2 analgesics with different modes of action. During each treatment week, participants were randomly assigned to smoke either active cannabis or placebo, while continuing their standard therapy. Titration started at 4% THC and was adjusted based on tolerability and efficacy. Twenty-eight of the 34 enrolled patients completed both cannabis and placebo treatments. The principal outcome was change in pain intensity from baseline at the end of each week, using the Descriptor Differential Scale of Pain Intensity.

Of the 28 patients, 46% achieved an average pain reduction of 3.3 points (30%). One patient experienced cannabis-induced psychosis, and another developed an intractable cough, which resolved with smoking cessation.

Ware et al, 2010: Reduced posttraumatic or postsurgical neuropathic pain

Ware et al24 performed a randomized crossover trial in 21 patients with posttraumatic or postsurgical neuropathic pain. Participants inhaled 4 different formulations of cannabis (containing 0%, 2.5%, 6.0%, and 9.4% THC) during 4 14-day periods. They inhaled a 25-mg dose through a pipe 3 times a day for the first 5 days of each cycle, followed by a 9-day washout period. Daily average pain intensity was measured using a numeric rating scale. The investigators also assessed mood, sleep, quality of life, and adverse effects.

Patients in the 9.4% THC group reported significantly less pain and better sleep, with average pain scores decreasing from 6.1 to 5.4 on an 11-point scale. Although the benefit was modest, the authors noted that the pain had been refractory to standard treatments.

The number of reported adverse events increased with greater potency and were most commonly throat irritation, burning sensation, headache, dizziness, and fatigue. This study suggests that THC potency affects tolerability, with higher doses eliciting clinically important adverse effects, some of which may reduce the ability to perform activities of daily living, such as driving.

Wilsey et al, 2013: Use in resistant neuropathic pain

Wilsey et al26 conducted another double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study assessing the effect of vaporized cannabis on central and peripheral neuropathic pain resistant to first-line pharmacotherapies. Dose-effect relationships were explored using medium-dose (3.5%), low-dose (1.3%), and placebo cannabis. The primary outcome measure was a 30% reduction in pain intensity based on a visual analog scale.

In the placebo group, 26% of patients achieved this vs 57% of the low-dose cannabis group and 61% of those receiving the medium dose. No significant difference was found between the 2 active doses in reducing neuropathic pain, and both were more effective than placebo. The number needed to treat to achieve a 30% reduction in pain was about 3 for both cannabis groups compared with placebo. Psychoactive effects were minimal, of short duration, and reversible.

Wallace et al, 2015: Use in diabetic peripheral neuropathy

Wallace et al27 conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study evaluating cannabis for diabetic peripheral neuropathy in 16 patients. Each had experienced at least 6 months of neuropathic pain in their feet. The participants inhaled a single dose of 1%, 4%, or 7% THC cannabis or placebo. Spontaneous pain was reported with a visual analog scale and also tested with a foam brush and von Frey filament at intervals until 4 hours after treatment.

Pain scores were lower with treatment compared with placebo, with high-dose cannabis having the greatest analgesic effect. Pain reduction lasted for the full duration of the test. Cannabis recipients had declines in attention and working memory, with the high-dose group experiencing the greatest impact 15 minutes after treatment. High-dose recipients also had poorer scores on testing of quick task-switching, with the greatest effect at 2 hours.27

Research and market cannabis are not equal

Results of US studies must be qualified. Most have used cannabis provided by the National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA),23–26 which differs in potency from commercially available preparations. This limits the clinical usefulness of the analysis of benefits and risks.

Vergara et al28 found that NIDA varieties contained much lower THC levels and as much as 23 times the cannabinol content as cannabis in state-legalized markets.

Studies based on NIDA varieties likely underestimate the risks of consumer-purchased cannabis, as THC is believed to be most responsible for the risk of psychosis and impaired driving and cognition.24,28

 

 

CBD MAY PROTECT AGAINST ADVERSE EFFECTS

Studies of CBD alone are limited to preclinical data.29 Evidence suggests that CBD alone or combined with THC can suppress chronic neuropathic pain, and that CBD may have a protective effect after nerve injury.30

Nabiximols, an oromucosal spray preparation with equal amounts of THC and CBD, has been approved in Canada as well as in European countries including the United Kingdom. Although its use has not been associated with many of the adverse effects of inhaled cannabis,30–32 evidence of efficacy from clinical trials has been mixed.

Lynch et al,31 in a 2014 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover pilot study31 evaluated nabiximols in 16 patients with neuropathic pain related to chemotherapy. No statistically significant difference was found between treatment and placebo. However, the trial was underpowered.

Serpell et al,32 in a 2014 European randomized, placebo-controlled parallel-group study, evaluated 246 patients with peripheral neuropathy with allodynia, with 128 receiving active treatment (THC-CBD oromucosal spray) and 118 receiving placebo. Over the 15-week study, participants continued their current analgesic treatments.

Pain was reduced in the treatment group, but the difference from placebo was not statistically significant. However, the treatment group reported significantly better sleep quality and Patient Global Impression of Change measures (reflecting a patient’s belief of treatment efficacy).

META-ANALYSES CONFIRM EFFECT

Three meta-analyses of available studies of the effects of cannabis on neuropathic pain have been completed.

Andreae et al, 2015: 5 trials, 178 patients

Andreae et al1 evaluated 5 randomized controlled trials in 178 patients in North America. All had had neuropathy for at least 3 months, with a pain level of at least about 3 on a scale of 10. Two studies had patients with HIV-related neuropathy; the other 3 involved patients with neuropathy related to trauma, diabetes, complex regional pain syndrome, or spinal cord injury. All trials used whole cannabis plant provided by NIDA, and the main outcomes were patient-reported pain scales. No study evaluated pain beyond 2 weeks after trial termination.

They found that 1 of every 5 to 6 patients treated with cannabis had at least a 30% pain reduction.

Nugent et al, 2017: 13 trials, 246 patients

Nugent et al33 reviewed 13 trials in 246 patients that evaluated the effects of different cannabis-based preparations on either central or peripheral neuropathic pain from various conditions. Actively treated patients were more likely to report a 30% improvement in neuropathic pain. Again, studies tended to be small and brief.

Cochrane review, 2018: 16 trials, 1,750 patients

A Cochrane review34 analyzed 16 trials (in 1,750 patients) lasting 2 to 26 weeks. Treatments included an oromucosal spray with a plant-derived combination of THC and CBD, nabilone, inhaled herbal cannabis, and plant-derived THC.

With cannabis-based treatments, significantly more people achieved 50% or greater pain relief than with placebo (21% vs 17%, number needed to treat 20); 30% pain reduction was achieved in 39% of treated patients vs 33% of patients taking placebo (number needed to treat 11).

On the other hand, significantly more participants withdrew from studies because of adverse events with cannabis-based treatments than placebo (10% vs 5%), with psychiatric disorders occurring in 17% of patients receiving active treatment vs 5% of those receiving placebo (number needed to harm 10). 

The primary studies suffered from methodologic limitations including small size, short duration, and inconsistency of formulations and study designs. Further evaluation of long-term efficacy, tolerability, and addiction potential is critical to determine the risk-benefit ratio.

RISKS OF CANNABIS USE

Like any drug therapy, cannabis has effects that may limit its use. Cannabis can affect a person’s psyche, physiology, and lifestyle.

Impaired attention, task speed

Neurocognitive changes associated with cannabis use—especially dizziness, fatigue, and slowed task-switching—could affect driving and other complex tasks. Evidence indicates that such activities should be avoided in the hours after treatment.26,27,32,33

Concern over brain development

Most worrisome is the effect of long-term cannabis use on brain development in young adults. Regular use of cannabis at an early age is associated with lower IQ, decline in school performance, and lower rates of high school graduation.35

Avoid in psychiatric patients

It is unlikely that cannabis can be safely used in patients with psychiatric illnesses. Anxiety, depression, and psychotic disorders can be exacerbated by the regular use of cannabis, and the risk of developing these conditions is increased while using cannabis.36,37

High concentrations of THC (the highest concentration used in the above studies was 9.5%) can cause anxiety, paranoia, and psychosis.

Respiratory effects

Long-term cannabis smoking may cause wheezing, cough, dyspnea, and exacerbations of chronic bronchitis. There is some evidence that symptoms improve after stopping smoking.33,38

SHOULD WE RECOMMEND CANNABIS?

Where cannabis can be legally used, doctors should be familiar with the literature and its limitations so that they can counsel patients on the best use and potential risks and benefits of cannabis treatment.

A recent conceptualization of pain suggests that a pain score reflects a composite of sensory factors (eg, tissue damage), cognitive factors (eg, beliefs about pain), and affective factors (eg, anxiety, depression).39 Physicians should keep this in mind when evaluating patients to better assess the risks and benefits of cannabis. While pharmacotherapy may address sensory factors, cognitive behavioral therapy may help alter beliefs about the pain as well as anxiety and depressive symptoms that might influence subjective reports.

Ideally, patients being considered for cannabis treatment would have a type of neuropathic pain proven to respond to cannabis in randomized, controlled studies, as well as evidence of failed first-line treatments.

Relative contraindications include depression, anxiety, substance use, psychotic disorders, and respiratory conditions, and these should also be considered.

Although current research shows an analgesic benefit of cannabis on neuropathic pain comparable to that of gabapentin,40 further investigation is needed to better evaluate long-term safety, efficacy, and interactions with standard therapies. Until we have a more complete picture, we should use the current literature, along with a thorough knowledge of each patient, to determine if the benefits of cannabis therapy outweigh the risks.

Acknowledgments: We thank Camillo Ferrari, BS, and Christina McMahon, BA, for their helpful comments.

References
  1. Andreae MH, Carter GM, Shaparin N, et al. Inhaled cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a meta-analysis of individual patient data. J Pain 2015; 16(12):1221–1232. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2015.07.009
  2. National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. Peripheral Neuropathy Fact Sheet. www.ninds.nih.gov/Disorders/Patient-Caregiver-Education/Fact-Sheets/Peripheral-Neuropathy-Fact-Sheet. Accessed November 14, 2018.
  3. Mold JW, Vesely SK, Keyl BA, Schenk JB, Roberts M. The prevalence, predictors, and consequences of peripheral sensory neuropathy in older adults. J Am Board Fam Med 2004; 17(5):308–318. doi:10.3122/jabfm.17.5.309
  4. Bansal D, Gudala K, Muthyala H, Esam HP, Nayakallu R, Bhansali A. Prevalence and risk factors of developing peripheral diabetic neuropathy in type 2 diabetes mellitus in a tertiary care setting. J Diabetes Investig 2014; 5(6):714–721. doi:10.1111/jdi.12223
  5. Finnerup NB, Haroutounian S, Kamerman P, et al. Neuropathic pain: an updated grading system for research and clinical practice. Pain 2016; 157(8):1599–1606. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000492
  6. Maldonado R, Banos JE, Cabanero D. The endocannabinoid system and neuropathic pain. Pain 2016; 157(suppl 1):S23–S32. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000428
  7. Zeng L, Alongkronrusmee D, van Rijn RM. An integrated perspective on diabetic, alcoholic, and drug-induced neuropathy, etiology, and treatment in the US. J Pain Res 2017; 10:219–228. doi:10.2147/JPR.S125987
  8. Callaghan BC, Price RS, Feldman EL. Distal symmetric polyneuropathy: a review. JAMA 2015; 314(20):2172–2181. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.13611
  9. Adams AS, Callaghan B, Grant RW. Overcoming barriers to diabetic polyneuropathy management in primary care. Healthc (Amst) 2017; 5(4):171–173. doi:10.1016/j.hjdsi.2016.10.003
  10. Gwak YS, Kim HY, Lee BH, Yang CH. Combined approaches for the relief of spinal cord injury-induced neuropathic pain. Complement Ther Med 2016; 25:27–33. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2015.12.021
  11. Majithia N, Loprinzi CL, Smith TJ. New practical approaches to chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain: prevention, assessment, and treatment. Oncology 2016; 30(11):1020–1029. pmid:27854104
  12. Grotenhermen F. Cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. Cannabinoids 2006; 1(1):10–14.
  13. Hill KP. Medical marijuana for treatment of chronic pain and other medical and psychiatric problems: a clinical review. JAMA 2015; 313(24):2474–2483. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.6199
  14. Campos AC, Fogaça MV, Scarante FF, et al. Plastic and neuroprotective mechanisms involved in the therapeutic effects of cannabidiol in psychiatric disorders. Front Pharmacol 2017; 8:269. doi:10.3389/fphar.2017.00269
  15. Russo EB. Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. Br J Pharmacol 2011; 163(7):1344–1364. doi:10.1111/j.1476-5381.2011.01238.x
  16. Freitas HR, Isaac AR, Malcher-Lopes R, Diaz BL, Trevenzoli IH, De Melo Reis RA. Polyunsaturated fatty acids and endocannabinoids in health and disease. Nutr Neurosci 2017; Jul 7: 1–20. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2017.1347373
  17. Hillard CJ. Circulating endocannabinoids: from whence do they come and where are they going? Neuropsychopharmacology 2018; 43(1):155–172. doi:10.1038/npp.2017.130
  18. Herkenham M, Lynn AB, Johnson MR, Melvin LS, de Costa BR, Rice KC. Characterization and localization of cannabinoid receptors in rat brain: a quantitative in vitro autoradiographic study. J Neurosci 1991; 11(2):563–583. pmid:1992016
  19. Tsou K, Brown S, Sañudo-Peña MC, Mackie K, Walker JM. Immunohistochemical distribution of cannabinoid CB1 receptors in the rat central nervous system. Neuroscience1998; 83(2):393–411. pmid:9460749
  20. Russo EB, Hohmann AG. Role of cannabinoids in pain management. In: Deer TR, Leong MS, ed. Comprehensve Treatment of Chronic Pain by Medical, Interventional, and Integrative Approaches. New York, NY: Springer; 2013:181–193.
  21. Vranken JH. Elucidation of pathophysiology and treatment of neuropathic pain. Cent Nerv Syst Agents Med Chem 2012; 12(4):304–314. pmid:23033930
  22. Yamanaka H, Noguchi K. Pathophysiology of neuropathic pain: molecular mechanisms underlying central sensitization in the dorsal horn in neuropathic pain. Brain Nerve 2012; 64(11):1255–1265. Japanese. pmid:23131736
  23. Ellis RJ, Toperoff W, Vaida F, et al. Smoked medicinal cannabis for neuropathic pain in HIV: a randomized, crossover clinical trial. Neuropsychopharmacology 2009; 34(3):672–680. doi:10.1038/npp.2008.120
  24. Ware MA, Wang T, Shapiro S, et al. Smoked cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a randomized controlled trial. CMAJ 2010; 182(14):E694–E701. doi:10.1503/cmaj.091414
  25. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Tsodikov A, et al. A randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover trial of cannabis cigarettes in neuropathic pain. J Pain 2008; 9(6):506–521. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2007.12.010
  26. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Deutsch R, Gouaux B, Sakai S, Donaghe H. Low-dose vaporized cannabis significantly improves neuropathic pain. J Pain 2013; 14(2):136–148. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2012.10.009
  27. Wallace MS, Marcotte TD, Umlauf A, Gouaux B, Atkinson JH. Efficacy of inhaled cannabis on painful diabetic neuropathy. J Pain 2015; 16(7):616–627. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2015.03.008
  28. Vergara D, Bidwell LC, Gaudino R, et al. Compromised external validity: federally produced cannabis does not reflect legal markets. Scientific Reports. 2017; 7(1):1-8. doi:10.1038/srep46528
  29. Nurmikko TJ, Serpell MG, Hoggart B, Toomey PJ, Morlion BJ, Haines D. Sativex successfully treats neuropathic pain characterized by allodynia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Pain 2007; 133(1–3):210–220. doi:10.1016/j.pain.2007.08.028
  30. Philpott HT, O’Brien M, McDougall JJ. Attenuation of early phase inflammation by cannabidiol prevents pain and nerve damage in rat osteoarthritis. Pain 2017; 158(12):2442–2451. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000001052
  31. Lynch ME, Cesar-Rittenberg P, Hohmann AG. A double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover pilot trial with extension using an oral mucosal cannabinoid extract for treatment of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2014; 47(1):166–173. doi:10.1016/j.jpainsymman.2013.02.018
  32. Serpell M, Ratcliffe S, Hovorka J, et al. A double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel group study of THC/CBD spray in peripheral neuropathic pain treatment. Eur J Pain 2014; 18(7):999–1012. doi:10.1002/j.1532-2149.2013.00445.x
  33. Nugent SM, Morasco BJ, O’Neil ME, et al. The effects of cannabis among adults with chronic pain and an overview of general harms: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2017; 167(5):319–331. doi:10.7326/M17-0155
  34. Mücke M, Phillips T, Radbruch L, Petzke F, Häuser W. Cannabis-based medicines for chronic neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2018; 3:CD012182. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD012182.pub2
  35. Castellanos-Ryan N, Pingault JB, Parent S, Vitaro F, Tremblay RE, Seguin JR. Adolescent cannabis use, change in neurocognitive function, and high-school graduation: a longitudinal study from early adolescence to young adulthood. Dev Psychopathol 2017; 29(4):1253–1266. doi:10.1017/S0954579416001280
  36. Karila L, Roux P, Benyamina A, et al. Acute and long-term effects of cannabis use: a review. Curr Pharm Des 2014; 20(25):4112–4118. pmid:24001294
  37. Johns A. Psychiatric effects of cannabis. Br J Psychiatry 2001; 178:116–122. pmid:11157424
  38. National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine. The health effects of cannabis and cannabinoids: the current state of evidence and recommendations for research. Washington, DC: The National Academy Press; 2017. doi:10.17226/24625
  39. Modesto-Lowe V, Griard L, Chaplin M. Cancer pain in the opioid-addicted patient: can we treat it right? J Opioid Manag 2012; 8(3):167–175. doi:10.5055/jom.2012.0113
  40. Grant I. Medicinal cannabis and painful sensory neuropathy. Virtual Mentor 2013; 15(5):466–469. doi:10.1001/virtualmentor.2013.15.5.oped1-1305
References
  1. Andreae MH, Carter GM, Shaparin N, et al. Inhaled cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a meta-analysis of individual patient data. J Pain 2015; 16(12):1221–1232. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2015.07.009
  2. National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. Peripheral Neuropathy Fact Sheet. www.ninds.nih.gov/Disorders/Patient-Caregiver-Education/Fact-Sheets/Peripheral-Neuropathy-Fact-Sheet. Accessed November 14, 2018.
  3. Mold JW, Vesely SK, Keyl BA, Schenk JB, Roberts M. The prevalence, predictors, and consequences of peripheral sensory neuropathy in older adults. J Am Board Fam Med 2004; 17(5):308–318. doi:10.3122/jabfm.17.5.309
  4. Bansal D, Gudala K, Muthyala H, Esam HP, Nayakallu R, Bhansali A. Prevalence and risk factors of developing peripheral diabetic neuropathy in type 2 diabetes mellitus in a tertiary care setting. J Diabetes Investig 2014; 5(6):714–721. doi:10.1111/jdi.12223
  5. Finnerup NB, Haroutounian S, Kamerman P, et al. Neuropathic pain: an updated grading system for research and clinical practice. Pain 2016; 157(8):1599–1606. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000492
  6. Maldonado R, Banos JE, Cabanero D. The endocannabinoid system and neuropathic pain. Pain 2016; 157(suppl 1):S23–S32. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000000428
  7. Zeng L, Alongkronrusmee D, van Rijn RM. An integrated perspective on diabetic, alcoholic, and drug-induced neuropathy, etiology, and treatment in the US. J Pain Res 2017; 10:219–228. doi:10.2147/JPR.S125987
  8. Callaghan BC, Price RS, Feldman EL. Distal symmetric polyneuropathy: a review. JAMA 2015; 314(20):2172–2181. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.13611
  9. Adams AS, Callaghan B, Grant RW. Overcoming barriers to diabetic polyneuropathy management in primary care. Healthc (Amst) 2017; 5(4):171–173. doi:10.1016/j.hjdsi.2016.10.003
  10. Gwak YS, Kim HY, Lee BH, Yang CH. Combined approaches for the relief of spinal cord injury-induced neuropathic pain. Complement Ther Med 2016; 25:27–33. doi:10.1016/j.ctim.2015.12.021
  11. Majithia N, Loprinzi CL, Smith TJ. New practical approaches to chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain: prevention, assessment, and treatment. Oncology 2016; 30(11):1020–1029. pmid:27854104
  12. Grotenhermen F. Cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. Cannabinoids 2006; 1(1):10–14.
  13. Hill KP. Medical marijuana for treatment of chronic pain and other medical and psychiatric problems: a clinical review. JAMA 2015; 313(24):2474–2483. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.6199
  14. Campos AC, Fogaça MV, Scarante FF, et al. Plastic and neuroprotective mechanisms involved in the therapeutic effects of cannabidiol in psychiatric disorders. Front Pharmacol 2017; 8:269. doi:10.3389/fphar.2017.00269
  15. Russo EB. Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. Br J Pharmacol 2011; 163(7):1344–1364. doi:10.1111/j.1476-5381.2011.01238.x
  16. Freitas HR, Isaac AR, Malcher-Lopes R, Diaz BL, Trevenzoli IH, De Melo Reis RA. Polyunsaturated fatty acids and endocannabinoids in health and disease. Nutr Neurosci 2017; Jul 7: 1–20. doi:10.1080/1028415X.2017.1347373
  17. Hillard CJ. Circulating endocannabinoids: from whence do they come and where are they going? Neuropsychopharmacology 2018; 43(1):155–172. doi:10.1038/npp.2017.130
  18. Herkenham M, Lynn AB, Johnson MR, Melvin LS, de Costa BR, Rice KC. Characterization and localization of cannabinoid receptors in rat brain: a quantitative in vitro autoradiographic study. J Neurosci 1991; 11(2):563–583. pmid:1992016
  19. Tsou K, Brown S, Sañudo-Peña MC, Mackie K, Walker JM. Immunohistochemical distribution of cannabinoid CB1 receptors in the rat central nervous system. Neuroscience1998; 83(2):393–411. pmid:9460749
  20. Russo EB, Hohmann AG. Role of cannabinoids in pain management. In: Deer TR, Leong MS, ed. Comprehensve Treatment of Chronic Pain by Medical, Interventional, and Integrative Approaches. New York, NY: Springer; 2013:181–193.
  21. Vranken JH. Elucidation of pathophysiology and treatment of neuropathic pain. Cent Nerv Syst Agents Med Chem 2012; 12(4):304–314. pmid:23033930
  22. Yamanaka H, Noguchi K. Pathophysiology of neuropathic pain: molecular mechanisms underlying central sensitization in the dorsal horn in neuropathic pain. Brain Nerve 2012; 64(11):1255–1265. Japanese. pmid:23131736
  23. Ellis RJ, Toperoff W, Vaida F, et al. Smoked medicinal cannabis for neuropathic pain in HIV: a randomized, crossover clinical trial. Neuropsychopharmacology 2009; 34(3):672–680. doi:10.1038/npp.2008.120
  24. Ware MA, Wang T, Shapiro S, et al. Smoked cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a randomized controlled trial. CMAJ 2010; 182(14):E694–E701. doi:10.1503/cmaj.091414
  25. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Tsodikov A, et al. A randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover trial of cannabis cigarettes in neuropathic pain. J Pain 2008; 9(6):506–521. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2007.12.010
  26. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Deutsch R, Gouaux B, Sakai S, Donaghe H. Low-dose vaporized cannabis significantly improves neuropathic pain. J Pain 2013; 14(2):136–148. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2012.10.009
  27. Wallace MS, Marcotte TD, Umlauf A, Gouaux B, Atkinson JH. Efficacy of inhaled cannabis on painful diabetic neuropathy. J Pain 2015; 16(7):616–627. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2015.03.008
  28. Vergara D, Bidwell LC, Gaudino R, et al. Compromised external validity: federally produced cannabis does not reflect legal markets. Scientific Reports. 2017; 7(1):1-8. doi:10.1038/srep46528
  29. Nurmikko TJ, Serpell MG, Hoggart B, Toomey PJ, Morlion BJ, Haines D. Sativex successfully treats neuropathic pain characterized by allodynia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Pain 2007; 133(1–3):210–220. doi:10.1016/j.pain.2007.08.028
  30. Philpott HT, O’Brien M, McDougall JJ. Attenuation of early phase inflammation by cannabidiol prevents pain and nerve damage in rat osteoarthritis. Pain 2017; 158(12):2442–2451. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000001052
  31. Lynch ME, Cesar-Rittenberg P, Hohmann AG. A double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover pilot trial with extension using an oral mucosal cannabinoid extract for treatment of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2014; 47(1):166–173. doi:10.1016/j.jpainsymman.2013.02.018
  32. Serpell M, Ratcliffe S, Hovorka J, et al. A double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled, parallel group study of THC/CBD spray in peripheral neuropathic pain treatment. Eur J Pain 2014; 18(7):999–1012. doi:10.1002/j.1532-2149.2013.00445.x
  33. Nugent SM, Morasco BJ, O’Neil ME, et al. The effects of cannabis among adults with chronic pain and an overview of general harms: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2017; 167(5):319–331. doi:10.7326/M17-0155
  34. Mücke M, Phillips T, Radbruch L, Petzke F, Häuser W. Cannabis-based medicines for chronic neuropathic pain in adults. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2018; 3:CD012182. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD012182.pub2
  35. Castellanos-Ryan N, Pingault JB, Parent S, Vitaro F, Tremblay RE, Seguin JR. Adolescent cannabis use, change in neurocognitive function, and high-school graduation: a longitudinal study from early adolescence to young adulthood. Dev Psychopathol 2017; 29(4):1253–1266. doi:10.1017/S0954579416001280
  36. Karila L, Roux P, Benyamina A, et al. Acute and long-term effects of cannabis use: a review. Curr Pharm Des 2014; 20(25):4112–4118. pmid:24001294
  37. Johns A. Psychiatric effects of cannabis. Br J Psychiatry 2001; 178:116–122. pmid:11157424
  38. National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine. The health effects of cannabis and cannabinoids: the current state of evidence and recommendations for research. Washington, DC: The National Academy Press; 2017. doi:10.17226/24625
  39. Modesto-Lowe V, Griard L, Chaplin M. Cancer pain in the opioid-addicted patient: can we treat it right? J Opioid Manag 2012; 8(3):167–175. doi:10.5055/jom.2012.0113
  40. Grant I. Medicinal cannabis and painful sensory neuropathy. Virtual Mentor 2013; 15(5):466–469. doi:10.1001/virtualmentor.2013.15.5.oped1-1305
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Page Number
943-949
Page Number
943-949
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Cannabis for peripheral neuropathy: The good, the bad, and the unknown
Display Headline
Cannabis for peripheral neuropathy: The good, the bad, and the unknown
Legacy Keywords
cannabis, peripheral neuropathy, medical marijuana, tetrahydrocannabinol, THC, cannabidiol, CBD, endocannabinoid, neuropathic pain, Vania Modesto-Lowe, Rachel Bojka, Camille Alvarado
Legacy Keywords
cannabis, peripheral neuropathy, medical marijuana, tetrahydrocannabinol, THC, cannabidiol, CBD, endocannabinoid, neuropathic pain, Vania Modesto-Lowe, Rachel Bojka, Camille Alvarado
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Small clinical studies have found that cannabis provides benefits for peripheral neuropathy, including pain reduction, better sleep, and improved function, even in patients with symptoms refractory to standard therapies.
  • Adverse effects such as throat irritation, headache, and dizziness are common, and serious neuropsychiatric effects can occur at high doses.
  • Safety may not be adequately assessed in US trials because cannabis supplied by the National Institute of Drug Abuse is less potent than commercially available products.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Thu, 11/29/2018 - 09:00
Un-Gate On Date
Thu, 11/29/2018 - 09:00
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Thu, 11/29/2018 - 09:00
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Geriatrics update 2018: Challenges in mental health, mobility, and postdischarge care

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 12/02/2019 - 08:46
Display Headline
Geriatrics update 2018: Challenges in mental health, mobility, and postdischarge care

Unfortunately, recent research has not unveiled a breakthrough for preventing or treating cognitive impairment or Alzheimer disease. But several studies from the last 2 years are helping to drive the field of geriatrics forward, providing evidence of what does and does not help a variety of issues specific to the elderly. 

Based on a search of the 2017 and 2018 literature, this article presents new evidence on preventing and treating cognitive impairment, managing dementia-associated behavioral disturbances and delirium, preventing falls, and improving inpatient mobility and posthospital care transitions.

COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT, DEMENTIA: STILL NO SILVER BULLET

With the exception of oral anticoagulation treatment for atrial fibrillation, there is little evidence that pharmacologic or nonpharmacologic interventions slow the onset or progression of Alzheimer disease.

Nonpharmacologic interventions

Home occupational therapy. A 2-year home-based occupational therapy intervention1 showed no evidence of slowing functional decline in patients with Alzheimer disease. The randomized controlled trial involving 180 participants consisted of monthly sessions of an intensive, well-established collaborative-care management model that included fall prevention and other safety strategies, personalized training in activities of daily living, exercise, and education. Outcome measures for activities of daily living did not differ significantly between the treatment and control groups.1

Physical activity. Whether physical activity interventions slow cognitive decline and prevent dementia in cognitively intact adults was examined in a systematic review of 32 trials.2 Most of the trials followed patients for 6 months; a few stretched for 1 or 2 years.

Evidence was insufficient to prove cognitive benefit for short-term, single-component or multicomponent physical activity interventions. However, a multidomain physical activity intervention that also included dietary modifications and cognitive training did show a delay in cognitive decline, but only “low-strength” evidence.2

Nutritional supplements. The antioxidants vitamin E and selenium were studied for their possible cognitive benefit in the double-blind randomized Prevention of Alzheimer Disease by Vitamin E and Selenium trial3 in 3,786 asymptomatic men ages 60 and older. Neither supplement was found to prevent dementia over a 7-year follow-up period.

A review of 38 trials4 evaluated the effects on cognition of omega-3 fatty acids, soy, ginkgo biloba, B vitamins, vitamin D plus calcium, vitamin C, beta-carotene, and multi-ingredient supplements. It found insufficient evidence to recommend any over-the-counter supplement for cognitive protection in adults with normal cognition or mild cognitive impairment.

Pharmacologic treatments

Testosterone supplementation. The Testosterone Trials tested the effects of testosterone gel vs placebo for 1 year on 493 men over age 65 with low testosterone (< 275 ng/mL) and with subjective memory complaints and objective memory performance deficits. Treatment was not associated with improved memory or other cognitive functions compared with placebo.5

Antiamyloid drugs. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in nearly 2,000 patients evaluated verubecestat, an oral beta-site amyloid precursor protein-cleaving enzyme-1 inhibitor that reduces the amyloid-beta level in cerebrospinal fluid.6

Verubecestat did not reduce cognitive or functional decline in patients with mild-to-moderate Alzheimer disease, while adverse events including rashes, falls, injuries, sleep disturbances, suicidal ideation, weight loss, and hair color change were more common in the treatment groups. The trial was terminated early because of futility at 50 months.

And in a placebo-controlled trial of solanezumab, a monoclonal antibody directed against the amyloid beta peptide, no benefit was demonstrated at 80 weeks in more than 2,000 patients with Alzheimer disease.7

Multiple common agents. A well-conducted systematic review8 of 51 trials of at least a 6-month duration did not support the use of antihypertensive agents, diabetes medications, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, aspirin, hormones, or lipid-lowering drugs for cognitive protection for people with normal cognition or mild cognitive impairment.

However, some studies found reassuring evidence that standard therapies for other conditions do not worsen cognitive decline and are protective for atrial fibrillation.8

Proton-pump inhibitors. Concern exists for a potential link between dementia risk and proton-pump inhibitors, which are widely used to treat acid-related gastrointestinal disorders.9

A prospective population-based cohort study10 of nearly 3,500 people ages 65 and older without baseline dementia screened participants for dementia every 2 years over a mean period of 7.5 years and provided further evaluation for those who screened positive. Use of proton-pump inhibitors was not found to be associated with dementia risk, even with high cumulative exposure.

Results from this study do not support avoiding proton-pump inhibitors out of concern for dementia risk, although long-term use is associated with other safety concerns.

Oral anticoagulation. The increased risk of dementia with atrial fibrillation is well documented.11

A retrospective study12 based on a Swedish health registry and using more than 444,000 patients covering more than 1.5 million years at risk found that oral anticoagulant treatment at baseline conferred a 29% lower risk of dementia in an intention-to-treat analysis and a 48% lower risk in on-treatment analysis compared with no oral anticoagulation therapy. No difference was found between new oral anticoagulants and warfarin.

Transcatheter aortic valve implantation is not associated with cognitive decline

For patients with severe aortic stenosis who are not surgical candidates, transcatheter aortic valve implantation is superior to standard medical therapy,13 but there are concerns of neurologic and cognitive changes after the procedure.14 A meta-analysis of 18 studies assessing cognitive performance in more than 1,000 patients (average age ≥ 80) after undergoing the procedure for severe aortic stenosis found no significant cognitive performance changes from baseline perioperatively or 3 or 6 months later.15

 

 

TREATING DEMENTIA-ASSOCIATED BEHAVIORAL DISTURBANCES

Behavioral and psychiatric symptoms often accompany dementia, but no drugs have yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to address them in this population. Nonpharmacologic interventions are recommended as first-line therapy.

Antipsychotics are not recommended

Antipsychotics are often prescribed,16 although they are associated with metabolic syndrome17 and increased risks of stroke and death.18 The FDA has issued black box warnings against using antipsychotics for behavioral management in patients with dementia. Further, the American Geriatrics Society and the American Psychiatric Association do not endorse using them as initial therapy for behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia.16,19

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services partnered with nursing homes to improve the quality of care for patients with dementia, with results measured as the rate of prescribing antipsychotic medications. Although the use of psychotropic medications declined after initiating the partnership, the use of mood stabilizers increased, possibly as a substitute for antipsychotics.20

Dextromethorphan-quinidine use is up, despite modest evidence of benefit

A consumer news report in 2017 stated that the use of dextromethorphan-quinidine in long-term care facilities increased by nearly 400% between 2012 and 2016.21

Evidence for its benefits comes from a 10-week, phase 2, randomized controlled trial conducted at 42 US study sites with 194 patients with probable Alzheimer disease. Compared with the placebo group, the active treatment group had mildly reduced agitation but an increased risk of falls, dizziness, and diarrhea. However, rates of adverse effects were low, and the authors concluded that treatment was generally well tolerated.22

Pimavanserin: No long-term benefit for psychosis

In a phase 2, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in 181 patients with possible or probable Alzheimer disease and psychotic symptoms, pimavanserin was associated with improved symptoms as measured by the Neuropsychiatric Inventory–Nursing Home Version psychosis score at 6 weeks, but no difference was found compared with placebo at 12 weeks. The treatment group had more adverse events, including agitation, aggression, peripheral edema, anxiety, and symptoms of dementia, although the differences were not statistically significant.23               

DELIRIUM: AVOID ANTIPSYCHOTICS

Delirium is common in hospitalized older adults, especially those who have baseline cognitive or functional impairment and are exposed to precipitating factors such as treatment with anticholinergic or narcotic medications, infection, surgery, or admission to an intensive care unit.24

Delirium at discharge predicts poor outcomes

In a prospective study of 152 hospitalized patients with delirium, those who either did not recover from delirium or had only partially recovered at discharge were more likely to visit the emergency department, be rehospitalized, or die during the subsequent 3 months than those who had fully recovered from delirium at discharge.25

Multicomponent, patient-centered approach can help

A randomized trial in 377 patients in Taiwan evaluated the use of a modified Hospital Elder Life Program, consisting of 3 protocols focused on orienting communication, oral and nutritional assistance, and early mobilization. Patients were at least 65 years old and undergoing elective abdominal surgery with expected length of hospital stay longer than 6 days. The program, administered daily during hospitalization, significantly lowered postoperative delirium by 56% and hospital stay by 2 days compared with usual care.26

Prophylactic haloperidol does not improve outcomes

In a multicenter randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, van den Boogaard et al studied prophylactic intravenous haloperidol in nearly 1,800 critically ill patients at high risk of delirium.27 Haloperidol did not improve survival at 28 days compared with placebo. For secondary outcomes, including delirium incidence, delirium-free and coma-free days, duration of mechanical ventilation, and hospital and intensive care department length of stay, treatment was not found to differ statistically from placebo.

Antipsychotics may worsen delirium

A double-blind, parallel-arm, dose-titrated randomized trial, conducted at 11 Australian hospices or hospitals with palliative care services, administered oral risperidone, haloperidol, or placebo to 247 patients with life-limiting illness and delirium. Both treatment groups had higher delirium symptom scores than the placebo group.28

In addition, a systematic review and meta-analysis of 19 studies found no benefit of antipsychotic medications for preventing or treating delirium in hospitalized adults.29

Antipsychotics are often continued indefinitely

A retrospective chart review at a US academic health system found30 that among 487 patients with a new antipsychotic medication prescribed during hospitalization, 147 (30.2%) were discharged on an antipsychotic. Of these, 121 (82.3%) had a diagnosis of delirium. Only 15 (12.4%) had discharge summaries that included instructions for discontinuing the drug.

Another US health system retrospectively reviewed antipsychotic use and found31 that out of 260 patients who were newly exposed to an antipsychotic drug during hospitalization, 146 (56.2%) were discharged on an antipsychotic drug, and 65% of these patients were still on the drug at the time of the next hospital admission.

 

 

EXERCISE, EXERCISE, EXERCISE

Exercise recommended, but not vitamin D, to prevent falls

In 2018, the US Preventive Services Task Force updated its recommendations for preventing falls in community-dwelling older adults.32 Based on the findings of several trials, the task force recommends exercise interventions for adults age 65 and older who are at increased risk for falls. Gait, balance, and functional training were studied in 17 trials, resistance training in 13, flexibility in 8, endurance training in 5, and tai chi in 3, with 5 studies including general physical activity. Exercise interventions most commonly took place for 3 sessions per week for 12 months (range 2–42 months).

The task force also recommends against vitamin D supplementation for fall prevention in community-dwelling adults age 65 or older who are not known to have osteoporosis or vitamin D deficiency.

Early mobilization helps inpatients

Hospitalized older adults usually spend most of their time in bed. Forty-five previously ambulatory patients (age ≥ 65 without dementia or delirium) in a Veterans Affairs hospital were monitored with wireless accelerometers and were found to spend, on average, 83% of the measured hospital stay in bed. Standing or walking time ranged from 0.2% to 21%, with a median of only 3% (43 minutes a day).33

Since falls with injury became a Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services nonreimbursable hospital-acquired condition, tension has arisen between promoting mobility and preventing falls.34 Two studies evaluating the adoption of mobility-restricting approaches such as bed-alarms, “fall-alert” signs, supervision of patients in the bathroom, and ensuring patients’ walking aids are within reach, did not find a significant reduction in falls or fall-related injuries.35,36

A clinically significant loss of community mobility is common after hospitalization in older adults.37 Older adults who developed mobility impairment during hospitalization had a higher risk of death in a large, retrospective study.38 A large Canadian multisite intervention trial39 that promoted early mobilization in older patients who were admitted to general medical wards resulted in increased mobilization and significantly shorter hospital stays.

POSTHOSPITAL CARE NEEDS IMPROVEMENT

After hospitalization, older adults who have difficulty with activities of daily living or complex medical needs often require continued care.

About 20% of hospitalized Medicare beneficiaries in the United States are discharged to skilled nursing facilities.40 This is often a stressful transition, and most people have little guidance on selecting a facility and simply choose one based on its proximity to home.41

A program of frequent visits by hospital-employed physicians and advanced practice professionals at skilled nursing facilities resulted in a significantly lower 30-day readmission rate compared with nonparticipating skilled nursing facilities in the same geographic area.42

Home healthcare is recommended after hospital discharge at a rapidly increasing rate. Overall referral rates increased from 8.6% to 14.1% between 2001 and 2012, and from 14.3% to 24.0% for patients with heart failure.43 A qualitative study of home healthcare nurses found a need for improved care coordination between home healthcare agencies and discharging hospitals, including defining accountability for orders and enhancing communication.44

References
  1. Callahan CM, Boustani MA, Schmid AA, et al. Targeting functional decline in Alzheimer disease: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2017; 166(3):164–171. doi:10.7326/M16-0830
  2. Brasure M, Desai P, Davila H, et al. Physical activity interventions in preventing cognitive decline and Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):30–38. doi:10.7326/M17-1528
  3. Kryscio RJ, Abner EL, Caban-Holt A, et al. Association of antioxidant supplement use and dementia in the Prevention of Alzheimer’s Disease by Vitamin E and Selenium Trial (PREADViSE). JAMA Neurol 2017; 74(5):567–573. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2016.5778
  4. Butler M, Nelson VA, Davila H, et al. Over-the-counter supplement interventions to prevent cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and clinical Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):52–62. doi:10.7326/M17-1530
  5. Resnick SM, Matsumoto AM, Stephens-Shields AJ, et al. Testosterone treatment and cognitive function in older men with low testosterone and age-associated memory impairment. JAMA 2017; 317(7):717–727. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.21044
  6. Egan MF, Kost J, Tariot PN, et al. Randomized trial of verubecestat for mild-to-moderate Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(18):1691–1703. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1706441
  7. Honig LS, Vellas B, Woodward M, et al. Trial of solanezumab for mild dementia due to Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(4):321–330. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1705971
  8. Fink HA, Jutkowitz E, McCarten JR, et al. Pharmacologic interventions to prevent cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and clinical Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):39–51. doi:10.7326/M17-1529
  9. Gomm W, von Holt K, Thomé F, et al. Association of proton pump inhibitors with risk of dementia: a pharmacoepidemiological claims data analysis. JAMA Neurol 2016; 73(4):410–416. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2015.4791
  10. Gray SL, Walker RL, Dublin S, et al. Proton pump inhibitor use and dementia risk: prospective population-based study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(2):247–253. doi:10.1111/jgs.15073
  11. de Bruijn RF, Heeringa J, Wolters FJ, et al. Association between atrial fibrillation and dementia in the general population. JAMA Neurol 2015; 72(11):1288–1294. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2015.2161
  12. Friberg L, Rosenqvist M. Less dementia with oral anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation. Eur Heart J 2018; 39(6):453–460. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehx579
  13. Leon MB, Smith CR, Mack M, et al; PARTNER Trial Investigators. Transcatheter aortic-valve implantation for aortic stenosis in patients who cannot undergo surgery. N Engl J Med 2010; 363(17):1597–1607. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1008232
  14. Haussig S, Mangner N, Dwyer MG, et al. Effect of a cerebral protection device on brain lesions following transcatheter aortic valve implantation in patients with severe aortic stenosis: the CLEAN-TAVI randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2016; 316(6):592–601. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.10302
  15. Khan MM, Herrmann N, Gallagher D, et al. Cognitive outcomes after transcatheter aortic valve implantation: a metaanalysis. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(2):254–262. doi:10.1111/jgs.15123
  16. Choosing Wisely; ABIM Foundation. American Geriatrics Society: ten things physicians and patients should question. www.choosingwisely.org/societies/american-geriatrics-society. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  17. Lieberman JA 3rd. Metabolic changes associated with antipsychotic use. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2004; 6(suppl 2):8–13. pmid:16001095
  18. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005; 294(15):1934–1943. doi:10.1001/jama.294.15.1934
  19. Choosing Wisely; ABIM Foundation. American Psychiatric Association: five things physicians and patients should question. www.choosingwisely.org/societies/american-psychiatric-association. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  20. Maust DT, Kim HM, Chiang C, Kales HC. Association of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services’ National Partnership to improve dementia care with the use of antipsychotics and other psychotropics in long-term care in the United States from 2009 to 2014. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(5):640–647. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.0379
  21. CNN. The little red pill being pushed on the elderly. www.cnn.com/2017/10/12/health/nuedexta-nursing-homes-invs/index.html. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  22. Cummings JL, Lyketsos CG, Peskind ER, et al. Effect of dextromethorphan-quinidine on agitation in patients with Alzheimer disease dementia: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015; 314(12):1242–1254. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.10214
  23. Ballard C, Banister C, Khan Z, et al; ADP Investigators. Evaluation of the safety, tolerability, and efficacy of pimavanserin versus placebo in patients with Alzheimer’s disease psychosis: a phase 2, randomised, placebo-controlled, double-blind study. Lancet Neurol 2018; 17(3):213–222. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(18)30039-5
  24. Inouye SK. Delirium in older persons. N Engl J Med 2006; 354(11):1157–1165. doi:10.1056/NEJMra052321
  25. Cole MG, McCusker J, Bailey R, et al. Partial and no recovery from delirium after hospital discharge predict increased adverse events. Age Ageing 2017; 46(1):90–95. doi:10.1093/ageing/afw153
  26. Chen CC, Li HC, Liang JT, et al. Effect of a modified hospital elder life program on delirium and length of hospital stay in patients undergoing abdominal surgery: a cluster randomized clinical trial. JAMA Surg 2017; 152(9):827–834. doi:10.1001/jamasurg.2017.1083
  27. van den Boogaard M, Slooter AJC, Brüggemann RJM, et al. Effect of haloperidol on survival among critically ill adults with a high risk of delirium: the REDUCE randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2018; 319(7):680–690. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0160
  28. Agar MR, Lawlor PG, Quinn S, et al. Efficacy of oral risperidone, haloperidol, or placebo for symptoms of delirium among patients in palliative care: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2017; 177(1):34–42. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2016.7491
  29. Neufeld KJ, Yue J, Robinson TN, Inouye SK, Needham DM. Antipsychotic medication for prevention and treatment of delirium in hospitalized adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Am Geriatr Soc 2016; 64(4):705–714. doi:10.1111/jgs.14076
  30. Johnson KG, Fashoyin A, Madden-Fuentes R, Muzyk AJ, Gagliardi JP, Yanamadala M. Discharge plans for geriatric inpatients with delirium: a plan to stop antipsychotics? J Am Geriatr Soc 2017; 65(10):2278–2281. doi:10.1111/jgs.15026
  31. Loh KP, Ramdass S, Garb JL, et al. Long-term outcomes of elders discharged on antipsychotics. J Hosp Med 2016; 11(8):550–555. doi:10.1002/jhm.2585
  32. US Preventive Services Task Force; Grossman DC, Curry SJ, Owens DK, et al. Interventions to prevent falls in community-dwelling older adults: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation statement. JAMA 2018; 319(16):1696–1704. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.3097
  33. Brown CJ, Redden DT, Flood KL, Allman RM. The underrecognized epidemic of low mobility during hospitalization of older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2009; 57(9):1660–1665. doi:10.1111/j.1532-5415.2009.02393.x
  34. Growdon ME, Shorr RI, Inouye SK. The tension between promoting mobility and preventing falls in the hospital. JAMA Intern Med 2017; 177(6):759–760. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.0840
  35. Barker AL, Morello RT, Wolfe R, et al. 6-PACK programme to decrease fall injuries in acute hospitals: cluster randomised controlled trial. BMJ 2016; 352:h6781. doi:10.1136/bmj.h6781
  36. Shorr RI, Chandler AM, Mion LC, et al. Effects of an intervention to increase bed alarm use to prevent falls in hospitalized patients: a cluster randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2012; 157(10):692–699. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-157-10-201211200-00005
  37. Loyd C, Beasley TM, Miltner RS, Clark D, King B, Brown CJ. Trajectories of community mobility recovery after hospitalization in older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(7):1399–1403. doi:10.1111/jgs.15397
  38. Valiani V, Chen Z, Lipori G, Pahor M, Sabbá C, Manini TM. Prognostic value of Braden Activity subscale for mobility status in hospitalized older adults. J Hosp Med 2017; 12(6):396–401. doi:10.12788/jhm.2748
  39. Liu B, Moore JE, Almaawiy U, et al; MOVE ON Collaboration. Outcomes of mobilisation of vulnerable elders in Ontario (MOVE ON): a multisite interrupted time series evaluation of an implementation intervention to increase patient mobilisation. Age Ageing 2018; 47(1):112–119. doi:10.1093/ageing/afx128
  40. Report to Congress: Medicare Payment Policy. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission 2016. www.medpac.gov/docs/default-source/reports/march-2016-report-to-the-congress-medicare-payment-policy.pdf?sfvrsn=0. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  41. Gadbois EA, Tyler DA, Mor V. Selecting a skilled nursing facility for postacute care: individual and family perspectives. J Am Geriatr Soc 2017; 65(11):2459–2465. doi:10.1111/jgs.14988
  42. Kim LD, Kou L, Hu B, Gorodeski EZ, Rothberg MB. Impact of a connected care model on 30-day readmission rates from skilled nursing facilities. J Hosp Med 2017; 12(4):238–244. doi:10.12788/jhm.2710
  43. Jones CD, Ginde AA, Burke RE, Wald HL, Masoudi FA, Boxer RS. Increasing home healthcare referrals upon discharge from U.S. hospitals: 2001-2012. J Am Geriatr Soc 2015; 63(6):1265–1266. doi:10.1111/jgs.13467
  44. Jones CD, Jones J, Richard A, et al. “Connecting the dots”: a qualitative study of home health nurse perspectives on coordinating care for recently discharged patients. J Gen Intern Med 2017; 32(10):1114–1121. doi:10.1007/s11606-017-4104-0
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Luke D. Kim, MD, FACP, CMD
Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ardeshir Z. Hashmi, MD, FACP
Director, Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Luke D. Kim, MD, Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, X10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
953-958
Legacy Keywords
geriatrics, elderly, dementia, Alzheimer, cognitive impairment, occupational therapy, supplements, exercise, testosterone, antiamyloid, verubecestat, proton-pump inhibitors, oral anticoagulants, vitamins, transcatheter aortic valve replacement, TAVR, delirium, antipsychotics, dextromethorphan, quinidine, pimavanserin, haloperidol, mobilization, ambulation, transition, posthospital care, hospital discharge, Luke Kim, Ardeshir Hashmi
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Luke D. Kim, MD, FACP, CMD
Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ardeshir Z. Hashmi, MD, FACP
Director, Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Luke D. Kim, MD, Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, X10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Luke D. Kim, MD, FACP, CMD
Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ardeshir Z. Hashmi, MD, FACP
Director, Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Luke D. Kim, MD, Center for Geriatric Medicine, Medicine Institute, X10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Unfortunately, recent research has not unveiled a breakthrough for preventing or treating cognitive impairment or Alzheimer disease. But several studies from the last 2 years are helping to drive the field of geriatrics forward, providing evidence of what does and does not help a variety of issues specific to the elderly. 

Based on a search of the 2017 and 2018 literature, this article presents new evidence on preventing and treating cognitive impairment, managing dementia-associated behavioral disturbances and delirium, preventing falls, and improving inpatient mobility and posthospital care transitions.

COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT, DEMENTIA: STILL NO SILVER BULLET

With the exception of oral anticoagulation treatment for atrial fibrillation, there is little evidence that pharmacologic or nonpharmacologic interventions slow the onset or progression of Alzheimer disease.

Nonpharmacologic interventions

Home occupational therapy. A 2-year home-based occupational therapy intervention1 showed no evidence of slowing functional decline in patients with Alzheimer disease. The randomized controlled trial involving 180 participants consisted of monthly sessions of an intensive, well-established collaborative-care management model that included fall prevention and other safety strategies, personalized training in activities of daily living, exercise, and education. Outcome measures for activities of daily living did not differ significantly between the treatment and control groups.1

Physical activity. Whether physical activity interventions slow cognitive decline and prevent dementia in cognitively intact adults was examined in a systematic review of 32 trials.2 Most of the trials followed patients for 6 months; a few stretched for 1 or 2 years.

Evidence was insufficient to prove cognitive benefit for short-term, single-component or multicomponent physical activity interventions. However, a multidomain physical activity intervention that also included dietary modifications and cognitive training did show a delay in cognitive decline, but only “low-strength” evidence.2

Nutritional supplements. The antioxidants vitamin E and selenium were studied for their possible cognitive benefit in the double-blind randomized Prevention of Alzheimer Disease by Vitamin E and Selenium trial3 in 3,786 asymptomatic men ages 60 and older. Neither supplement was found to prevent dementia over a 7-year follow-up period.

A review of 38 trials4 evaluated the effects on cognition of omega-3 fatty acids, soy, ginkgo biloba, B vitamins, vitamin D plus calcium, vitamin C, beta-carotene, and multi-ingredient supplements. It found insufficient evidence to recommend any over-the-counter supplement for cognitive protection in adults with normal cognition or mild cognitive impairment.

Pharmacologic treatments

Testosterone supplementation. The Testosterone Trials tested the effects of testosterone gel vs placebo for 1 year on 493 men over age 65 with low testosterone (< 275 ng/mL) and with subjective memory complaints and objective memory performance deficits. Treatment was not associated with improved memory or other cognitive functions compared with placebo.5

Antiamyloid drugs. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in nearly 2,000 patients evaluated verubecestat, an oral beta-site amyloid precursor protein-cleaving enzyme-1 inhibitor that reduces the amyloid-beta level in cerebrospinal fluid.6

Verubecestat did not reduce cognitive or functional decline in patients with mild-to-moderate Alzheimer disease, while adverse events including rashes, falls, injuries, sleep disturbances, suicidal ideation, weight loss, and hair color change were more common in the treatment groups. The trial was terminated early because of futility at 50 months.

And in a placebo-controlled trial of solanezumab, a monoclonal antibody directed against the amyloid beta peptide, no benefit was demonstrated at 80 weeks in more than 2,000 patients with Alzheimer disease.7

Multiple common agents. A well-conducted systematic review8 of 51 trials of at least a 6-month duration did not support the use of antihypertensive agents, diabetes medications, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, aspirin, hormones, or lipid-lowering drugs for cognitive protection for people with normal cognition or mild cognitive impairment.

However, some studies found reassuring evidence that standard therapies for other conditions do not worsen cognitive decline and are protective for atrial fibrillation.8

Proton-pump inhibitors. Concern exists for a potential link between dementia risk and proton-pump inhibitors, which are widely used to treat acid-related gastrointestinal disorders.9

A prospective population-based cohort study10 of nearly 3,500 people ages 65 and older without baseline dementia screened participants for dementia every 2 years over a mean period of 7.5 years and provided further evaluation for those who screened positive. Use of proton-pump inhibitors was not found to be associated with dementia risk, even with high cumulative exposure.

Results from this study do not support avoiding proton-pump inhibitors out of concern for dementia risk, although long-term use is associated with other safety concerns.

Oral anticoagulation. The increased risk of dementia with atrial fibrillation is well documented.11

A retrospective study12 based on a Swedish health registry and using more than 444,000 patients covering more than 1.5 million years at risk found that oral anticoagulant treatment at baseline conferred a 29% lower risk of dementia in an intention-to-treat analysis and a 48% lower risk in on-treatment analysis compared with no oral anticoagulation therapy. No difference was found between new oral anticoagulants and warfarin.

Transcatheter aortic valve implantation is not associated with cognitive decline

For patients with severe aortic stenosis who are not surgical candidates, transcatheter aortic valve implantation is superior to standard medical therapy,13 but there are concerns of neurologic and cognitive changes after the procedure.14 A meta-analysis of 18 studies assessing cognitive performance in more than 1,000 patients (average age ≥ 80) after undergoing the procedure for severe aortic stenosis found no significant cognitive performance changes from baseline perioperatively or 3 or 6 months later.15

 

 

TREATING DEMENTIA-ASSOCIATED BEHAVIORAL DISTURBANCES

Behavioral and psychiatric symptoms often accompany dementia, but no drugs have yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to address them in this population. Nonpharmacologic interventions are recommended as first-line therapy.

Antipsychotics are not recommended

Antipsychotics are often prescribed,16 although they are associated with metabolic syndrome17 and increased risks of stroke and death.18 The FDA has issued black box warnings against using antipsychotics for behavioral management in patients with dementia. Further, the American Geriatrics Society and the American Psychiatric Association do not endorse using them as initial therapy for behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia.16,19

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services partnered with nursing homes to improve the quality of care for patients with dementia, with results measured as the rate of prescribing antipsychotic medications. Although the use of psychotropic medications declined after initiating the partnership, the use of mood stabilizers increased, possibly as a substitute for antipsychotics.20

Dextromethorphan-quinidine use is up, despite modest evidence of benefit

A consumer news report in 2017 stated that the use of dextromethorphan-quinidine in long-term care facilities increased by nearly 400% between 2012 and 2016.21

Evidence for its benefits comes from a 10-week, phase 2, randomized controlled trial conducted at 42 US study sites with 194 patients with probable Alzheimer disease. Compared with the placebo group, the active treatment group had mildly reduced agitation but an increased risk of falls, dizziness, and diarrhea. However, rates of adverse effects were low, and the authors concluded that treatment was generally well tolerated.22

Pimavanserin: No long-term benefit for psychosis

In a phase 2, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in 181 patients with possible or probable Alzheimer disease and psychotic symptoms, pimavanserin was associated with improved symptoms as measured by the Neuropsychiatric Inventory–Nursing Home Version psychosis score at 6 weeks, but no difference was found compared with placebo at 12 weeks. The treatment group had more adverse events, including agitation, aggression, peripheral edema, anxiety, and symptoms of dementia, although the differences were not statistically significant.23               

DELIRIUM: AVOID ANTIPSYCHOTICS

Delirium is common in hospitalized older adults, especially those who have baseline cognitive or functional impairment and are exposed to precipitating factors such as treatment with anticholinergic or narcotic medications, infection, surgery, or admission to an intensive care unit.24

Delirium at discharge predicts poor outcomes

In a prospective study of 152 hospitalized patients with delirium, those who either did not recover from delirium or had only partially recovered at discharge were more likely to visit the emergency department, be rehospitalized, or die during the subsequent 3 months than those who had fully recovered from delirium at discharge.25

Multicomponent, patient-centered approach can help

A randomized trial in 377 patients in Taiwan evaluated the use of a modified Hospital Elder Life Program, consisting of 3 protocols focused on orienting communication, oral and nutritional assistance, and early mobilization. Patients were at least 65 years old and undergoing elective abdominal surgery with expected length of hospital stay longer than 6 days. The program, administered daily during hospitalization, significantly lowered postoperative delirium by 56% and hospital stay by 2 days compared with usual care.26

Prophylactic haloperidol does not improve outcomes

In a multicenter randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, van den Boogaard et al studied prophylactic intravenous haloperidol in nearly 1,800 critically ill patients at high risk of delirium.27 Haloperidol did not improve survival at 28 days compared with placebo. For secondary outcomes, including delirium incidence, delirium-free and coma-free days, duration of mechanical ventilation, and hospital and intensive care department length of stay, treatment was not found to differ statistically from placebo.

Antipsychotics may worsen delirium

A double-blind, parallel-arm, dose-titrated randomized trial, conducted at 11 Australian hospices or hospitals with palliative care services, administered oral risperidone, haloperidol, or placebo to 247 patients with life-limiting illness and delirium. Both treatment groups had higher delirium symptom scores than the placebo group.28

In addition, a systematic review and meta-analysis of 19 studies found no benefit of antipsychotic medications for preventing or treating delirium in hospitalized adults.29

Antipsychotics are often continued indefinitely

A retrospective chart review at a US academic health system found30 that among 487 patients with a new antipsychotic medication prescribed during hospitalization, 147 (30.2%) were discharged on an antipsychotic. Of these, 121 (82.3%) had a diagnosis of delirium. Only 15 (12.4%) had discharge summaries that included instructions for discontinuing the drug.

Another US health system retrospectively reviewed antipsychotic use and found31 that out of 260 patients who were newly exposed to an antipsychotic drug during hospitalization, 146 (56.2%) were discharged on an antipsychotic drug, and 65% of these patients were still on the drug at the time of the next hospital admission.

 

 

EXERCISE, EXERCISE, EXERCISE

Exercise recommended, but not vitamin D, to prevent falls

In 2018, the US Preventive Services Task Force updated its recommendations for preventing falls in community-dwelling older adults.32 Based on the findings of several trials, the task force recommends exercise interventions for adults age 65 and older who are at increased risk for falls. Gait, balance, and functional training were studied in 17 trials, resistance training in 13, flexibility in 8, endurance training in 5, and tai chi in 3, with 5 studies including general physical activity. Exercise interventions most commonly took place for 3 sessions per week for 12 months (range 2–42 months).

The task force also recommends against vitamin D supplementation for fall prevention in community-dwelling adults age 65 or older who are not known to have osteoporosis or vitamin D deficiency.

Early mobilization helps inpatients

Hospitalized older adults usually spend most of their time in bed. Forty-five previously ambulatory patients (age ≥ 65 without dementia or delirium) in a Veterans Affairs hospital were monitored with wireless accelerometers and were found to spend, on average, 83% of the measured hospital stay in bed. Standing or walking time ranged from 0.2% to 21%, with a median of only 3% (43 minutes a day).33

Since falls with injury became a Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services nonreimbursable hospital-acquired condition, tension has arisen between promoting mobility and preventing falls.34 Two studies evaluating the adoption of mobility-restricting approaches such as bed-alarms, “fall-alert” signs, supervision of patients in the bathroom, and ensuring patients’ walking aids are within reach, did not find a significant reduction in falls or fall-related injuries.35,36

A clinically significant loss of community mobility is common after hospitalization in older adults.37 Older adults who developed mobility impairment during hospitalization had a higher risk of death in a large, retrospective study.38 A large Canadian multisite intervention trial39 that promoted early mobilization in older patients who were admitted to general medical wards resulted in increased mobilization and significantly shorter hospital stays.

POSTHOSPITAL CARE NEEDS IMPROVEMENT

After hospitalization, older adults who have difficulty with activities of daily living or complex medical needs often require continued care.

About 20% of hospitalized Medicare beneficiaries in the United States are discharged to skilled nursing facilities.40 This is often a stressful transition, and most people have little guidance on selecting a facility and simply choose one based on its proximity to home.41

A program of frequent visits by hospital-employed physicians and advanced practice professionals at skilled nursing facilities resulted in a significantly lower 30-day readmission rate compared with nonparticipating skilled nursing facilities in the same geographic area.42

Home healthcare is recommended after hospital discharge at a rapidly increasing rate. Overall referral rates increased from 8.6% to 14.1% between 2001 and 2012, and from 14.3% to 24.0% for patients with heart failure.43 A qualitative study of home healthcare nurses found a need for improved care coordination between home healthcare agencies and discharging hospitals, including defining accountability for orders and enhancing communication.44

Unfortunately, recent research has not unveiled a breakthrough for preventing or treating cognitive impairment or Alzheimer disease. But several studies from the last 2 years are helping to drive the field of geriatrics forward, providing evidence of what does and does not help a variety of issues specific to the elderly. 

Based on a search of the 2017 and 2018 literature, this article presents new evidence on preventing and treating cognitive impairment, managing dementia-associated behavioral disturbances and delirium, preventing falls, and improving inpatient mobility and posthospital care transitions.

COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT, DEMENTIA: STILL NO SILVER BULLET

With the exception of oral anticoagulation treatment for atrial fibrillation, there is little evidence that pharmacologic or nonpharmacologic interventions slow the onset or progression of Alzheimer disease.

Nonpharmacologic interventions

Home occupational therapy. A 2-year home-based occupational therapy intervention1 showed no evidence of slowing functional decline in patients with Alzheimer disease. The randomized controlled trial involving 180 participants consisted of monthly sessions of an intensive, well-established collaborative-care management model that included fall prevention and other safety strategies, personalized training in activities of daily living, exercise, and education. Outcome measures for activities of daily living did not differ significantly between the treatment and control groups.1

Physical activity. Whether physical activity interventions slow cognitive decline and prevent dementia in cognitively intact adults was examined in a systematic review of 32 trials.2 Most of the trials followed patients for 6 months; a few stretched for 1 or 2 years.

Evidence was insufficient to prove cognitive benefit for short-term, single-component or multicomponent physical activity interventions. However, a multidomain physical activity intervention that also included dietary modifications and cognitive training did show a delay in cognitive decline, but only “low-strength” evidence.2

Nutritional supplements. The antioxidants vitamin E and selenium were studied for their possible cognitive benefit in the double-blind randomized Prevention of Alzheimer Disease by Vitamin E and Selenium trial3 in 3,786 asymptomatic men ages 60 and older. Neither supplement was found to prevent dementia over a 7-year follow-up period.

A review of 38 trials4 evaluated the effects on cognition of omega-3 fatty acids, soy, ginkgo biloba, B vitamins, vitamin D plus calcium, vitamin C, beta-carotene, and multi-ingredient supplements. It found insufficient evidence to recommend any over-the-counter supplement for cognitive protection in adults with normal cognition or mild cognitive impairment.

Pharmacologic treatments

Testosterone supplementation. The Testosterone Trials tested the effects of testosterone gel vs placebo for 1 year on 493 men over age 65 with low testosterone (< 275 ng/mL) and with subjective memory complaints and objective memory performance deficits. Treatment was not associated with improved memory or other cognitive functions compared with placebo.5

Antiamyloid drugs. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in nearly 2,000 patients evaluated verubecestat, an oral beta-site amyloid precursor protein-cleaving enzyme-1 inhibitor that reduces the amyloid-beta level in cerebrospinal fluid.6

Verubecestat did not reduce cognitive or functional decline in patients with mild-to-moderate Alzheimer disease, while adverse events including rashes, falls, injuries, sleep disturbances, suicidal ideation, weight loss, and hair color change were more common in the treatment groups. The trial was terminated early because of futility at 50 months.

And in a placebo-controlled trial of solanezumab, a monoclonal antibody directed against the amyloid beta peptide, no benefit was demonstrated at 80 weeks in more than 2,000 patients with Alzheimer disease.7

Multiple common agents. A well-conducted systematic review8 of 51 trials of at least a 6-month duration did not support the use of antihypertensive agents, diabetes medications, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, aspirin, hormones, or lipid-lowering drugs for cognitive protection for people with normal cognition or mild cognitive impairment.

However, some studies found reassuring evidence that standard therapies for other conditions do not worsen cognitive decline and are protective for atrial fibrillation.8

Proton-pump inhibitors. Concern exists for a potential link between dementia risk and proton-pump inhibitors, which are widely used to treat acid-related gastrointestinal disorders.9

A prospective population-based cohort study10 of nearly 3,500 people ages 65 and older without baseline dementia screened participants for dementia every 2 years over a mean period of 7.5 years and provided further evaluation for those who screened positive. Use of proton-pump inhibitors was not found to be associated with dementia risk, even with high cumulative exposure.

Results from this study do not support avoiding proton-pump inhibitors out of concern for dementia risk, although long-term use is associated with other safety concerns.

Oral anticoagulation. The increased risk of dementia with atrial fibrillation is well documented.11

A retrospective study12 based on a Swedish health registry and using more than 444,000 patients covering more than 1.5 million years at risk found that oral anticoagulant treatment at baseline conferred a 29% lower risk of dementia in an intention-to-treat analysis and a 48% lower risk in on-treatment analysis compared with no oral anticoagulation therapy. No difference was found between new oral anticoagulants and warfarin.

Transcatheter aortic valve implantation is not associated with cognitive decline

For patients with severe aortic stenosis who are not surgical candidates, transcatheter aortic valve implantation is superior to standard medical therapy,13 but there are concerns of neurologic and cognitive changes after the procedure.14 A meta-analysis of 18 studies assessing cognitive performance in more than 1,000 patients (average age ≥ 80) after undergoing the procedure for severe aortic stenosis found no significant cognitive performance changes from baseline perioperatively or 3 or 6 months later.15

 

 

TREATING DEMENTIA-ASSOCIATED BEHAVIORAL DISTURBANCES

Behavioral and psychiatric symptoms often accompany dementia, but no drugs have yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to address them in this population. Nonpharmacologic interventions are recommended as first-line therapy.

Antipsychotics are not recommended

Antipsychotics are often prescribed,16 although they are associated with metabolic syndrome17 and increased risks of stroke and death.18 The FDA has issued black box warnings against using antipsychotics for behavioral management in patients with dementia. Further, the American Geriatrics Society and the American Psychiatric Association do not endorse using them as initial therapy for behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia.16,19

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services partnered with nursing homes to improve the quality of care for patients with dementia, with results measured as the rate of prescribing antipsychotic medications. Although the use of psychotropic medications declined after initiating the partnership, the use of mood stabilizers increased, possibly as a substitute for antipsychotics.20

Dextromethorphan-quinidine use is up, despite modest evidence of benefit

A consumer news report in 2017 stated that the use of dextromethorphan-quinidine in long-term care facilities increased by nearly 400% between 2012 and 2016.21

Evidence for its benefits comes from a 10-week, phase 2, randomized controlled trial conducted at 42 US study sites with 194 patients with probable Alzheimer disease. Compared with the placebo group, the active treatment group had mildly reduced agitation but an increased risk of falls, dizziness, and diarrhea. However, rates of adverse effects were low, and the authors concluded that treatment was generally well tolerated.22

Pimavanserin: No long-term benefit for psychosis

In a phase 2, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial in 181 patients with possible or probable Alzheimer disease and psychotic symptoms, pimavanserin was associated with improved symptoms as measured by the Neuropsychiatric Inventory–Nursing Home Version psychosis score at 6 weeks, but no difference was found compared with placebo at 12 weeks. The treatment group had more adverse events, including agitation, aggression, peripheral edema, anxiety, and symptoms of dementia, although the differences were not statistically significant.23               

DELIRIUM: AVOID ANTIPSYCHOTICS

Delirium is common in hospitalized older adults, especially those who have baseline cognitive or functional impairment and are exposed to precipitating factors such as treatment with anticholinergic or narcotic medications, infection, surgery, or admission to an intensive care unit.24

Delirium at discharge predicts poor outcomes

In a prospective study of 152 hospitalized patients with delirium, those who either did not recover from delirium or had only partially recovered at discharge were more likely to visit the emergency department, be rehospitalized, or die during the subsequent 3 months than those who had fully recovered from delirium at discharge.25

Multicomponent, patient-centered approach can help

A randomized trial in 377 patients in Taiwan evaluated the use of a modified Hospital Elder Life Program, consisting of 3 protocols focused on orienting communication, oral and nutritional assistance, and early mobilization. Patients were at least 65 years old and undergoing elective abdominal surgery with expected length of hospital stay longer than 6 days. The program, administered daily during hospitalization, significantly lowered postoperative delirium by 56% and hospital stay by 2 days compared with usual care.26

Prophylactic haloperidol does not improve outcomes

In a multicenter randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, van den Boogaard et al studied prophylactic intravenous haloperidol in nearly 1,800 critically ill patients at high risk of delirium.27 Haloperidol did not improve survival at 28 days compared with placebo. For secondary outcomes, including delirium incidence, delirium-free and coma-free days, duration of mechanical ventilation, and hospital and intensive care department length of stay, treatment was not found to differ statistically from placebo.

Antipsychotics may worsen delirium

A double-blind, parallel-arm, dose-titrated randomized trial, conducted at 11 Australian hospices or hospitals with palliative care services, administered oral risperidone, haloperidol, or placebo to 247 patients with life-limiting illness and delirium. Both treatment groups had higher delirium symptom scores than the placebo group.28

In addition, a systematic review and meta-analysis of 19 studies found no benefit of antipsychotic medications for preventing or treating delirium in hospitalized adults.29

Antipsychotics are often continued indefinitely

A retrospective chart review at a US academic health system found30 that among 487 patients with a new antipsychotic medication prescribed during hospitalization, 147 (30.2%) were discharged on an antipsychotic. Of these, 121 (82.3%) had a diagnosis of delirium. Only 15 (12.4%) had discharge summaries that included instructions for discontinuing the drug.

Another US health system retrospectively reviewed antipsychotic use and found31 that out of 260 patients who were newly exposed to an antipsychotic drug during hospitalization, 146 (56.2%) were discharged on an antipsychotic drug, and 65% of these patients were still on the drug at the time of the next hospital admission.

 

 

EXERCISE, EXERCISE, EXERCISE

Exercise recommended, but not vitamin D, to prevent falls

In 2018, the US Preventive Services Task Force updated its recommendations for preventing falls in community-dwelling older adults.32 Based on the findings of several trials, the task force recommends exercise interventions for adults age 65 and older who are at increased risk for falls. Gait, balance, and functional training were studied in 17 trials, resistance training in 13, flexibility in 8, endurance training in 5, and tai chi in 3, with 5 studies including general physical activity. Exercise interventions most commonly took place for 3 sessions per week for 12 months (range 2–42 months).

The task force also recommends against vitamin D supplementation for fall prevention in community-dwelling adults age 65 or older who are not known to have osteoporosis or vitamin D deficiency.

Early mobilization helps inpatients

Hospitalized older adults usually spend most of their time in bed. Forty-five previously ambulatory patients (age ≥ 65 without dementia or delirium) in a Veterans Affairs hospital were monitored with wireless accelerometers and were found to spend, on average, 83% of the measured hospital stay in bed. Standing or walking time ranged from 0.2% to 21%, with a median of only 3% (43 minutes a day).33

Since falls with injury became a Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services nonreimbursable hospital-acquired condition, tension has arisen between promoting mobility and preventing falls.34 Two studies evaluating the adoption of mobility-restricting approaches such as bed-alarms, “fall-alert” signs, supervision of patients in the bathroom, and ensuring patients’ walking aids are within reach, did not find a significant reduction in falls or fall-related injuries.35,36

A clinically significant loss of community mobility is common after hospitalization in older adults.37 Older adults who developed mobility impairment during hospitalization had a higher risk of death in a large, retrospective study.38 A large Canadian multisite intervention trial39 that promoted early mobilization in older patients who were admitted to general medical wards resulted in increased mobilization and significantly shorter hospital stays.

POSTHOSPITAL CARE NEEDS IMPROVEMENT

After hospitalization, older adults who have difficulty with activities of daily living or complex medical needs often require continued care.

About 20% of hospitalized Medicare beneficiaries in the United States are discharged to skilled nursing facilities.40 This is often a stressful transition, and most people have little guidance on selecting a facility and simply choose one based on its proximity to home.41

A program of frequent visits by hospital-employed physicians and advanced practice professionals at skilled nursing facilities resulted in a significantly lower 30-day readmission rate compared with nonparticipating skilled nursing facilities in the same geographic area.42

Home healthcare is recommended after hospital discharge at a rapidly increasing rate. Overall referral rates increased from 8.6% to 14.1% between 2001 and 2012, and from 14.3% to 24.0% for patients with heart failure.43 A qualitative study of home healthcare nurses found a need for improved care coordination between home healthcare agencies and discharging hospitals, including defining accountability for orders and enhancing communication.44

References
  1. Callahan CM, Boustani MA, Schmid AA, et al. Targeting functional decline in Alzheimer disease: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2017; 166(3):164–171. doi:10.7326/M16-0830
  2. Brasure M, Desai P, Davila H, et al. Physical activity interventions in preventing cognitive decline and Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):30–38. doi:10.7326/M17-1528
  3. Kryscio RJ, Abner EL, Caban-Holt A, et al. Association of antioxidant supplement use and dementia in the Prevention of Alzheimer’s Disease by Vitamin E and Selenium Trial (PREADViSE). JAMA Neurol 2017; 74(5):567–573. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2016.5778
  4. Butler M, Nelson VA, Davila H, et al. Over-the-counter supplement interventions to prevent cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and clinical Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):52–62. doi:10.7326/M17-1530
  5. Resnick SM, Matsumoto AM, Stephens-Shields AJ, et al. Testosterone treatment and cognitive function in older men with low testosterone and age-associated memory impairment. JAMA 2017; 317(7):717–727. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.21044
  6. Egan MF, Kost J, Tariot PN, et al. Randomized trial of verubecestat for mild-to-moderate Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(18):1691–1703. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1706441
  7. Honig LS, Vellas B, Woodward M, et al. Trial of solanezumab for mild dementia due to Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(4):321–330. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1705971
  8. Fink HA, Jutkowitz E, McCarten JR, et al. Pharmacologic interventions to prevent cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and clinical Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):39–51. doi:10.7326/M17-1529
  9. Gomm W, von Holt K, Thomé F, et al. Association of proton pump inhibitors with risk of dementia: a pharmacoepidemiological claims data analysis. JAMA Neurol 2016; 73(4):410–416. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2015.4791
  10. Gray SL, Walker RL, Dublin S, et al. Proton pump inhibitor use and dementia risk: prospective population-based study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(2):247–253. doi:10.1111/jgs.15073
  11. de Bruijn RF, Heeringa J, Wolters FJ, et al. Association between atrial fibrillation and dementia in the general population. JAMA Neurol 2015; 72(11):1288–1294. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2015.2161
  12. Friberg L, Rosenqvist M. Less dementia with oral anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation. Eur Heart J 2018; 39(6):453–460. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehx579
  13. Leon MB, Smith CR, Mack M, et al; PARTNER Trial Investigators. Transcatheter aortic-valve implantation for aortic stenosis in patients who cannot undergo surgery. N Engl J Med 2010; 363(17):1597–1607. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1008232
  14. Haussig S, Mangner N, Dwyer MG, et al. Effect of a cerebral protection device on brain lesions following transcatheter aortic valve implantation in patients with severe aortic stenosis: the CLEAN-TAVI randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2016; 316(6):592–601. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.10302
  15. Khan MM, Herrmann N, Gallagher D, et al. Cognitive outcomes after transcatheter aortic valve implantation: a metaanalysis. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(2):254–262. doi:10.1111/jgs.15123
  16. Choosing Wisely; ABIM Foundation. American Geriatrics Society: ten things physicians and patients should question. www.choosingwisely.org/societies/american-geriatrics-society. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  17. Lieberman JA 3rd. Metabolic changes associated with antipsychotic use. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2004; 6(suppl 2):8–13. pmid:16001095
  18. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005; 294(15):1934–1943. doi:10.1001/jama.294.15.1934
  19. Choosing Wisely; ABIM Foundation. American Psychiatric Association: five things physicians and patients should question. www.choosingwisely.org/societies/american-psychiatric-association. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  20. Maust DT, Kim HM, Chiang C, Kales HC. Association of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services’ National Partnership to improve dementia care with the use of antipsychotics and other psychotropics in long-term care in the United States from 2009 to 2014. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(5):640–647. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.0379
  21. CNN. The little red pill being pushed on the elderly. www.cnn.com/2017/10/12/health/nuedexta-nursing-homes-invs/index.html. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  22. Cummings JL, Lyketsos CG, Peskind ER, et al. Effect of dextromethorphan-quinidine on agitation in patients with Alzheimer disease dementia: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015; 314(12):1242–1254. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.10214
  23. Ballard C, Banister C, Khan Z, et al; ADP Investigators. Evaluation of the safety, tolerability, and efficacy of pimavanserin versus placebo in patients with Alzheimer’s disease psychosis: a phase 2, randomised, placebo-controlled, double-blind study. Lancet Neurol 2018; 17(3):213–222. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(18)30039-5
  24. Inouye SK. Delirium in older persons. N Engl J Med 2006; 354(11):1157–1165. doi:10.1056/NEJMra052321
  25. Cole MG, McCusker J, Bailey R, et al. Partial and no recovery from delirium after hospital discharge predict increased adverse events. Age Ageing 2017; 46(1):90–95. doi:10.1093/ageing/afw153
  26. Chen CC, Li HC, Liang JT, et al. Effect of a modified hospital elder life program on delirium and length of hospital stay in patients undergoing abdominal surgery: a cluster randomized clinical trial. JAMA Surg 2017; 152(9):827–834. doi:10.1001/jamasurg.2017.1083
  27. van den Boogaard M, Slooter AJC, Brüggemann RJM, et al. Effect of haloperidol on survival among critically ill adults with a high risk of delirium: the REDUCE randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2018; 319(7):680–690. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0160
  28. Agar MR, Lawlor PG, Quinn S, et al. Efficacy of oral risperidone, haloperidol, or placebo for symptoms of delirium among patients in palliative care: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2017; 177(1):34–42. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2016.7491
  29. Neufeld KJ, Yue J, Robinson TN, Inouye SK, Needham DM. Antipsychotic medication for prevention and treatment of delirium in hospitalized adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Am Geriatr Soc 2016; 64(4):705–714. doi:10.1111/jgs.14076
  30. Johnson KG, Fashoyin A, Madden-Fuentes R, Muzyk AJ, Gagliardi JP, Yanamadala M. Discharge plans for geriatric inpatients with delirium: a plan to stop antipsychotics? J Am Geriatr Soc 2017; 65(10):2278–2281. doi:10.1111/jgs.15026
  31. Loh KP, Ramdass S, Garb JL, et al. Long-term outcomes of elders discharged on antipsychotics. J Hosp Med 2016; 11(8):550–555. doi:10.1002/jhm.2585
  32. US Preventive Services Task Force; Grossman DC, Curry SJ, Owens DK, et al. Interventions to prevent falls in community-dwelling older adults: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation statement. JAMA 2018; 319(16):1696–1704. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.3097
  33. Brown CJ, Redden DT, Flood KL, Allman RM. The underrecognized epidemic of low mobility during hospitalization of older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2009; 57(9):1660–1665. doi:10.1111/j.1532-5415.2009.02393.x
  34. Growdon ME, Shorr RI, Inouye SK. The tension between promoting mobility and preventing falls in the hospital. JAMA Intern Med 2017; 177(6):759–760. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.0840
  35. Barker AL, Morello RT, Wolfe R, et al. 6-PACK programme to decrease fall injuries in acute hospitals: cluster randomised controlled trial. BMJ 2016; 352:h6781. doi:10.1136/bmj.h6781
  36. Shorr RI, Chandler AM, Mion LC, et al. Effects of an intervention to increase bed alarm use to prevent falls in hospitalized patients: a cluster randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2012; 157(10):692–699. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-157-10-201211200-00005
  37. Loyd C, Beasley TM, Miltner RS, Clark D, King B, Brown CJ. Trajectories of community mobility recovery after hospitalization in older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(7):1399–1403. doi:10.1111/jgs.15397
  38. Valiani V, Chen Z, Lipori G, Pahor M, Sabbá C, Manini TM. Prognostic value of Braden Activity subscale for mobility status in hospitalized older adults. J Hosp Med 2017; 12(6):396–401. doi:10.12788/jhm.2748
  39. Liu B, Moore JE, Almaawiy U, et al; MOVE ON Collaboration. Outcomes of mobilisation of vulnerable elders in Ontario (MOVE ON): a multisite interrupted time series evaluation of an implementation intervention to increase patient mobilisation. Age Ageing 2018; 47(1):112–119. doi:10.1093/ageing/afx128
  40. Report to Congress: Medicare Payment Policy. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission 2016. www.medpac.gov/docs/default-source/reports/march-2016-report-to-the-congress-medicare-payment-policy.pdf?sfvrsn=0. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  41. Gadbois EA, Tyler DA, Mor V. Selecting a skilled nursing facility for postacute care: individual and family perspectives. J Am Geriatr Soc 2017; 65(11):2459–2465. doi:10.1111/jgs.14988
  42. Kim LD, Kou L, Hu B, Gorodeski EZ, Rothberg MB. Impact of a connected care model on 30-day readmission rates from skilled nursing facilities. J Hosp Med 2017; 12(4):238–244. doi:10.12788/jhm.2710
  43. Jones CD, Ginde AA, Burke RE, Wald HL, Masoudi FA, Boxer RS. Increasing home healthcare referrals upon discharge from U.S. hospitals: 2001-2012. J Am Geriatr Soc 2015; 63(6):1265–1266. doi:10.1111/jgs.13467
  44. Jones CD, Jones J, Richard A, et al. “Connecting the dots”: a qualitative study of home health nurse perspectives on coordinating care for recently discharged patients. J Gen Intern Med 2017; 32(10):1114–1121. doi:10.1007/s11606-017-4104-0
References
  1. Callahan CM, Boustani MA, Schmid AA, et al. Targeting functional decline in Alzheimer disease: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2017; 166(3):164–171. doi:10.7326/M16-0830
  2. Brasure M, Desai P, Davila H, et al. Physical activity interventions in preventing cognitive decline and Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):30–38. doi:10.7326/M17-1528
  3. Kryscio RJ, Abner EL, Caban-Holt A, et al. Association of antioxidant supplement use and dementia in the Prevention of Alzheimer’s Disease by Vitamin E and Selenium Trial (PREADViSE). JAMA Neurol 2017; 74(5):567–573. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2016.5778
  4. Butler M, Nelson VA, Davila H, et al. Over-the-counter supplement interventions to prevent cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and clinical Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):52–62. doi:10.7326/M17-1530
  5. Resnick SM, Matsumoto AM, Stephens-Shields AJ, et al. Testosterone treatment and cognitive function in older men with low testosterone and age-associated memory impairment. JAMA 2017; 317(7):717–727. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.21044
  6. Egan MF, Kost J, Tariot PN, et al. Randomized trial of verubecestat for mild-to-moderate Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(18):1691–1703. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1706441
  7. Honig LS, Vellas B, Woodward M, et al. Trial of solanezumab for mild dementia due to Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2018; 378(4):321–330. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1705971
  8. Fink HA, Jutkowitz E, McCarten JR, et al. Pharmacologic interventions to prevent cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and clinical Alzheimer-type dementia: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med 2018; 168(1):39–51. doi:10.7326/M17-1529
  9. Gomm W, von Holt K, Thomé F, et al. Association of proton pump inhibitors with risk of dementia: a pharmacoepidemiological claims data analysis. JAMA Neurol 2016; 73(4):410–416. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2015.4791
  10. Gray SL, Walker RL, Dublin S, et al. Proton pump inhibitor use and dementia risk: prospective population-based study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(2):247–253. doi:10.1111/jgs.15073
  11. de Bruijn RF, Heeringa J, Wolters FJ, et al. Association between atrial fibrillation and dementia in the general population. JAMA Neurol 2015; 72(11):1288–1294. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2015.2161
  12. Friberg L, Rosenqvist M. Less dementia with oral anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation. Eur Heart J 2018; 39(6):453–460. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehx579
  13. Leon MB, Smith CR, Mack M, et al; PARTNER Trial Investigators. Transcatheter aortic-valve implantation for aortic stenosis in patients who cannot undergo surgery. N Engl J Med 2010; 363(17):1597–1607. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1008232
  14. Haussig S, Mangner N, Dwyer MG, et al. Effect of a cerebral protection device on brain lesions following transcatheter aortic valve implantation in patients with severe aortic stenosis: the CLEAN-TAVI randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2016; 316(6):592–601. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.10302
  15. Khan MM, Herrmann N, Gallagher D, et al. Cognitive outcomes after transcatheter aortic valve implantation: a metaanalysis. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(2):254–262. doi:10.1111/jgs.15123
  16. Choosing Wisely; ABIM Foundation. American Geriatrics Society: ten things physicians and patients should question. www.choosingwisely.org/societies/american-geriatrics-society. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  17. Lieberman JA 3rd. Metabolic changes associated with antipsychotic use. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2004; 6(suppl 2):8–13. pmid:16001095
  18. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005; 294(15):1934–1943. doi:10.1001/jama.294.15.1934
  19. Choosing Wisely; ABIM Foundation. American Psychiatric Association: five things physicians and patients should question. www.choosingwisely.org/societies/american-psychiatric-association. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  20. Maust DT, Kim HM, Chiang C, Kales HC. Association of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services’ National Partnership to improve dementia care with the use of antipsychotics and other psychotropics in long-term care in the United States from 2009 to 2014. JAMA Intern Med 2018; 178(5):640–647. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.0379
  21. CNN. The little red pill being pushed on the elderly. www.cnn.com/2017/10/12/health/nuedexta-nursing-homes-invs/index.html. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  22. Cummings JL, Lyketsos CG, Peskind ER, et al. Effect of dextromethorphan-quinidine on agitation in patients with Alzheimer disease dementia: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015; 314(12):1242–1254. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.10214
  23. Ballard C, Banister C, Khan Z, et al; ADP Investigators. Evaluation of the safety, tolerability, and efficacy of pimavanserin versus placebo in patients with Alzheimer’s disease psychosis: a phase 2, randomised, placebo-controlled, double-blind study. Lancet Neurol 2018; 17(3):213–222. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(18)30039-5
  24. Inouye SK. Delirium in older persons. N Engl J Med 2006; 354(11):1157–1165. doi:10.1056/NEJMra052321
  25. Cole MG, McCusker J, Bailey R, et al. Partial and no recovery from delirium after hospital discharge predict increased adverse events. Age Ageing 2017; 46(1):90–95. doi:10.1093/ageing/afw153
  26. Chen CC, Li HC, Liang JT, et al. Effect of a modified hospital elder life program on delirium and length of hospital stay in patients undergoing abdominal surgery: a cluster randomized clinical trial. JAMA Surg 2017; 152(9):827–834. doi:10.1001/jamasurg.2017.1083
  27. van den Boogaard M, Slooter AJC, Brüggemann RJM, et al. Effect of haloperidol on survival among critically ill adults with a high risk of delirium: the REDUCE randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2018; 319(7):680–690. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0160
  28. Agar MR, Lawlor PG, Quinn S, et al. Efficacy of oral risperidone, haloperidol, or placebo for symptoms of delirium among patients in palliative care: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2017; 177(1):34–42. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2016.7491
  29. Neufeld KJ, Yue J, Robinson TN, Inouye SK, Needham DM. Antipsychotic medication for prevention and treatment of delirium in hospitalized adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Am Geriatr Soc 2016; 64(4):705–714. doi:10.1111/jgs.14076
  30. Johnson KG, Fashoyin A, Madden-Fuentes R, Muzyk AJ, Gagliardi JP, Yanamadala M. Discharge plans for geriatric inpatients with delirium: a plan to stop antipsychotics? J Am Geriatr Soc 2017; 65(10):2278–2281. doi:10.1111/jgs.15026
  31. Loh KP, Ramdass S, Garb JL, et al. Long-term outcomes of elders discharged on antipsychotics. J Hosp Med 2016; 11(8):550–555. doi:10.1002/jhm.2585
  32. US Preventive Services Task Force; Grossman DC, Curry SJ, Owens DK, et al. Interventions to prevent falls in community-dwelling older adults: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation statement. JAMA 2018; 319(16):1696–1704. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.3097
  33. Brown CJ, Redden DT, Flood KL, Allman RM. The underrecognized epidemic of low mobility during hospitalization of older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2009; 57(9):1660–1665. doi:10.1111/j.1532-5415.2009.02393.x
  34. Growdon ME, Shorr RI, Inouye SK. The tension between promoting mobility and preventing falls in the hospital. JAMA Intern Med 2017; 177(6):759–760. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.0840
  35. Barker AL, Morello RT, Wolfe R, et al. 6-PACK programme to decrease fall injuries in acute hospitals: cluster randomised controlled trial. BMJ 2016; 352:h6781. doi:10.1136/bmj.h6781
  36. Shorr RI, Chandler AM, Mion LC, et al. Effects of an intervention to increase bed alarm use to prevent falls in hospitalized patients: a cluster randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2012; 157(10):692–699. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-157-10-201211200-00005
  37. Loyd C, Beasley TM, Miltner RS, Clark D, King B, Brown CJ. Trajectories of community mobility recovery after hospitalization in older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2018; 66(7):1399–1403. doi:10.1111/jgs.15397
  38. Valiani V, Chen Z, Lipori G, Pahor M, Sabbá C, Manini TM. Prognostic value of Braden Activity subscale for mobility status in hospitalized older adults. J Hosp Med 2017; 12(6):396–401. doi:10.12788/jhm.2748
  39. Liu B, Moore JE, Almaawiy U, et al; MOVE ON Collaboration. Outcomes of mobilisation of vulnerable elders in Ontario (MOVE ON): a multisite interrupted time series evaluation of an implementation intervention to increase patient mobilisation. Age Ageing 2018; 47(1):112–119. doi:10.1093/ageing/afx128
  40. Report to Congress: Medicare Payment Policy. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission 2016. www.medpac.gov/docs/default-source/reports/march-2016-report-to-the-congress-medicare-payment-policy.pdf?sfvrsn=0. Accessed November 6, 2018.
  41. Gadbois EA, Tyler DA, Mor V. Selecting a skilled nursing facility for postacute care: individual and family perspectives. J Am Geriatr Soc 2017; 65(11):2459–2465. doi:10.1111/jgs.14988
  42. Kim LD, Kou L, Hu B, Gorodeski EZ, Rothberg MB. Impact of a connected care model on 30-day readmission rates from skilled nursing facilities. J Hosp Med 2017; 12(4):238–244. doi:10.12788/jhm.2710
  43. Jones CD, Ginde AA, Burke RE, Wald HL, Masoudi FA, Boxer RS. Increasing home healthcare referrals upon discharge from U.S. hospitals: 2001-2012. J Am Geriatr Soc 2015; 63(6):1265–1266. doi:10.1111/jgs.13467
  44. Jones CD, Jones J, Richard A, et al. “Connecting the dots”: a qualitative study of home health nurse perspectives on coordinating care for recently discharged patients. J Gen Intern Med 2017; 32(10):1114–1121. doi:10.1007/s11606-017-4104-0
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Page Number
953-958
Page Number
953-958
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Geriatrics update 2018: Challenges in mental health, mobility, and postdischarge care
Display Headline
Geriatrics update 2018: Challenges in mental health, mobility, and postdischarge care
Legacy Keywords
geriatrics, elderly, dementia, Alzheimer, cognitive impairment, occupational therapy, supplements, exercise, testosterone, antiamyloid, verubecestat, proton-pump inhibitors, oral anticoagulants, vitamins, transcatheter aortic valve replacement, TAVR, delirium, antipsychotics, dextromethorphan, quinidine, pimavanserin, haloperidol, mobilization, ambulation, transition, posthospital care, hospital discharge, Luke Kim, Ardeshir Hashmi
Legacy Keywords
geriatrics, elderly, dementia, Alzheimer, cognitive impairment, occupational therapy, supplements, exercise, testosterone, antiamyloid, verubecestat, proton-pump inhibitors, oral anticoagulants, vitamins, transcatheter aortic valve replacement, TAVR, delirium, antipsychotics, dextromethorphan, quinidine, pimavanserin, haloperidol, mobilization, ambulation, transition, posthospital care, hospital discharge, Luke Kim, Ardeshir Hashmi
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Oral anticoagulant treatment for atrial fibrillation helps preserve cognitive function.
  • Antipsychotics are not recommended as initial therapy for dementia-associated behavioral disturbances or for hospitalization-induced delirium.
  • A multicomponent inpatient program can help prevent postoperative delirium in hospitalized patients.
  • The US Preventive Services Task Force recommends exercise to prevent falls.
  • Early mobility should be encouraged for hospitalized patients.
  • Better continuity of care between hospitals and skilled nursing facilities can reduce hospital readmission rates.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Fri, 11/30/2018 - 06:15
Un-Gate On Date
Fri, 11/30/2018 - 06:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Fri, 11/30/2018 - 06:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Narcolepsy: Diagnosis and management

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/04/2018 - 11:06
Display Headline
Narcolepsy: Diagnosis and management

Narcolepsy was originally described in the late 1800s by the French physician Jean-Baptiste-Edouard Gélineau, who reported the case of a wine merchant suffering from somnolence. In this first description, he coined the term narcolepsie by joining the Greek words narke (numbness or stupor) and lepsis (attack).1

Since then, the disorder has been further characterized, and some insight into its biological underpinnings has been established. Importantly, treatments have improved and expanded, facilitating its management and thereby improving quality of life for those with the disorder.

This review focuses on clinically relevant features of the disorder and proposes management strategies.

CLINICAL FEATURES

Narcolepsy is characterized by instability of sleep-wake transitions.

Daytime sleepiness

Clinically, narcolepsy manifests with excessive daytime sleepiness that can be personally and socially disabling. Cataplexy, sleep paralysis, and hypnagogic or hypnopompic hallucinations can also be present,2,3 but they are not necessary for diagnosis. In fact, a minority of patients with narcolepsy have all these symptoms.4 Narcolepsy is divided into type 1 (with cataplexy) and type 2 (without cataplexy).2

Sleepiness tends to be worse with inactivity, and sleep can often be irresistible. Sleep attacks can come on suddenly and may be brief enough to manifest as a lapse in consciousness.

Short naps tend to be refreshing. Rapid eye movement (REM) latency—the interval between falling asleep and the onset of the REM sleep—is short in narcolepsy, and since the REM stage is when dreaming occurs, naps often include dreaming. Therefore, when taking a history, it is worthwhile to ask patients whether they dream during naps; a yes answer supports the diagnosis of narcolepsy.5

In children, sleepiness can manifest in reduced concentration and behavioral issues.6 Napping after age 5 or 6 is considered abnormal and may reflect pathologic sleepiness.7

Cataplexy

Cataplexy—transient muscle weakness triggered by emotion—is a specific feature of narcolepsy type 1. It often begins in the facial muscles and can manifest with slackening of the jaw or brief dropping of the head. However, episodes can be more dramatic and, if the trunk and limb muscles are affected, can result in collapsing to the ground.

Cataplexy usually has its onset at about the same time as the sleepiness associated with narcolepsy, but it can arise even years later.8 Episodes can last from a few seconds to 2 minutes. Consciousness is always preserved. A range of emotions can trigger cataplexy, but typically the emotion is a positive one such as laughter or excitement.9 Deep tendon reflexes disappear in cataplexy, so checking reflexes during a witnessed episode can be clinically valuable.2

Cataplexy can worsen with stress and insufficient sleep, occasionally with “status cataplecticus,” in which repeated, persistent episodes of cataplexy occur over several hours.8 Status cataplecticus can be spontaneous or an effect of withdrawal from anticataplectic medications.2

Cataplexy is thought to represent intrusion of REM sleep and its associated muscle atonia during wakefulness.

Sleep paralysis, hallucinations

Sleep paralysis and hallucinations are other features of narcolepsy that reflect this REM dissociation from sleep.

Sleep paralysis occurs most commonly upon awakening, but sometimes just before sleep onset. In most cases, it is manifested by inability to move the limbs or speak, lasting several seconds or, in rare cases, minutes at a time. Sleep paralysis can be associated with a sensation of fear or suffocation, especially when initially experienced.8

Hypnopompic hallucinations, occurring upon awakening, are more common than hypnagogic hallucinations, which are experienced before falling asleep. The hallucinations are often vivid and usually visual, although other types of hallucinations are possible. Unlike those that occur in psychotic disorders, the hallucinations tend to be associated with preserved insight that they are not real.10

Notably, both sleep paralysis and hallucinations are nonspecific symptoms that are common in the general population.8,11,12

Fragmented sleep

Although they are very sleepy, people with narcolepsy generally cannot stay asleep for very long. Their sleep tends to be extremely fragmented, and they often wake up several times a night.2

This sleep pattern reflects the inherent instability of sleep-wake transitions in narcolepsy. In fact, over a 24-hour period, adults with narcolepsy have a normal amount of sleep.13 In children, however, when narcolepsy first arises, the 24-hour sleep time can increase abruptly and can sometimes be associated with persistent cataplexy that can manifest as a clumsy gait.14

Weight gain, obstructive sleep apnea

Weight gain is common, particularly after symptom onset, and especially in children. As a result, obesity is a frequent comorbidity.15 Because obstructive sleep apnea can consequently develop, all patients with narcolepsy require screening for sleep-disordered breathing.

Other sleep disorders often accompany narcolepsy and are more common than in the general population.16 In a study incorporating both clinical and polysomnographic data of 100 patients with narcolepsy, insomnia was the most common comorbid sleep disorder, with a prevalence of 28%; others were REM sleep behavior disorder (24%), restless legs syndrome (24%), obstructive sleep apnea (21%), and non-REM parasomnias.17

 

 

PSYCHOSOCIAL CONSEQUENCES

Narcolepsy has significant psychosocial consequences. As a result of their symptoms, people with narcolepsy may not be able to meet academic or work-related demands.

Additionally, their risk of a motor vehicle accident is 3 to 4 times higher than in the general population, and more than one-third of patients have been in an accident due to sleepiness.18 There is some evidence to show that treatment eliminates this risk.19

Few systematic studies have examined mood disorders in narcolepsy. However, studies tend to show a higher prevalence of psychiatric disorders than in the general population, with depression and anxiety the most com-mon.20,21

DIAGNOSIS IS OFTEN DELAYED

The prevalence of narcolepsy type 1 is between 25 and 100 per 100,000 people.22 In a Mayo Clinic study,23 the incidence of narcolepsy type 1 was estimated to be 0.74 per 100,000 person-years. Epidemiologic data on narcolepsy type 2 are sparse, but patients with narcolepsy without cataplexy are thought to represent only 36% of all narcolepsy patients.23

Diagnosis is often delayed, with the average time between the onset of symptoms and the diagnosis ranging from 8 to 22 years. With increasing awareness, the efficiency of the diagnostic process is improving, and this delay is expected to lessen accordingly.24

Symptoms most commonly arise in the second decade; but the age at onset ranges significantly, between the first and fifth decades. Narcolepsy has a bimodal distribution in incidence, with the biggest peak at approximately age 15 and second smaller peak in the mid-30s. Some studies have suggested a slight male predominance.23,25

DIAGNOSIS

Narcolepsy: Differential diagnosis
Narcolepsy should be considered in the differential diagnosis for chronic excessive daytime sleepiness, but this disorder has many mimics (Table 1).

History is key

The history should include specific questions about the hallmark features of narcolepsy, including cataplexy, sleep paralysis, and sleep-related hallucinations. For individual assessment of subjective sleepiness, the Epworth Sleepiness Scale or Pediatric Daytime Sleepiness Scale can be administered quickly in the office setting.26,27

The Epworth score is calculated from the self-rated likelihood of falling asleep in 8 different situations, with possible scores of 0 (would never doze) to 3 (high chance of dozing) on each question, for a total possible score of 0 to 24. Normal total scores are between 0 and 10, while scores greater than 10 reflect pathologic sleepiness. Scores on the Epworth Sleepiness Scale in those with narcolepsy tend to reflect moderate to severe sleepiness, or at least 13, as opposed to patients with obstructive sleep apnea, whose scores commonly reflect milder sleepiness.28

Testing with actigraphy and polysomnography

It is imperative to rule out insufficient sleep and other sleep disorders as a cause of daytime sleepiness. This can be done with a careful clinical history, actigraphy with sleep logs, and polysomnography.

In the 2 to 4 weeks before actigraphy and subsequent testing, all medications with alerting or sedating properties (including anti­depressants) should be tapered off to prevent influence on the results of the study.

Actigraphy report showing sleep schedule
Figure 1. Actigraphy report showing sleep schedule with relatively little variation, with bedtimes ranging from 8 to 10 PM and wake-up times from 6 to 9 AM.
Actigraphy. Testing should start with a 1- to 2-week monitoring period. The patient wears a bracelet that measures sleep-wake patterns and objectively quantifies sleep duration, bedtimes, and wake-up times (Figure 1). While undergoing this test, the patient should also keep a sleep log, noting perceived sleep quantity and schedule over the time period (Figure 2). This confirms whether sleep quantity is sufficient and helps rule out circadian rhythm disorders such as delayed sleep-phase disorder and insufficient sleep syndrome.

Sleep log
Figure 2. Sleep log from the patient in Figure 1 shows relatively good concordance between perceived sleep schedule and actual sleep schedule.

Delayed sleep-phase disorder presents at a similar age as narcolepsy and can be associated with similar degrees of sleepiness. However, individuals with delayed sleep phase disorder have an inappropriately timed sleep-wake cycle so that there is a shift in their desired sleep onset and awakening times. It is common—prevalence estimates vary but average about 1% in the general population.29

Insufficient sleep syndrome is even more common, especially in teenagers and young adults, with increasing family, social, and academic demands. Sleep needs vary across the life span. A teenager needs 8 to 10 hours of sleep per night, and a young adult needs 7 to 9 hours. A study of 1,285 high school students found that 10.4% were not getting enough sleep.30

If actigraphy data suggest a circadian rhythm disorder or insufficient sleep that could explain the symptoms of sleepiness, then further testing should be halted and these specific issues should be addressed. In these cases, working with the patient toward maintaining a regular sleep-wake schedule with 7 to 8 hours of nightly sleep will often resolve symptoms.

If actigraphy demonstrates the patient is maintaining a regular sleep schedule and allowing adequate time for nightly sleep, the next step is polysomnography.

Polysomnography is performed to detect other disorders that can disrupt sleep, such as sleep-disordered breathing or periodic limb movement disorder.2,5 In addition, polysomnography can provide assurance that adequate sleep was obtained prior to the next step in testing.

Multiple sleep latency test

If sufficient sleep is obtained on polysomnograpy (at least 6 hours for an adult) and no other sleep disorder is identified, a multiple sleep latency test is performed. A urine toxicology screen is typically performed on the day of the test to ensure that drugs are not affecting the results.

The multiple sleep latency test consists of 4 to 5 nap opportunities at 2-hour intervals in a quiet dark room conducive to sleep, during which both sleep and REM latency are recorded. The sleep latency of those with narcolepsy is significantly shortened, and the diagnosis of narcolepsy requires an average sleep latency of less than 8 minutes.

Given the propensity for REM sleep in narcolepsy, another essential feature for diagnosis is the sleep-onset REM period (SOREMP). A SOREMP is defined as a REM latency of less than 15 minutes. A diagnosis of narcolepsy re-quires a SOREMP in at least 2 of the naps in a multiple sleep latency test (or 1 nap if the shortened REM latency is seen during polysomnography).31

The multiple sleep latency test has an imperfect sensitivity, though, and should be repeated when there is a high suspicion of narcolepsy.32–34 It is not completely specific either, and false-positive results occur. In fact, SOREMPs can be seen in the general population, particularly in those with a circadian rhythm disorder, insufficient sleep, or sleep-disordered breathing. Two or more SOREMPs in an multiple sleep latency test can be seen in a small proportion of the general population.35 The results of a multiple sleep latency test should be interpreted in the clinical context.

Differential diagnosis

Narcolepsy type 1 is distinguished from type 2 by the presence of cataplexy. A cerebrospinal fluid hypocretin 1 level of 110 pg/mL or less, or less than one-third of the mean value obtained in normal individuals, can substitute for the multiple sleep latency test in diagnosing narcolepsy type 1.31 Currently, hypocretin testing is generally not performed in clinical practice, although it may become a routine part of the narcolepsy evaluation in the future.

Thus, according to the International Classification of Sleep Disorders, 3rd edition,31 the diagnosis of narcolepsy type 1 requires excessive daytime sleepiness for at least 3 months that cannot be explained by another sleep disorder, medical or neurologic disorder, mental disorder, medication use, or substance use disorder, and at least 1 of the following:

  • Cataplexy and mean sleep latency of 8 minutes or less with at least 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing (1 of which can be on the preceding night’s polysomography)
  • Cerebrospinal fluid hypocretin 1 levels less than 110 pg/mL or one-third the baseline normal levels and mean sleep latency ≤ 8 minutes with ≥ 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing.

Similarly, the diagnosis of narcolepsy type 2 requires excessive daytime sleepiness for at least 3 months that cannot be explained by another sleep disorder, medical or neurological disorder, mental disorder, medication use, or substance use disorder, plus:

  • Mean sleep latency of 8 minutes or less with at least 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing.

Idiopathic hypersomnia, another disorder of central hypersomnolence, is also characterized by disabling sleepiness. It is diagnostically differentiated from narcolepsy, as there are fewer than 2 SOREMPs. As opposed to narcolepsy, in which naps tend to be refreshing, even prolonged naps in idiopathic hypersomnia are often not helpful in restoring wakefulness. In idiopathic hypersomnia, sleep is usually not fragmented, and there are few nocturnal arousals. Sleep times can often be prolonged as well, whereas in narcolepsy total sleep time through the day may not be increased but is not consolidated.

Kleine-Levin syndrome is a rarer disorder of hypersomnia. It is episodic compared with the relatively persistent sleepiness in narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia. Periods of hypersomnia occur intermittently for days to weeks and are accompanied by cognitive and behavioral changes including hyperphagia and hypersexuality.4

LINKED TO HYPOCRETIN DEFICIENCY

Over the past 2 decades, the underlying pathophysiology of narcolepsy type 1 has been better characterized.

Narcolepsy type 1 has been linked to a deficiency in hypocretin in the central nervous system.36 Hypocretin (also known as orexin) is a hormone produced in the hypothalamus that acts on multiple brain regions and maintains alertness. For unclear reasons, hypothalamic neurons producing hypocretin are selectively reduced in narcolepsy type 1. Hypocretin also stabilizes wakefulness and inhibits REM sleep; therefore, hypocretin deficiency can lead to inappropriate intrusions of REM sleep onto wakefulness, leading to the hallmark features of narcolepsy—cataplexy, sleep-related hallucinations, and sleep paralysis.37 According to one theory, cataplexy is triggered by emotional stimuli because of a pathway between the medial prefrontal cortex and the amygdala to the pons.38

Cerebrospinal fluid levels of hypocretin in patients with narcolepsy type 2 tend to be normal, and the biologic underpinnings of narcolepsy type 2 remain mysterious. However, in the subgroup of those with narcolepsy type 2 in which hypocretin is low, many individuals go on to develop cataplexy, thereby evolving to narcolepsy type 1.36

POSSIBLE AUTOIMMUNE BASIS

Narcolepsy is typically a sporadic disorder, although familial cases have been described. The risk of a parent with narcolepsy having a child who is affected is approximately 1%.5

Narcolepsy type 1 is strongly associated with HLA-DQB1*0602, with up to 95% of those affected having at least one allele.39 Having 2 copies of the allele further increases the risk of developing narcolepsy.40 However, this allele is far from specific for narcolepsy with cataplexy, as it occurs in 12% to 38% of the general population.41 Therefore, HLA typing currently has limited clinical utility. The exact cause is as yet unknown, but substantial literature proposes an autoimmune basis of the disorder, given the strong association with the HLA subtype.42–44

After the 2009 H1N1 influenza pandemic, there was a significant increase in the incidence of narcolepsy with cataplexy, which again sparked interest in an autoimmune etiology underlying the disorder. Pandemrix, an H1N1 vaccine produced as a result of the 2009 pandemic, appeared to also be associated with an increase in the incidence of narcolepsy. An association with other upper respiratory infections has also been noted, further supporting a possible autoimmune basis.

A few studies have looked for serum autoantibodies involved in the pathogenesis of narcolepsy. Thus far, only one has been identified, an antibody to Tribbles homolog 2, found in 20% to 40% of those with new onset of nar-colepsy.42–44

TREATMENTS FOR DAYTIME SLEEPINESS

As with many chronic disorders, the treatment of narcolepsy consists of symptomatic rather than curative management, which can be done through both pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic means.

Nondrug measures

Scheduled naps lasting 15 to 20 minutes can help improve alertness.45 A consistent sleep schedule with good sleep hygiene, ensuring sufficient nightly sleep, is also important. In one study, the combination of scheduled naps and regular nocturnal sleep times reduced the level of daytime sleepiness and unintentional daytime sleep. Daytime naps were most helpful for those with the highest degree of daytime sleepiness.45

Strategic use of caffeine can be helpful and can reduce dependence on pharmacologic treatment.

Screening should be performed routinely for other sleep disorders, such as sleep-disordered breathing, which should be treated if identified.5,18 When being treated for other medical conditions, individuals with narcolepsy should avoid medications that can cause sedation, such as opiates or barbiturates; alcohol should be minimized or avoided.

Networking with other individuals with narcolepsy through support groups such as Narcolepsy Network can be valuable for learning coping skills and connecting with community resources. Psychological counseling for the patient, and sometimes the family, can also be useful. School-age children may need special accommodations such as schedule adjustments to allow for scheduled naps or frequent breaks to maintain alertness.

People with narcolepsy tend to function better in careers that do not require long periods of sitting, as sleepiness tends to be worse, but instead offer flexibility and require higher levels of activity that tend to combat sleepiness. They should not work as commercial drivers.18

 

 

Medications

Drugs to treat excessive daytime sleepiness in narcolepsy

While behavioral interventions in narcolepsy are vital, they are rarely sufficient, and drugs that promote daytime wakefulness are used as an adjunct (Table 2).46

Realistic expectations should be established when starting, as some degree of residual sleepiness usually remains even with optimal medical therapy. Medications should be strategically scheduled to maximize alertness during necessary times such as at work or school or during driving. Patients should specifically be counseled to avoid driving if sleepy.18,47

Modafinil is often used as a first-line therapy, given its favorable side-effect profile and low potential for abuse. Its pharmacologic action has been debated but it probably acts as a selective dopamine reuptake inhibitor. It is typically taken twice daily (upon waking and early afternoon) and is usually well tolerated.

Potential side effects include headache, nausea, dry mouth, anorexia, diarrhea, and, rarely, Stevens-Johnson syndrome. Cardiovascular side effects are minimal, making it a favorable choice in older patients.18,48

A trial in 283 patients showed significantly lower levels of sleepiness in patients taking modafinil 200 mg or 400 mg than in a control group. Other trials have supported these findings and showed improved driving performance on modafinil.18

Notably, modafinil can increase the metabolism of oral contraceptives, thereby reducing their efficacy. Women of childbearing age should be warned about this interaction and should be transitioned to nonhormonal forms of contraception.2,47

Armodafinil, a purified R-isomer of modafinil, has a longer half-life and requires only once-daily dosing.5

If modafinil or armodafinil fails to optimally manage daytime sleepiness, a traditional stimulant such as methylphenidate or an amphetamine is often used.

Methylphenidate and amphetamines primarily inhibit the reuptake and increase the release of the monoamines, mainly dopamine, and to a lesser degree serotonin and norepinephrine.

These drugs have more significant adverse effects that can involve the cardiovascular system, causing hypertension and arrhythmias. Anorexia, weight loss, and, particularly with high doses, psychosis can occur.49

These drugs should be avoided in patients with a history of significant cardiovascular disease. Before starting stimulant therapy, a thorough cardiovascular examination should be done, often including electrocardiography to ensure there is no baseline arrhythmia.

Patients on these medications should be followed closely to ensure that blood pressure, pulse, and weight are not negatively affected.18,50 Addiction and tolerance can develop with these drugs, and follow-up should include assessment for dependence. Some states may require prescription drug monitoring to ensure the drugs are not being abused or diverted.

Short- and long-acting formulations of both methylphenidate and amphetamines are available, and a long-acting form is often used in conjunction with a short-acting form as needed.18

Addiction and drug-seeking behavior can develop but are unusual in those taking stimulants to treat narcolepsy.49

Follow-up

Residual daytime sleepiness can be measured subjectively through the Epworth Sleepiness Scale on follow-up. If necessary, a maintenance-of-wakefulness test can provide an objective assessment of treatment efficacy.18

As narcolepsy is a chronic disorder, treatment should evolve with time. Most medications that treat narcolepsy are categorized by the US Food and Drug Administration as pregnancy category C, as we do not have adequate studies in human pregnancies to evaluate their effects. When a patient with narcolepsy becomes pregnant, she should be counseled about the risks and benefits of remaining on therapy. Treatment should balance the risks of sleepiness with the potential risks of remaining on medications.50 In the elderly, as cardiovascular comorbidities tend to increase, the risks and benefits of therapy should be routinely reevaluated.

For cataplexy

Medications to treat cataplexy in narcolepsy
Medications may not be required to treat mild or infrequent cataplexy. However, treatment may be indicated for more severe cases of cataplexy. Anticataplexy agents are detailed in Table 3.

Sodium oxybate,51–53 the most potent anticataplectic drug, is the sodium salt of gamma hydroxybutyrate, a metabolite of gamma-aminobutyric acid. Sodium oxybate can be prescribed in the United States, Canada, and Europe. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends sodium oxybate for cataplexy, daytime sleepiness, and disrupted sleep based on 3 level-1 studies and 2 level-4 studies.46

Sodium oxybate increases slow-wave sleep, improves sleep continuity, and often helps to mitigate daytime sleepiness. Due to its short half-life, its administration is unusual: the first dose is taken before bedtime and the second dose 2.5 to 4 hours later. Some patients set an alarm clock to take the second dose, while others awaken spontaneously to take the second dose. Most patients find that with adherence to dosing and safety instructions, sodium oxybate can serve as a highly effective form of treatment of both excessive sleepiness and cataplexy and may reduce the need for stimulant-based therapies.

The most common adverse effects are nausea, mood swings, and enuresis. Occasionally, psychosis can result and limit use of the drug. Obstructive sleep apnea can also develop or worsen.52 Because of its high salt content, sodium oxybate should be used with caution in those with heart failure, hypertension, or renal impairment. Its relative, gamma hydroxybutyrate, causes rapid sedation and has been notorious for illegal use as a date rape drug.

In the United States, sodium oxybate is distributed only through a central pharmacy to mitigate potential abuse. Due to this system, the rates of diversion are extremely low, estimated in a postmarketing analysis to be 1 instance per 5,200 patients treated. In the same study, abuse and dependence were both rare as well, about 1 case for every 2,600 and 6,500 patients treated.6,18,52,53

Antidepressants promote the action of norepinephrine and, to a lesser degree, serotonin, thereby suppressing REM sleep.

Venlafaxine, a serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, is often used as a first-line treatment for cataplexy. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine are also used with success. Tricyclic antidepressants such as protriptyline or clomipramine are extremely effective for cataplexy, but are rarely used due to their adverse effects.2,47

FUTURE WORK

While our understanding of narcolepsy has advanced, there are still gaps in our knowledge of the disorder—namely, the specific trigger for the loss of hypocretin neurons in type 1 narcolepsy and the underlying pathophysiology of type 2.

A number of emerging therapies target the hypocretin system, including peptide replacement, neuronal transplant, and immunotherapy preventing hypocretin neuronal cell death.50,54,55 Additional drugs designed to improve alertness that do not involve the hypocretin system are also being developed, including a histamine inverse agonist.50,56 Sodium oxybate and modafinil, although currently approved for use in adults, are still off-label in pediatric practice. Studies of the safety and efficacy of these medications in children are needed.7,57

References
  1. Gélineau J. De la narcolepsie. Gazette des Hôpitaux Civils et Militaires 1880; part a, 53:626–628, part b, 54:635–637.
  2. Dauvilliers Y, Arnulf I, Mignot E. Narcolepsy with cataplexy. Lancet 2007; 369(9560):499–511. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(07)60237-2
  3. Scammell TE. Clinical features and diagnosis of narcolepsy in adults. In: Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate. Waltham, MA: UpToDate; 2018. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  4. Morrish E, King MA, Smith IE, Shneerson JM. Factors associated with a delay in the diagnosis of narcolepsy. Sleep Med 2004; 5(1):37–41. pmid:14725825
  5. Scammell TE. Narcolepsy. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(27):2654–2662. doi:10.1056/NEJMra1500587
  6. Babiker MO, Prasad M. Narcolepsy in children: a diagnostic and management approach. Pediatr Neurol 2015; 52(6):557–565. doi:10.1016/j.pediatrneurol.2015.02.020
  7. Kotagal S. Narcolepsy in children. In: UpToDate, Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate, Waltham, MA. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  8. Scammell TE. The neurobiology, diagnosis, and treatment of narcolepsy. Ann Neurol 2003; 53(2):154–166. doi:10.1002/ana.10444
  9. Overeem S, van Nues SJ, van der Zande WL, Donjacour CE, van Mierlo P, Lammers GJ. The clinical features of cataplexy: a questionnaire study in narcolepsy patients with and without hypocretin-1 deficiency. Sleep Med 2011; 12(1):12–18. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2010.05.010
  10. Plazzi G, Fabbri C, Pizza F, Serretti A. Schizophrenia-like symptoms in narcolepsy type 1: shared and distinctive clinical characteristics. Neuropsychobiology 2015; 71(4):218–224. doi:10.1159/000432400
  11. Ohayon MM. Prevalence of hallucinations and their pathological associations in the general population. Psychiatry Res 2000; 97(2-3):153–164. pmid:11166087
  12. Sharpless BA, Barber JP. Lifetime prevalence rates of sleep paralysis: a systematic review. Sleep Med Rev 2011;5(5):311–315. doi:10.1016/j.smrv.2011.01.007
  13. Broughton R, Dunham W, Newman J, Lutley K, Duschesne P, Rivers M. Ambulatory 24 hour sleep-wake monitoring in narcolepsy-cataplexy compared to matched controls. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1988; 70(6):473–481. pmid:2461281
  14. Pizza F, Franceschini C, Peltola H, et al. Clinical and polysomnographic course of childhood narcolepsy with cataplexy. Brain 2013; 136(pt 12):3787–3795. doi:10.1093/brain/awt277
  15. Kotagal S, Krahn LE, Slocumb N. A putative link between childhood narcolepsy and obesity. Sleep Med 2004; 5(2):147–150. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2003.10.006
  16. Pizza F, Tartarotti S, Poryazova R, Baumann CR, Bassetti CL. Sleep-disordered breathing and periodic limb movements in narcolepsy with cataplexy: a systematic analysis of 35 consecutive patients. Eur Neurol 2013; 70(1-2):22–26. doi:10.1159/000348719
  17. Frauscher B, Ehrmann L, Mitterling T, et al. Delayed diagnosis, range of severity, and multiple sleep comorbidities: a clinical and polysomnographic analysis of 100 patients of the Innsbruck narcolepsy cohort. J Clin Sleep Med 2013; 9(8):805–812. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2926
  18. Scammell TE. Treatment of narcolepsy in adults. In: Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate, Waltham, MA. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  19. Pizza F, Jaussent I, Lopez R, et al. Car crashes and central disorders of hypersomnolence: a French study. PLoS One 2015; 10(6):e0129386. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0129386
  20. Fortuyn HD, Lappenschaar MA, Furer JW, et al. Anxiety and mood disorders in narcolepsy: a case-control study. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2010; 32(1):49–56. doi:10.1016/j.genhosppsych.2009.08.007
  21. Ruoff CM, Reaven NL, Funk SE, et al. High rates of psychiatric comorbidity in narcolepsy: findings from the Burden of Narcolepsy Disease (BOND) study of 9,312 patients in the United States. J Clin Psychiatry 2017; 78(2):171–176. doi:10.4088/JCP.15m10262
  22. Longstreth WT Jr, Koepsell TD, Ton TG, Hendrickson AF, van Belle G. The epidemiology of narcolepsy. Sleep. 2007; 30(1):13–26. pmid:17310860
  23. Silber MH, Krahn LE, Olson EJ, Pankratz VS. The epidemiology of narcolepsy in Olmsted County, Minnesota: a population-based study. Sleep 2002; 25(2):197–202. pmid:11902429
  24. Thorpy MJ, Krieger AC. Delayed diagnosis of narcolepsy: characterization and impact. Sleep Med 2014; 15(5):502–507. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.015
  25. Dauvilliers Y, Montplaisir J, Molinari N, et al. Age at onset of narcolepsy in two large populations of patients in France and Quebec. Neurology 2001; 57(11):2029–2033. pmid:11739821
  26. Johns MW. A new method for measuring daytime sleepiness: the Epworth sleepiness scale. Sleep 1991; 14(6):540–545. pmid:1798888
  27. Drake C, Nickel C, Burduvali E, Roth T, Jefferson C, Badia P. The pediatric daytime sleepiness scale (PDSS): sleep habits and school outcomes in middle-school children. Sleep 2003; 26(4):455–458. pmid:12841372
  28. van der Heide A, van Schie MK, Lammers GJ, et al. Comparing treatment effect measurements in narcolepsy: the sustained attention to response task, Epworth sleepiness scale and maintenance of wakefulness test. Sleep 2015; 38(7):1051–1058. doi:10.5665/sleep.4810
  29. Nesbitt AD. Delayed sleep-wake phase disorder. J Thorac Dis 2018; 10(suppl 1):S103–S111. doi:10.21037/jtd.2018.01.11
  30. Pallesen S, Saxvig IW, Molde H, Sørensen E, Wilhelmsen-Langeland A, Bjorvatn B. Brief report: behaviorally induced insufficient sleep syndrome in older adolescents: prevalence and correlates. J Adolesc 2011; 34(2):391–395. doi:10.1016/j.adolescence.2010.02.005
  31. American Academy of Sleep Medicine. International Classification of Sleep Disorders. 3rd ed. Darien, IL: American Academy of Sleep Disorders; 2014.
  32. Trotti LM, Staab BA, Rye DB. Test-retest reliability of the multiple sleep latency test in narcolepsy without cataplexy and idiopathic hypersomnia. J Clin Sleep Med 2013; 9(8):789–795. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2922
  33. Andlauer O, Moore H, Jouhier L, et al. Nocturnal rapid eye movement sleep latency for identifying patients with narcolepsy/hypocretin deficiency. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(7):891–902. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.1589
  34. Cairns A, Bogan R. Prevalence and clinical correlates of a short onset REM period (SOREMP) during routine PSG. Sleep 2015; 38(10):1575–1581. doi:10.5665/sleep.5050
  35. Mignot E, Lin L, Finn L, et al. Correlates of sleep-onset REM periods during the multiple sleep latency test in community adults. Brain 2006; 129(6):1609–1623. doi:10.1093/brain/awl079
  36. Nishino S, Ripley B, Overeem S, Lammers GJ, Mignot E. Hypocretin (orexin) deficiency in human narcolepsy. Lancet 2000; 355(9197):39–40. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(99)05582-8
  37. Peyron C, Faraco J, Rogers W, et al. A mutation in a case of early onset narcolepsy and a generalized absence of hypocretin peptides in human narcoleptic brains. Nat Med 2000; 6(9):991–997. doi:10.1038/79690
  38. Oishi Y, Williams RH, Agostinelli L, et al. Role of the medial prefrontal cortex in cataplexy. J Neurosci 2013; 33(23):9743–9751. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0499-13.2013
  39. Mignot E, Hayduk R, Black J, Grumet FC, Guilleminault C. HLA DQB1*0602 is associated with cataplexy in 509 narcoleptic patients.. Sleep 1997; 20(11):1012–1020. pmid:9456467
  40. Pelin Z, Guilleminault C, Risch N, Grumet FC, Mignot E. HLA-DQB1*0602 homozygosity increases relative risk for narcolepsy but not disease severity in two ethnic groups. US Modafinil in Narcolepsy Multicenter Study Group. Tissue Antigens 1998; 51(1):96–100. pmid:9459509
  41. Akintomide GS, Rickards H. Narcolepsy: a review. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2011; 7(1):507–518. doi:10.2147/NDT.S23624
  42. Mahlios J, De la Herrán-Arita AK, Mignot E. The autoimmune basis of narcolepsy. Curr Opin Neurobiol 2013; 23(5):767–773. doi:10.1016/j.conb.2013.04.013
  43. Degn M, Kornum BR. Type 1 narcolepsy: a CD8(+) T cell-mediated disease? Ann N Y Acad Sci 2015;1 351:80–88. doi:10.1111/nyas.12793
  44. Liblau RS, Vassalli A, Seifinejad A, Tafti M. Hypocretin (orexin) biology and the pathophysiology of narcolepsy with cataplexy. Lancet Neurol 2015; 14(3):318–328. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(14)70218-2
  45. Rogers AE, Aldrich MS, Lin X. A comparison of three different sleep schedules for reducing daytime sleepiness in narcolepsy. Sleep 2001; 24(4):385–391. pmid:11403522
  46. Morgenthaler TI, Kapur VK, Brown TM, et al; Standards of Practice Committee of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. Practice parameters for the treatment of narcolepsy and other hypersomnias of central origin. Sleep 2007; 30(12):1705–1711. pmid:18246980
  47. Mignot EJ. A practical guide to the therapy of narcolepsy and hypersomnia syndromes. Neurotherapeutics 2012; 9(4):739–752. doi:10.1007/s13311-012-0150-9
  48. Roth T, Schwartz JR, Hirshkowitz M, Erman MK, Dayno JM, Arora S. Evaluation of the safety of modafinil for treatment of excessive sleepiness. J Clin Sleep Med 2007; 3(6):595–602. pmid:17993041
  49. Auger RR, Goodman SH, Silber MH, Krahn LE, Pankratz VS, Slocumb NL. Risks of high-dose stimulants in the treatment of disorders of excessive somnolence: a case-control study. Sleep 2005; 28(6):667–672. pmid:16477952
  50. Abad VC, Guilleminault C. New developments in the management of narcolepsy. Nat Sci Sleep 2017; 9:39–57. doi:10.2147/NSS.S103467
  51. Drakatos P, Lykouras D, D’Ancona G, et al. Safety and efficacy of long-term use of sodium oxybate for narcolepsy with cataplexy in routine clinical practice. Sleep Med 2017; 35:80–84. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2017.03.028
  52. Mansukhani MP, Kotagal S. Sodium oxybate in the treatment of childhood narcolepsy–cataplexy: a retrospective study. Sleep Med 2012; 13(6):606–610. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2011.10.032
  53. Wang YG, Swick TJ, Carter LP, Thorpy MJ, Benowitz NL. Safety overview of postmarketing and clinical experience of sodium oxybate (Xyrem): abuse, misuse, dependence, and diversion. J Clin Sleep Med 2009; 5(4):365–371. pmid:19968016
  54. Weinhold SL, Seeck-Hirschner M, Nowak A, Hallschmid M, Göder R, Baier PC. The effect of intranasal orexin-A (hypocretin-1) on sleep, wakefulness and attention in narcolepsy with cataplexy. Behav Brain Res 2014; 262:8–13. doi:10.1016/j.bbr.2013.12.045
  55. Arias-Carrión O, Murillo-Rodriguez E. Effects of hypocretin/orexin cell transplantation on narcoleptic-like sleep behavior in rats. PLoS One 2014; 9(4):e95342. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0095342
  56. Leu-Semenescu S, Nittur N, Golmard JL, Arnulf I. Effects of pitolisant, a histamine H3 inverse agonist, in drug-resistant idiopathic and symptomatic hypersomnia: a chart review. Sleep Med 2014; 15(6):681–687. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.021
  57. Lecendreux M, Bruni O, Franco P, et al. Clinical experience suggests that modafinil is an effective and safe treatment for paediatric narcolepsy. J Sleep Res 2012; 21(4):481–483. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2869.2011.00991.x
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Erin C. Golden, MD
Minnesota Regional Sleep Disorders Center, Department of Neurology, Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN

Melissa C. Lipford, MD
Center for Sleep Medicine and Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Melissa C. Lipford, MD, Assistant Professor and Consultant, Department of Neurology and Center for Sleep Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
959-969
Legacy Keywords
narcolepsy, cataplexy, sleep attacks, hallucination, sleepiness, rapid eye movement, REM, insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea, weight gain, sleep-onset REM period, SOREMP, hypocretin, orexin, modafinil, armodafinil, methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, amphetamine, oxybate, venlafaxine, fluoxetine, sertraline, protriptyline, Erin Golden, Melissa Lipford
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Erin C. Golden, MD
Minnesota Regional Sleep Disorders Center, Department of Neurology, Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN

Melissa C. Lipford, MD
Center for Sleep Medicine and Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Melissa C. Lipford, MD, Assistant Professor and Consultant, Department of Neurology and Center for Sleep Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Erin C. Golden, MD
Minnesota Regional Sleep Disorders Center, Department of Neurology, Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN

Melissa C. Lipford, MD
Center for Sleep Medicine and Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN

Address: Melissa C. Lipford, MD, Assistant Professor and Consultant, Department of Neurology and Center for Sleep Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Narcolepsy was originally described in the late 1800s by the French physician Jean-Baptiste-Edouard Gélineau, who reported the case of a wine merchant suffering from somnolence. In this first description, he coined the term narcolepsie by joining the Greek words narke (numbness or stupor) and lepsis (attack).1

Since then, the disorder has been further characterized, and some insight into its biological underpinnings has been established. Importantly, treatments have improved and expanded, facilitating its management and thereby improving quality of life for those with the disorder.

This review focuses on clinically relevant features of the disorder and proposes management strategies.

CLINICAL FEATURES

Narcolepsy is characterized by instability of sleep-wake transitions.

Daytime sleepiness

Clinically, narcolepsy manifests with excessive daytime sleepiness that can be personally and socially disabling. Cataplexy, sleep paralysis, and hypnagogic or hypnopompic hallucinations can also be present,2,3 but they are not necessary for diagnosis. In fact, a minority of patients with narcolepsy have all these symptoms.4 Narcolepsy is divided into type 1 (with cataplexy) and type 2 (without cataplexy).2

Sleepiness tends to be worse with inactivity, and sleep can often be irresistible. Sleep attacks can come on suddenly and may be brief enough to manifest as a lapse in consciousness.

Short naps tend to be refreshing. Rapid eye movement (REM) latency—the interval between falling asleep and the onset of the REM sleep—is short in narcolepsy, and since the REM stage is when dreaming occurs, naps often include dreaming. Therefore, when taking a history, it is worthwhile to ask patients whether they dream during naps; a yes answer supports the diagnosis of narcolepsy.5

In children, sleepiness can manifest in reduced concentration and behavioral issues.6 Napping after age 5 or 6 is considered abnormal and may reflect pathologic sleepiness.7

Cataplexy

Cataplexy—transient muscle weakness triggered by emotion—is a specific feature of narcolepsy type 1. It often begins in the facial muscles and can manifest with slackening of the jaw or brief dropping of the head. However, episodes can be more dramatic and, if the trunk and limb muscles are affected, can result in collapsing to the ground.

Cataplexy usually has its onset at about the same time as the sleepiness associated with narcolepsy, but it can arise even years later.8 Episodes can last from a few seconds to 2 minutes. Consciousness is always preserved. A range of emotions can trigger cataplexy, but typically the emotion is a positive one such as laughter or excitement.9 Deep tendon reflexes disappear in cataplexy, so checking reflexes during a witnessed episode can be clinically valuable.2

Cataplexy can worsen with stress and insufficient sleep, occasionally with “status cataplecticus,” in which repeated, persistent episodes of cataplexy occur over several hours.8 Status cataplecticus can be spontaneous or an effect of withdrawal from anticataplectic medications.2

Cataplexy is thought to represent intrusion of REM sleep and its associated muscle atonia during wakefulness.

Sleep paralysis, hallucinations

Sleep paralysis and hallucinations are other features of narcolepsy that reflect this REM dissociation from sleep.

Sleep paralysis occurs most commonly upon awakening, but sometimes just before sleep onset. In most cases, it is manifested by inability to move the limbs or speak, lasting several seconds or, in rare cases, minutes at a time. Sleep paralysis can be associated with a sensation of fear or suffocation, especially when initially experienced.8

Hypnopompic hallucinations, occurring upon awakening, are more common than hypnagogic hallucinations, which are experienced before falling asleep. The hallucinations are often vivid and usually visual, although other types of hallucinations are possible. Unlike those that occur in psychotic disorders, the hallucinations tend to be associated with preserved insight that they are not real.10

Notably, both sleep paralysis and hallucinations are nonspecific symptoms that are common in the general population.8,11,12

Fragmented sleep

Although they are very sleepy, people with narcolepsy generally cannot stay asleep for very long. Their sleep tends to be extremely fragmented, and they often wake up several times a night.2

This sleep pattern reflects the inherent instability of sleep-wake transitions in narcolepsy. In fact, over a 24-hour period, adults with narcolepsy have a normal amount of sleep.13 In children, however, when narcolepsy first arises, the 24-hour sleep time can increase abruptly and can sometimes be associated with persistent cataplexy that can manifest as a clumsy gait.14

Weight gain, obstructive sleep apnea

Weight gain is common, particularly after symptom onset, and especially in children. As a result, obesity is a frequent comorbidity.15 Because obstructive sleep apnea can consequently develop, all patients with narcolepsy require screening for sleep-disordered breathing.

Other sleep disorders often accompany narcolepsy and are more common than in the general population.16 In a study incorporating both clinical and polysomnographic data of 100 patients with narcolepsy, insomnia was the most common comorbid sleep disorder, with a prevalence of 28%; others were REM sleep behavior disorder (24%), restless legs syndrome (24%), obstructive sleep apnea (21%), and non-REM parasomnias.17

 

 

PSYCHOSOCIAL CONSEQUENCES

Narcolepsy has significant psychosocial consequences. As a result of their symptoms, people with narcolepsy may not be able to meet academic or work-related demands.

Additionally, their risk of a motor vehicle accident is 3 to 4 times higher than in the general population, and more than one-third of patients have been in an accident due to sleepiness.18 There is some evidence to show that treatment eliminates this risk.19

Few systematic studies have examined mood disorders in narcolepsy. However, studies tend to show a higher prevalence of psychiatric disorders than in the general population, with depression and anxiety the most com-mon.20,21

DIAGNOSIS IS OFTEN DELAYED

The prevalence of narcolepsy type 1 is between 25 and 100 per 100,000 people.22 In a Mayo Clinic study,23 the incidence of narcolepsy type 1 was estimated to be 0.74 per 100,000 person-years. Epidemiologic data on narcolepsy type 2 are sparse, but patients with narcolepsy without cataplexy are thought to represent only 36% of all narcolepsy patients.23

Diagnosis is often delayed, with the average time between the onset of symptoms and the diagnosis ranging from 8 to 22 years. With increasing awareness, the efficiency of the diagnostic process is improving, and this delay is expected to lessen accordingly.24

Symptoms most commonly arise in the second decade; but the age at onset ranges significantly, between the first and fifth decades. Narcolepsy has a bimodal distribution in incidence, with the biggest peak at approximately age 15 and second smaller peak in the mid-30s. Some studies have suggested a slight male predominance.23,25

DIAGNOSIS

Narcolepsy: Differential diagnosis
Narcolepsy should be considered in the differential diagnosis for chronic excessive daytime sleepiness, but this disorder has many mimics (Table 1).

History is key

The history should include specific questions about the hallmark features of narcolepsy, including cataplexy, sleep paralysis, and sleep-related hallucinations. For individual assessment of subjective sleepiness, the Epworth Sleepiness Scale or Pediatric Daytime Sleepiness Scale can be administered quickly in the office setting.26,27

The Epworth score is calculated from the self-rated likelihood of falling asleep in 8 different situations, with possible scores of 0 (would never doze) to 3 (high chance of dozing) on each question, for a total possible score of 0 to 24. Normal total scores are between 0 and 10, while scores greater than 10 reflect pathologic sleepiness. Scores on the Epworth Sleepiness Scale in those with narcolepsy tend to reflect moderate to severe sleepiness, or at least 13, as opposed to patients with obstructive sleep apnea, whose scores commonly reflect milder sleepiness.28

Testing with actigraphy and polysomnography

It is imperative to rule out insufficient sleep and other sleep disorders as a cause of daytime sleepiness. This can be done with a careful clinical history, actigraphy with sleep logs, and polysomnography.

In the 2 to 4 weeks before actigraphy and subsequent testing, all medications with alerting or sedating properties (including anti­depressants) should be tapered off to prevent influence on the results of the study.

Actigraphy report showing sleep schedule
Figure 1. Actigraphy report showing sleep schedule with relatively little variation, with bedtimes ranging from 8 to 10 PM and wake-up times from 6 to 9 AM.
Actigraphy. Testing should start with a 1- to 2-week monitoring period. The patient wears a bracelet that measures sleep-wake patterns and objectively quantifies sleep duration, bedtimes, and wake-up times (Figure 1). While undergoing this test, the patient should also keep a sleep log, noting perceived sleep quantity and schedule over the time period (Figure 2). This confirms whether sleep quantity is sufficient and helps rule out circadian rhythm disorders such as delayed sleep-phase disorder and insufficient sleep syndrome.

Sleep log
Figure 2. Sleep log from the patient in Figure 1 shows relatively good concordance between perceived sleep schedule and actual sleep schedule.

Delayed sleep-phase disorder presents at a similar age as narcolepsy and can be associated with similar degrees of sleepiness. However, individuals with delayed sleep phase disorder have an inappropriately timed sleep-wake cycle so that there is a shift in their desired sleep onset and awakening times. It is common—prevalence estimates vary but average about 1% in the general population.29

Insufficient sleep syndrome is even more common, especially in teenagers and young adults, with increasing family, social, and academic demands. Sleep needs vary across the life span. A teenager needs 8 to 10 hours of sleep per night, and a young adult needs 7 to 9 hours. A study of 1,285 high school students found that 10.4% were not getting enough sleep.30

If actigraphy data suggest a circadian rhythm disorder or insufficient sleep that could explain the symptoms of sleepiness, then further testing should be halted and these specific issues should be addressed. In these cases, working with the patient toward maintaining a regular sleep-wake schedule with 7 to 8 hours of nightly sleep will often resolve symptoms.

If actigraphy demonstrates the patient is maintaining a regular sleep schedule and allowing adequate time for nightly sleep, the next step is polysomnography.

Polysomnography is performed to detect other disorders that can disrupt sleep, such as sleep-disordered breathing or periodic limb movement disorder.2,5 In addition, polysomnography can provide assurance that adequate sleep was obtained prior to the next step in testing.

Multiple sleep latency test

If sufficient sleep is obtained on polysomnograpy (at least 6 hours for an adult) and no other sleep disorder is identified, a multiple sleep latency test is performed. A urine toxicology screen is typically performed on the day of the test to ensure that drugs are not affecting the results.

The multiple sleep latency test consists of 4 to 5 nap opportunities at 2-hour intervals in a quiet dark room conducive to sleep, during which both sleep and REM latency are recorded. The sleep latency of those with narcolepsy is significantly shortened, and the diagnosis of narcolepsy requires an average sleep latency of less than 8 minutes.

Given the propensity for REM sleep in narcolepsy, another essential feature for diagnosis is the sleep-onset REM period (SOREMP). A SOREMP is defined as a REM latency of less than 15 minutes. A diagnosis of narcolepsy re-quires a SOREMP in at least 2 of the naps in a multiple sleep latency test (or 1 nap if the shortened REM latency is seen during polysomnography).31

The multiple sleep latency test has an imperfect sensitivity, though, and should be repeated when there is a high suspicion of narcolepsy.32–34 It is not completely specific either, and false-positive results occur. In fact, SOREMPs can be seen in the general population, particularly in those with a circadian rhythm disorder, insufficient sleep, or sleep-disordered breathing. Two or more SOREMPs in an multiple sleep latency test can be seen in a small proportion of the general population.35 The results of a multiple sleep latency test should be interpreted in the clinical context.

Differential diagnosis

Narcolepsy type 1 is distinguished from type 2 by the presence of cataplexy. A cerebrospinal fluid hypocretin 1 level of 110 pg/mL or less, or less than one-third of the mean value obtained in normal individuals, can substitute for the multiple sleep latency test in diagnosing narcolepsy type 1.31 Currently, hypocretin testing is generally not performed in clinical practice, although it may become a routine part of the narcolepsy evaluation in the future.

Thus, according to the International Classification of Sleep Disorders, 3rd edition,31 the diagnosis of narcolepsy type 1 requires excessive daytime sleepiness for at least 3 months that cannot be explained by another sleep disorder, medical or neurologic disorder, mental disorder, medication use, or substance use disorder, and at least 1 of the following:

  • Cataplexy and mean sleep latency of 8 minutes or less with at least 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing (1 of which can be on the preceding night’s polysomography)
  • Cerebrospinal fluid hypocretin 1 levels less than 110 pg/mL or one-third the baseline normal levels and mean sleep latency ≤ 8 minutes with ≥ 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing.

Similarly, the diagnosis of narcolepsy type 2 requires excessive daytime sleepiness for at least 3 months that cannot be explained by another sleep disorder, medical or neurological disorder, mental disorder, medication use, or substance use disorder, plus:

  • Mean sleep latency of 8 minutes or less with at least 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing.

Idiopathic hypersomnia, another disorder of central hypersomnolence, is also characterized by disabling sleepiness. It is diagnostically differentiated from narcolepsy, as there are fewer than 2 SOREMPs. As opposed to narcolepsy, in which naps tend to be refreshing, even prolonged naps in idiopathic hypersomnia are often not helpful in restoring wakefulness. In idiopathic hypersomnia, sleep is usually not fragmented, and there are few nocturnal arousals. Sleep times can often be prolonged as well, whereas in narcolepsy total sleep time through the day may not be increased but is not consolidated.

Kleine-Levin syndrome is a rarer disorder of hypersomnia. It is episodic compared with the relatively persistent sleepiness in narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia. Periods of hypersomnia occur intermittently for days to weeks and are accompanied by cognitive and behavioral changes including hyperphagia and hypersexuality.4

LINKED TO HYPOCRETIN DEFICIENCY

Over the past 2 decades, the underlying pathophysiology of narcolepsy type 1 has been better characterized.

Narcolepsy type 1 has been linked to a deficiency in hypocretin in the central nervous system.36 Hypocretin (also known as orexin) is a hormone produced in the hypothalamus that acts on multiple brain regions and maintains alertness. For unclear reasons, hypothalamic neurons producing hypocretin are selectively reduced in narcolepsy type 1. Hypocretin also stabilizes wakefulness and inhibits REM sleep; therefore, hypocretin deficiency can lead to inappropriate intrusions of REM sleep onto wakefulness, leading to the hallmark features of narcolepsy—cataplexy, sleep-related hallucinations, and sleep paralysis.37 According to one theory, cataplexy is triggered by emotional stimuli because of a pathway between the medial prefrontal cortex and the amygdala to the pons.38

Cerebrospinal fluid levels of hypocretin in patients with narcolepsy type 2 tend to be normal, and the biologic underpinnings of narcolepsy type 2 remain mysterious. However, in the subgroup of those with narcolepsy type 2 in which hypocretin is low, many individuals go on to develop cataplexy, thereby evolving to narcolepsy type 1.36

POSSIBLE AUTOIMMUNE BASIS

Narcolepsy is typically a sporadic disorder, although familial cases have been described. The risk of a parent with narcolepsy having a child who is affected is approximately 1%.5

Narcolepsy type 1 is strongly associated with HLA-DQB1*0602, with up to 95% of those affected having at least one allele.39 Having 2 copies of the allele further increases the risk of developing narcolepsy.40 However, this allele is far from specific for narcolepsy with cataplexy, as it occurs in 12% to 38% of the general population.41 Therefore, HLA typing currently has limited clinical utility. The exact cause is as yet unknown, but substantial literature proposes an autoimmune basis of the disorder, given the strong association with the HLA subtype.42–44

After the 2009 H1N1 influenza pandemic, there was a significant increase in the incidence of narcolepsy with cataplexy, which again sparked interest in an autoimmune etiology underlying the disorder. Pandemrix, an H1N1 vaccine produced as a result of the 2009 pandemic, appeared to also be associated with an increase in the incidence of narcolepsy. An association with other upper respiratory infections has also been noted, further supporting a possible autoimmune basis.

A few studies have looked for serum autoantibodies involved in the pathogenesis of narcolepsy. Thus far, only one has been identified, an antibody to Tribbles homolog 2, found in 20% to 40% of those with new onset of nar-colepsy.42–44

TREATMENTS FOR DAYTIME SLEEPINESS

As with many chronic disorders, the treatment of narcolepsy consists of symptomatic rather than curative management, which can be done through both pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic means.

Nondrug measures

Scheduled naps lasting 15 to 20 minutes can help improve alertness.45 A consistent sleep schedule with good sleep hygiene, ensuring sufficient nightly sleep, is also important. In one study, the combination of scheduled naps and regular nocturnal sleep times reduced the level of daytime sleepiness and unintentional daytime sleep. Daytime naps were most helpful for those with the highest degree of daytime sleepiness.45

Strategic use of caffeine can be helpful and can reduce dependence on pharmacologic treatment.

Screening should be performed routinely for other sleep disorders, such as sleep-disordered breathing, which should be treated if identified.5,18 When being treated for other medical conditions, individuals with narcolepsy should avoid medications that can cause sedation, such as opiates or barbiturates; alcohol should be minimized or avoided.

Networking with other individuals with narcolepsy through support groups such as Narcolepsy Network can be valuable for learning coping skills and connecting with community resources. Psychological counseling for the patient, and sometimes the family, can also be useful. School-age children may need special accommodations such as schedule adjustments to allow for scheduled naps or frequent breaks to maintain alertness.

People with narcolepsy tend to function better in careers that do not require long periods of sitting, as sleepiness tends to be worse, but instead offer flexibility and require higher levels of activity that tend to combat sleepiness. They should not work as commercial drivers.18

 

 

Medications

Drugs to treat excessive daytime sleepiness in narcolepsy

While behavioral interventions in narcolepsy are vital, they are rarely sufficient, and drugs that promote daytime wakefulness are used as an adjunct (Table 2).46

Realistic expectations should be established when starting, as some degree of residual sleepiness usually remains even with optimal medical therapy. Medications should be strategically scheduled to maximize alertness during necessary times such as at work or school or during driving. Patients should specifically be counseled to avoid driving if sleepy.18,47

Modafinil is often used as a first-line therapy, given its favorable side-effect profile and low potential for abuse. Its pharmacologic action has been debated but it probably acts as a selective dopamine reuptake inhibitor. It is typically taken twice daily (upon waking and early afternoon) and is usually well tolerated.

Potential side effects include headache, nausea, dry mouth, anorexia, diarrhea, and, rarely, Stevens-Johnson syndrome. Cardiovascular side effects are minimal, making it a favorable choice in older patients.18,48

A trial in 283 patients showed significantly lower levels of sleepiness in patients taking modafinil 200 mg or 400 mg than in a control group. Other trials have supported these findings and showed improved driving performance on modafinil.18

Notably, modafinil can increase the metabolism of oral contraceptives, thereby reducing their efficacy. Women of childbearing age should be warned about this interaction and should be transitioned to nonhormonal forms of contraception.2,47

Armodafinil, a purified R-isomer of modafinil, has a longer half-life and requires only once-daily dosing.5

If modafinil or armodafinil fails to optimally manage daytime sleepiness, a traditional stimulant such as methylphenidate or an amphetamine is often used.

Methylphenidate and amphetamines primarily inhibit the reuptake and increase the release of the monoamines, mainly dopamine, and to a lesser degree serotonin and norepinephrine.

These drugs have more significant adverse effects that can involve the cardiovascular system, causing hypertension and arrhythmias. Anorexia, weight loss, and, particularly with high doses, psychosis can occur.49

These drugs should be avoided in patients with a history of significant cardiovascular disease. Before starting stimulant therapy, a thorough cardiovascular examination should be done, often including electrocardiography to ensure there is no baseline arrhythmia.

Patients on these medications should be followed closely to ensure that blood pressure, pulse, and weight are not negatively affected.18,50 Addiction and tolerance can develop with these drugs, and follow-up should include assessment for dependence. Some states may require prescription drug monitoring to ensure the drugs are not being abused or diverted.

Short- and long-acting formulations of both methylphenidate and amphetamines are available, and a long-acting form is often used in conjunction with a short-acting form as needed.18

Addiction and drug-seeking behavior can develop but are unusual in those taking stimulants to treat narcolepsy.49

Follow-up

Residual daytime sleepiness can be measured subjectively through the Epworth Sleepiness Scale on follow-up. If necessary, a maintenance-of-wakefulness test can provide an objective assessment of treatment efficacy.18

As narcolepsy is a chronic disorder, treatment should evolve with time. Most medications that treat narcolepsy are categorized by the US Food and Drug Administration as pregnancy category C, as we do not have adequate studies in human pregnancies to evaluate their effects. When a patient with narcolepsy becomes pregnant, she should be counseled about the risks and benefits of remaining on therapy. Treatment should balance the risks of sleepiness with the potential risks of remaining on medications.50 In the elderly, as cardiovascular comorbidities tend to increase, the risks and benefits of therapy should be routinely reevaluated.

For cataplexy

Medications to treat cataplexy in narcolepsy
Medications may not be required to treat mild or infrequent cataplexy. However, treatment may be indicated for more severe cases of cataplexy. Anticataplexy agents are detailed in Table 3.

Sodium oxybate,51–53 the most potent anticataplectic drug, is the sodium salt of gamma hydroxybutyrate, a metabolite of gamma-aminobutyric acid. Sodium oxybate can be prescribed in the United States, Canada, and Europe. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends sodium oxybate for cataplexy, daytime sleepiness, and disrupted sleep based on 3 level-1 studies and 2 level-4 studies.46

Sodium oxybate increases slow-wave sleep, improves sleep continuity, and often helps to mitigate daytime sleepiness. Due to its short half-life, its administration is unusual: the first dose is taken before bedtime and the second dose 2.5 to 4 hours later. Some patients set an alarm clock to take the second dose, while others awaken spontaneously to take the second dose. Most patients find that with adherence to dosing and safety instructions, sodium oxybate can serve as a highly effective form of treatment of both excessive sleepiness and cataplexy and may reduce the need for stimulant-based therapies.

The most common adverse effects are nausea, mood swings, and enuresis. Occasionally, psychosis can result and limit use of the drug. Obstructive sleep apnea can also develop or worsen.52 Because of its high salt content, sodium oxybate should be used with caution in those with heart failure, hypertension, or renal impairment. Its relative, gamma hydroxybutyrate, causes rapid sedation and has been notorious for illegal use as a date rape drug.

In the United States, sodium oxybate is distributed only through a central pharmacy to mitigate potential abuse. Due to this system, the rates of diversion are extremely low, estimated in a postmarketing analysis to be 1 instance per 5,200 patients treated. In the same study, abuse and dependence were both rare as well, about 1 case for every 2,600 and 6,500 patients treated.6,18,52,53

Antidepressants promote the action of norepinephrine and, to a lesser degree, serotonin, thereby suppressing REM sleep.

Venlafaxine, a serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, is often used as a first-line treatment for cataplexy. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine are also used with success. Tricyclic antidepressants such as protriptyline or clomipramine are extremely effective for cataplexy, but are rarely used due to their adverse effects.2,47

FUTURE WORK

While our understanding of narcolepsy has advanced, there are still gaps in our knowledge of the disorder—namely, the specific trigger for the loss of hypocretin neurons in type 1 narcolepsy and the underlying pathophysiology of type 2.

A number of emerging therapies target the hypocretin system, including peptide replacement, neuronal transplant, and immunotherapy preventing hypocretin neuronal cell death.50,54,55 Additional drugs designed to improve alertness that do not involve the hypocretin system are also being developed, including a histamine inverse agonist.50,56 Sodium oxybate and modafinil, although currently approved for use in adults, are still off-label in pediatric practice. Studies of the safety and efficacy of these medications in children are needed.7,57

Narcolepsy was originally described in the late 1800s by the French physician Jean-Baptiste-Edouard Gélineau, who reported the case of a wine merchant suffering from somnolence. In this first description, he coined the term narcolepsie by joining the Greek words narke (numbness or stupor) and lepsis (attack).1

Since then, the disorder has been further characterized, and some insight into its biological underpinnings has been established. Importantly, treatments have improved and expanded, facilitating its management and thereby improving quality of life for those with the disorder.

This review focuses on clinically relevant features of the disorder and proposes management strategies.

CLINICAL FEATURES

Narcolepsy is characterized by instability of sleep-wake transitions.

Daytime sleepiness

Clinically, narcolepsy manifests with excessive daytime sleepiness that can be personally and socially disabling. Cataplexy, sleep paralysis, and hypnagogic or hypnopompic hallucinations can also be present,2,3 but they are not necessary for diagnosis. In fact, a minority of patients with narcolepsy have all these symptoms.4 Narcolepsy is divided into type 1 (with cataplexy) and type 2 (without cataplexy).2

Sleepiness tends to be worse with inactivity, and sleep can often be irresistible. Sleep attacks can come on suddenly and may be brief enough to manifest as a lapse in consciousness.

Short naps tend to be refreshing. Rapid eye movement (REM) latency—the interval between falling asleep and the onset of the REM sleep—is short in narcolepsy, and since the REM stage is when dreaming occurs, naps often include dreaming. Therefore, when taking a history, it is worthwhile to ask patients whether they dream during naps; a yes answer supports the diagnosis of narcolepsy.5

In children, sleepiness can manifest in reduced concentration and behavioral issues.6 Napping after age 5 or 6 is considered abnormal and may reflect pathologic sleepiness.7

Cataplexy

Cataplexy—transient muscle weakness triggered by emotion—is a specific feature of narcolepsy type 1. It often begins in the facial muscles and can manifest with slackening of the jaw or brief dropping of the head. However, episodes can be more dramatic and, if the trunk and limb muscles are affected, can result in collapsing to the ground.

Cataplexy usually has its onset at about the same time as the sleepiness associated with narcolepsy, but it can arise even years later.8 Episodes can last from a few seconds to 2 minutes. Consciousness is always preserved. A range of emotions can trigger cataplexy, but typically the emotion is a positive one such as laughter or excitement.9 Deep tendon reflexes disappear in cataplexy, so checking reflexes during a witnessed episode can be clinically valuable.2

Cataplexy can worsen with stress and insufficient sleep, occasionally with “status cataplecticus,” in which repeated, persistent episodes of cataplexy occur over several hours.8 Status cataplecticus can be spontaneous or an effect of withdrawal from anticataplectic medications.2

Cataplexy is thought to represent intrusion of REM sleep and its associated muscle atonia during wakefulness.

Sleep paralysis, hallucinations

Sleep paralysis and hallucinations are other features of narcolepsy that reflect this REM dissociation from sleep.

Sleep paralysis occurs most commonly upon awakening, but sometimes just before sleep onset. In most cases, it is manifested by inability to move the limbs or speak, lasting several seconds or, in rare cases, minutes at a time. Sleep paralysis can be associated with a sensation of fear or suffocation, especially when initially experienced.8

Hypnopompic hallucinations, occurring upon awakening, are more common than hypnagogic hallucinations, which are experienced before falling asleep. The hallucinations are often vivid and usually visual, although other types of hallucinations are possible. Unlike those that occur in psychotic disorders, the hallucinations tend to be associated with preserved insight that they are not real.10

Notably, both sleep paralysis and hallucinations are nonspecific symptoms that are common in the general population.8,11,12

Fragmented sleep

Although they are very sleepy, people with narcolepsy generally cannot stay asleep for very long. Their sleep tends to be extremely fragmented, and they often wake up several times a night.2

This sleep pattern reflects the inherent instability of sleep-wake transitions in narcolepsy. In fact, over a 24-hour period, adults with narcolepsy have a normal amount of sleep.13 In children, however, when narcolepsy first arises, the 24-hour sleep time can increase abruptly and can sometimes be associated with persistent cataplexy that can manifest as a clumsy gait.14

Weight gain, obstructive sleep apnea

Weight gain is common, particularly after symptom onset, and especially in children. As a result, obesity is a frequent comorbidity.15 Because obstructive sleep apnea can consequently develop, all patients with narcolepsy require screening for sleep-disordered breathing.

Other sleep disorders often accompany narcolepsy and are more common than in the general population.16 In a study incorporating both clinical and polysomnographic data of 100 patients with narcolepsy, insomnia was the most common comorbid sleep disorder, with a prevalence of 28%; others were REM sleep behavior disorder (24%), restless legs syndrome (24%), obstructive sleep apnea (21%), and non-REM parasomnias.17

 

 

PSYCHOSOCIAL CONSEQUENCES

Narcolepsy has significant psychosocial consequences. As a result of their symptoms, people with narcolepsy may not be able to meet academic or work-related demands.

Additionally, their risk of a motor vehicle accident is 3 to 4 times higher than in the general population, and more than one-third of patients have been in an accident due to sleepiness.18 There is some evidence to show that treatment eliminates this risk.19

Few systematic studies have examined mood disorders in narcolepsy. However, studies tend to show a higher prevalence of psychiatric disorders than in the general population, with depression and anxiety the most com-mon.20,21

DIAGNOSIS IS OFTEN DELAYED

The prevalence of narcolepsy type 1 is between 25 and 100 per 100,000 people.22 In a Mayo Clinic study,23 the incidence of narcolepsy type 1 was estimated to be 0.74 per 100,000 person-years. Epidemiologic data on narcolepsy type 2 are sparse, but patients with narcolepsy without cataplexy are thought to represent only 36% of all narcolepsy patients.23

Diagnosis is often delayed, with the average time between the onset of symptoms and the diagnosis ranging from 8 to 22 years. With increasing awareness, the efficiency of the diagnostic process is improving, and this delay is expected to lessen accordingly.24

Symptoms most commonly arise in the second decade; but the age at onset ranges significantly, between the first and fifth decades. Narcolepsy has a bimodal distribution in incidence, with the biggest peak at approximately age 15 and second smaller peak in the mid-30s. Some studies have suggested a slight male predominance.23,25

DIAGNOSIS

Narcolepsy: Differential diagnosis
Narcolepsy should be considered in the differential diagnosis for chronic excessive daytime sleepiness, but this disorder has many mimics (Table 1).

History is key

The history should include specific questions about the hallmark features of narcolepsy, including cataplexy, sleep paralysis, and sleep-related hallucinations. For individual assessment of subjective sleepiness, the Epworth Sleepiness Scale or Pediatric Daytime Sleepiness Scale can be administered quickly in the office setting.26,27

The Epworth score is calculated from the self-rated likelihood of falling asleep in 8 different situations, with possible scores of 0 (would never doze) to 3 (high chance of dozing) on each question, for a total possible score of 0 to 24. Normal total scores are between 0 and 10, while scores greater than 10 reflect pathologic sleepiness. Scores on the Epworth Sleepiness Scale in those with narcolepsy tend to reflect moderate to severe sleepiness, or at least 13, as opposed to patients with obstructive sleep apnea, whose scores commonly reflect milder sleepiness.28

Testing with actigraphy and polysomnography

It is imperative to rule out insufficient sleep and other sleep disorders as a cause of daytime sleepiness. This can be done with a careful clinical history, actigraphy with sleep logs, and polysomnography.

In the 2 to 4 weeks before actigraphy and subsequent testing, all medications with alerting or sedating properties (including anti­depressants) should be tapered off to prevent influence on the results of the study.

Actigraphy report showing sleep schedule
Figure 1. Actigraphy report showing sleep schedule with relatively little variation, with bedtimes ranging from 8 to 10 PM and wake-up times from 6 to 9 AM.
Actigraphy. Testing should start with a 1- to 2-week monitoring period. The patient wears a bracelet that measures sleep-wake patterns and objectively quantifies sleep duration, bedtimes, and wake-up times (Figure 1). While undergoing this test, the patient should also keep a sleep log, noting perceived sleep quantity and schedule over the time period (Figure 2). This confirms whether sleep quantity is sufficient and helps rule out circadian rhythm disorders such as delayed sleep-phase disorder and insufficient sleep syndrome.

Sleep log
Figure 2. Sleep log from the patient in Figure 1 shows relatively good concordance between perceived sleep schedule and actual sleep schedule.

Delayed sleep-phase disorder presents at a similar age as narcolepsy and can be associated with similar degrees of sleepiness. However, individuals with delayed sleep phase disorder have an inappropriately timed sleep-wake cycle so that there is a shift in their desired sleep onset and awakening times. It is common—prevalence estimates vary but average about 1% in the general population.29

Insufficient sleep syndrome is even more common, especially in teenagers and young adults, with increasing family, social, and academic demands. Sleep needs vary across the life span. A teenager needs 8 to 10 hours of sleep per night, and a young adult needs 7 to 9 hours. A study of 1,285 high school students found that 10.4% were not getting enough sleep.30

If actigraphy data suggest a circadian rhythm disorder or insufficient sleep that could explain the symptoms of sleepiness, then further testing should be halted and these specific issues should be addressed. In these cases, working with the patient toward maintaining a regular sleep-wake schedule with 7 to 8 hours of nightly sleep will often resolve symptoms.

If actigraphy demonstrates the patient is maintaining a regular sleep schedule and allowing adequate time for nightly sleep, the next step is polysomnography.

Polysomnography is performed to detect other disorders that can disrupt sleep, such as sleep-disordered breathing or periodic limb movement disorder.2,5 In addition, polysomnography can provide assurance that adequate sleep was obtained prior to the next step in testing.

Multiple sleep latency test

If sufficient sleep is obtained on polysomnograpy (at least 6 hours for an adult) and no other sleep disorder is identified, a multiple sleep latency test is performed. A urine toxicology screen is typically performed on the day of the test to ensure that drugs are not affecting the results.

The multiple sleep latency test consists of 4 to 5 nap opportunities at 2-hour intervals in a quiet dark room conducive to sleep, during which both sleep and REM latency are recorded. The sleep latency of those with narcolepsy is significantly shortened, and the diagnosis of narcolepsy requires an average sleep latency of less than 8 minutes.

Given the propensity for REM sleep in narcolepsy, another essential feature for diagnosis is the sleep-onset REM period (SOREMP). A SOREMP is defined as a REM latency of less than 15 minutes. A diagnosis of narcolepsy re-quires a SOREMP in at least 2 of the naps in a multiple sleep latency test (or 1 nap if the shortened REM latency is seen during polysomnography).31

The multiple sleep latency test has an imperfect sensitivity, though, and should be repeated when there is a high suspicion of narcolepsy.32–34 It is not completely specific either, and false-positive results occur. In fact, SOREMPs can be seen in the general population, particularly in those with a circadian rhythm disorder, insufficient sleep, or sleep-disordered breathing. Two or more SOREMPs in an multiple sleep latency test can be seen in a small proportion of the general population.35 The results of a multiple sleep latency test should be interpreted in the clinical context.

Differential diagnosis

Narcolepsy type 1 is distinguished from type 2 by the presence of cataplexy. A cerebrospinal fluid hypocretin 1 level of 110 pg/mL or less, or less than one-third of the mean value obtained in normal individuals, can substitute for the multiple sleep latency test in diagnosing narcolepsy type 1.31 Currently, hypocretin testing is generally not performed in clinical practice, although it may become a routine part of the narcolepsy evaluation in the future.

Thus, according to the International Classification of Sleep Disorders, 3rd edition,31 the diagnosis of narcolepsy type 1 requires excessive daytime sleepiness for at least 3 months that cannot be explained by another sleep disorder, medical or neurologic disorder, mental disorder, medication use, or substance use disorder, and at least 1 of the following:

  • Cataplexy and mean sleep latency of 8 minutes or less with at least 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing (1 of which can be on the preceding night’s polysomography)
  • Cerebrospinal fluid hypocretin 1 levels less than 110 pg/mL or one-third the baseline normal levels and mean sleep latency ≤ 8 minutes with ≥ 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing.

Similarly, the diagnosis of narcolepsy type 2 requires excessive daytime sleepiness for at least 3 months that cannot be explained by another sleep disorder, medical or neurological disorder, mental disorder, medication use, or substance use disorder, plus:

  • Mean sleep latency of 8 minutes or less with at least 2 SOREMPs on multiple sleep latency testing.

Idiopathic hypersomnia, another disorder of central hypersomnolence, is also characterized by disabling sleepiness. It is diagnostically differentiated from narcolepsy, as there are fewer than 2 SOREMPs. As opposed to narcolepsy, in which naps tend to be refreshing, even prolonged naps in idiopathic hypersomnia are often not helpful in restoring wakefulness. In idiopathic hypersomnia, sleep is usually not fragmented, and there are few nocturnal arousals. Sleep times can often be prolonged as well, whereas in narcolepsy total sleep time through the day may not be increased but is not consolidated.

Kleine-Levin syndrome is a rarer disorder of hypersomnia. It is episodic compared with the relatively persistent sleepiness in narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia. Periods of hypersomnia occur intermittently for days to weeks and are accompanied by cognitive and behavioral changes including hyperphagia and hypersexuality.4

LINKED TO HYPOCRETIN DEFICIENCY

Over the past 2 decades, the underlying pathophysiology of narcolepsy type 1 has been better characterized.

Narcolepsy type 1 has been linked to a deficiency in hypocretin in the central nervous system.36 Hypocretin (also known as orexin) is a hormone produced in the hypothalamus that acts on multiple brain regions and maintains alertness. For unclear reasons, hypothalamic neurons producing hypocretin are selectively reduced in narcolepsy type 1. Hypocretin also stabilizes wakefulness and inhibits REM sleep; therefore, hypocretin deficiency can lead to inappropriate intrusions of REM sleep onto wakefulness, leading to the hallmark features of narcolepsy—cataplexy, sleep-related hallucinations, and sleep paralysis.37 According to one theory, cataplexy is triggered by emotional stimuli because of a pathway between the medial prefrontal cortex and the amygdala to the pons.38

Cerebrospinal fluid levels of hypocretin in patients with narcolepsy type 2 tend to be normal, and the biologic underpinnings of narcolepsy type 2 remain mysterious. However, in the subgroup of those with narcolepsy type 2 in which hypocretin is low, many individuals go on to develop cataplexy, thereby evolving to narcolepsy type 1.36

POSSIBLE AUTOIMMUNE BASIS

Narcolepsy is typically a sporadic disorder, although familial cases have been described. The risk of a parent with narcolepsy having a child who is affected is approximately 1%.5

Narcolepsy type 1 is strongly associated with HLA-DQB1*0602, with up to 95% of those affected having at least one allele.39 Having 2 copies of the allele further increases the risk of developing narcolepsy.40 However, this allele is far from specific for narcolepsy with cataplexy, as it occurs in 12% to 38% of the general population.41 Therefore, HLA typing currently has limited clinical utility. The exact cause is as yet unknown, but substantial literature proposes an autoimmune basis of the disorder, given the strong association with the HLA subtype.42–44

After the 2009 H1N1 influenza pandemic, there was a significant increase in the incidence of narcolepsy with cataplexy, which again sparked interest in an autoimmune etiology underlying the disorder. Pandemrix, an H1N1 vaccine produced as a result of the 2009 pandemic, appeared to also be associated with an increase in the incidence of narcolepsy. An association with other upper respiratory infections has also been noted, further supporting a possible autoimmune basis.

A few studies have looked for serum autoantibodies involved in the pathogenesis of narcolepsy. Thus far, only one has been identified, an antibody to Tribbles homolog 2, found in 20% to 40% of those with new onset of nar-colepsy.42–44

TREATMENTS FOR DAYTIME SLEEPINESS

As with many chronic disorders, the treatment of narcolepsy consists of symptomatic rather than curative management, which can be done through both pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic means.

Nondrug measures

Scheduled naps lasting 15 to 20 minutes can help improve alertness.45 A consistent sleep schedule with good sleep hygiene, ensuring sufficient nightly sleep, is also important. In one study, the combination of scheduled naps and regular nocturnal sleep times reduced the level of daytime sleepiness and unintentional daytime sleep. Daytime naps were most helpful for those with the highest degree of daytime sleepiness.45

Strategic use of caffeine can be helpful and can reduce dependence on pharmacologic treatment.

Screening should be performed routinely for other sleep disorders, such as sleep-disordered breathing, which should be treated if identified.5,18 When being treated for other medical conditions, individuals with narcolepsy should avoid medications that can cause sedation, such as opiates or barbiturates; alcohol should be minimized or avoided.

Networking with other individuals with narcolepsy through support groups such as Narcolepsy Network can be valuable for learning coping skills and connecting with community resources. Psychological counseling for the patient, and sometimes the family, can also be useful. School-age children may need special accommodations such as schedule adjustments to allow for scheduled naps or frequent breaks to maintain alertness.

People with narcolepsy tend to function better in careers that do not require long periods of sitting, as sleepiness tends to be worse, but instead offer flexibility and require higher levels of activity that tend to combat sleepiness. They should not work as commercial drivers.18

 

 

Medications

Drugs to treat excessive daytime sleepiness in narcolepsy

While behavioral interventions in narcolepsy are vital, they are rarely sufficient, and drugs that promote daytime wakefulness are used as an adjunct (Table 2).46

Realistic expectations should be established when starting, as some degree of residual sleepiness usually remains even with optimal medical therapy. Medications should be strategically scheduled to maximize alertness during necessary times such as at work or school or during driving. Patients should specifically be counseled to avoid driving if sleepy.18,47

Modafinil is often used as a first-line therapy, given its favorable side-effect profile and low potential for abuse. Its pharmacologic action has been debated but it probably acts as a selective dopamine reuptake inhibitor. It is typically taken twice daily (upon waking and early afternoon) and is usually well tolerated.

Potential side effects include headache, nausea, dry mouth, anorexia, diarrhea, and, rarely, Stevens-Johnson syndrome. Cardiovascular side effects are minimal, making it a favorable choice in older patients.18,48

A trial in 283 patients showed significantly lower levels of sleepiness in patients taking modafinil 200 mg or 400 mg than in a control group. Other trials have supported these findings and showed improved driving performance on modafinil.18

Notably, modafinil can increase the metabolism of oral contraceptives, thereby reducing their efficacy. Women of childbearing age should be warned about this interaction and should be transitioned to nonhormonal forms of contraception.2,47

Armodafinil, a purified R-isomer of modafinil, has a longer half-life and requires only once-daily dosing.5

If modafinil or armodafinil fails to optimally manage daytime sleepiness, a traditional stimulant such as methylphenidate or an amphetamine is often used.

Methylphenidate and amphetamines primarily inhibit the reuptake and increase the release of the monoamines, mainly dopamine, and to a lesser degree serotonin and norepinephrine.

These drugs have more significant adverse effects that can involve the cardiovascular system, causing hypertension and arrhythmias. Anorexia, weight loss, and, particularly with high doses, psychosis can occur.49

These drugs should be avoided in patients with a history of significant cardiovascular disease. Before starting stimulant therapy, a thorough cardiovascular examination should be done, often including electrocardiography to ensure there is no baseline arrhythmia.

Patients on these medications should be followed closely to ensure that blood pressure, pulse, and weight are not negatively affected.18,50 Addiction and tolerance can develop with these drugs, and follow-up should include assessment for dependence. Some states may require prescription drug monitoring to ensure the drugs are not being abused or diverted.

Short- and long-acting formulations of both methylphenidate and amphetamines are available, and a long-acting form is often used in conjunction with a short-acting form as needed.18

Addiction and drug-seeking behavior can develop but are unusual in those taking stimulants to treat narcolepsy.49

Follow-up

Residual daytime sleepiness can be measured subjectively through the Epworth Sleepiness Scale on follow-up. If necessary, a maintenance-of-wakefulness test can provide an objective assessment of treatment efficacy.18

As narcolepsy is a chronic disorder, treatment should evolve with time. Most medications that treat narcolepsy are categorized by the US Food and Drug Administration as pregnancy category C, as we do not have adequate studies in human pregnancies to evaluate their effects. When a patient with narcolepsy becomes pregnant, she should be counseled about the risks and benefits of remaining on therapy. Treatment should balance the risks of sleepiness with the potential risks of remaining on medications.50 In the elderly, as cardiovascular comorbidities tend to increase, the risks and benefits of therapy should be routinely reevaluated.

For cataplexy

Medications to treat cataplexy in narcolepsy
Medications may not be required to treat mild or infrequent cataplexy. However, treatment may be indicated for more severe cases of cataplexy. Anticataplexy agents are detailed in Table 3.

Sodium oxybate,51–53 the most potent anticataplectic drug, is the sodium salt of gamma hydroxybutyrate, a metabolite of gamma-aminobutyric acid. Sodium oxybate can be prescribed in the United States, Canada, and Europe. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends sodium oxybate for cataplexy, daytime sleepiness, and disrupted sleep based on 3 level-1 studies and 2 level-4 studies.46

Sodium oxybate increases slow-wave sleep, improves sleep continuity, and often helps to mitigate daytime sleepiness. Due to its short half-life, its administration is unusual: the first dose is taken before bedtime and the second dose 2.5 to 4 hours later. Some patients set an alarm clock to take the second dose, while others awaken spontaneously to take the second dose. Most patients find that with adherence to dosing and safety instructions, sodium oxybate can serve as a highly effective form of treatment of both excessive sleepiness and cataplexy and may reduce the need for stimulant-based therapies.

The most common adverse effects are nausea, mood swings, and enuresis. Occasionally, psychosis can result and limit use of the drug. Obstructive sleep apnea can also develop or worsen.52 Because of its high salt content, sodium oxybate should be used with caution in those with heart failure, hypertension, or renal impairment. Its relative, gamma hydroxybutyrate, causes rapid sedation and has been notorious for illegal use as a date rape drug.

In the United States, sodium oxybate is distributed only through a central pharmacy to mitigate potential abuse. Due to this system, the rates of diversion are extremely low, estimated in a postmarketing analysis to be 1 instance per 5,200 patients treated. In the same study, abuse and dependence were both rare as well, about 1 case for every 2,600 and 6,500 patients treated.6,18,52,53

Antidepressants promote the action of norepinephrine and, to a lesser degree, serotonin, thereby suppressing REM sleep.

Venlafaxine, a serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, is often used as a first-line treatment for cataplexy. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine are also used with success. Tricyclic antidepressants such as protriptyline or clomipramine are extremely effective for cataplexy, but are rarely used due to their adverse effects.2,47

FUTURE WORK

While our understanding of narcolepsy has advanced, there are still gaps in our knowledge of the disorder—namely, the specific trigger for the loss of hypocretin neurons in type 1 narcolepsy and the underlying pathophysiology of type 2.

A number of emerging therapies target the hypocretin system, including peptide replacement, neuronal transplant, and immunotherapy preventing hypocretin neuronal cell death.50,54,55 Additional drugs designed to improve alertness that do not involve the hypocretin system are also being developed, including a histamine inverse agonist.50,56 Sodium oxybate and modafinil, although currently approved for use in adults, are still off-label in pediatric practice. Studies of the safety and efficacy of these medications in children are needed.7,57

References
  1. Gélineau J. De la narcolepsie. Gazette des Hôpitaux Civils et Militaires 1880; part a, 53:626–628, part b, 54:635–637.
  2. Dauvilliers Y, Arnulf I, Mignot E. Narcolepsy with cataplexy. Lancet 2007; 369(9560):499–511. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(07)60237-2
  3. Scammell TE. Clinical features and diagnosis of narcolepsy in adults. In: Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate. Waltham, MA: UpToDate; 2018. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  4. Morrish E, King MA, Smith IE, Shneerson JM. Factors associated with a delay in the diagnosis of narcolepsy. Sleep Med 2004; 5(1):37–41. pmid:14725825
  5. Scammell TE. Narcolepsy. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(27):2654–2662. doi:10.1056/NEJMra1500587
  6. Babiker MO, Prasad M. Narcolepsy in children: a diagnostic and management approach. Pediatr Neurol 2015; 52(6):557–565. doi:10.1016/j.pediatrneurol.2015.02.020
  7. Kotagal S. Narcolepsy in children. In: UpToDate, Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate, Waltham, MA. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  8. Scammell TE. The neurobiology, diagnosis, and treatment of narcolepsy. Ann Neurol 2003; 53(2):154–166. doi:10.1002/ana.10444
  9. Overeem S, van Nues SJ, van der Zande WL, Donjacour CE, van Mierlo P, Lammers GJ. The clinical features of cataplexy: a questionnaire study in narcolepsy patients with and without hypocretin-1 deficiency. Sleep Med 2011; 12(1):12–18. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2010.05.010
  10. Plazzi G, Fabbri C, Pizza F, Serretti A. Schizophrenia-like symptoms in narcolepsy type 1: shared and distinctive clinical characteristics. Neuropsychobiology 2015; 71(4):218–224. doi:10.1159/000432400
  11. Ohayon MM. Prevalence of hallucinations and their pathological associations in the general population. Psychiatry Res 2000; 97(2-3):153–164. pmid:11166087
  12. Sharpless BA, Barber JP. Lifetime prevalence rates of sleep paralysis: a systematic review. Sleep Med Rev 2011;5(5):311–315. doi:10.1016/j.smrv.2011.01.007
  13. Broughton R, Dunham W, Newman J, Lutley K, Duschesne P, Rivers M. Ambulatory 24 hour sleep-wake monitoring in narcolepsy-cataplexy compared to matched controls. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1988; 70(6):473–481. pmid:2461281
  14. Pizza F, Franceschini C, Peltola H, et al. Clinical and polysomnographic course of childhood narcolepsy with cataplexy. Brain 2013; 136(pt 12):3787–3795. doi:10.1093/brain/awt277
  15. Kotagal S, Krahn LE, Slocumb N. A putative link between childhood narcolepsy and obesity. Sleep Med 2004; 5(2):147–150. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2003.10.006
  16. Pizza F, Tartarotti S, Poryazova R, Baumann CR, Bassetti CL. Sleep-disordered breathing and periodic limb movements in narcolepsy with cataplexy: a systematic analysis of 35 consecutive patients. Eur Neurol 2013; 70(1-2):22–26. doi:10.1159/000348719
  17. Frauscher B, Ehrmann L, Mitterling T, et al. Delayed diagnosis, range of severity, and multiple sleep comorbidities: a clinical and polysomnographic analysis of 100 patients of the Innsbruck narcolepsy cohort. J Clin Sleep Med 2013; 9(8):805–812. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2926
  18. Scammell TE. Treatment of narcolepsy in adults. In: Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate, Waltham, MA. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  19. Pizza F, Jaussent I, Lopez R, et al. Car crashes and central disorders of hypersomnolence: a French study. PLoS One 2015; 10(6):e0129386. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0129386
  20. Fortuyn HD, Lappenschaar MA, Furer JW, et al. Anxiety and mood disorders in narcolepsy: a case-control study. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2010; 32(1):49–56. doi:10.1016/j.genhosppsych.2009.08.007
  21. Ruoff CM, Reaven NL, Funk SE, et al. High rates of psychiatric comorbidity in narcolepsy: findings from the Burden of Narcolepsy Disease (BOND) study of 9,312 patients in the United States. J Clin Psychiatry 2017; 78(2):171–176. doi:10.4088/JCP.15m10262
  22. Longstreth WT Jr, Koepsell TD, Ton TG, Hendrickson AF, van Belle G. The epidemiology of narcolepsy. Sleep. 2007; 30(1):13–26. pmid:17310860
  23. Silber MH, Krahn LE, Olson EJ, Pankratz VS. The epidemiology of narcolepsy in Olmsted County, Minnesota: a population-based study. Sleep 2002; 25(2):197–202. pmid:11902429
  24. Thorpy MJ, Krieger AC. Delayed diagnosis of narcolepsy: characterization and impact. Sleep Med 2014; 15(5):502–507. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.015
  25. Dauvilliers Y, Montplaisir J, Molinari N, et al. Age at onset of narcolepsy in two large populations of patients in France and Quebec. Neurology 2001; 57(11):2029–2033. pmid:11739821
  26. Johns MW. A new method for measuring daytime sleepiness: the Epworth sleepiness scale. Sleep 1991; 14(6):540–545. pmid:1798888
  27. Drake C, Nickel C, Burduvali E, Roth T, Jefferson C, Badia P. The pediatric daytime sleepiness scale (PDSS): sleep habits and school outcomes in middle-school children. Sleep 2003; 26(4):455–458. pmid:12841372
  28. van der Heide A, van Schie MK, Lammers GJ, et al. Comparing treatment effect measurements in narcolepsy: the sustained attention to response task, Epworth sleepiness scale and maintenance of wakefulness test. Sleep 2015; 38(7):1051–1058. doi:10.5665/sleep.4810
  29. Nesbitt AD. Delayed sleep-wake phase disorder. J Thorac Dis 2018; 10(suppl 1):S103–S111. doi:10.21037/jtd.2018.01.11
  30. Pallesen S, Saxvig IW, Molde H, Sørensen E, Wilhelmsen-Langeland A, Bjorvatn B. Brief report: behaviorally induced insufficient sleep syndrome in older adolescents: prevalence and correlates. J Adolesc 2011; 34(2):391–395. doi:10.1016/j.adolescence.2010.02.005
  31. American Academy of Sleep Medicine. International Classification of Sleep Disorders. 3rd ed. Darien, IL: American Academy of Sleep Disorders; 2014.
  32. Trotti LM, Staab BA, Rye DB. Test-retest reliability of the multiple sleep latency test in narcolepsy without cataplexy and idiopathic hypersomnia. J Clin Sleep Med 2013; 9(8):789–795. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2922
  33. Andlauer O, Moore H, Jouhier L, et al. Nocturnal rapid eye movement sleep latency for identifying patients with narcolepsy/hypocretin deficiency. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(7):891–902. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.1589
  34. Cairns A, Bogan R. Prevalence and clinical correlates of a short onset REM period (SOREMP) during routine PSG. Sleep 2015; 38(10):1575–1581. doi:10.5665/sleep.5050
  35. Mignot E, Lin L, Finn L, et al. Correlates of sleep-onset REM periods during the multiple sleep latency test in community adults. Brain 2006; 129(6):1609–1623. doi:10.1093/brain/awl079
  36. Nishino S, Ripley B, Overeem S, Lammers GJ, Mignot E. Hypocretin (orexin) deficiency in human narcolepsy. Lancet 2000; 355(9197):39–40. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(99)05582-8
  37. Peyron C, Faraco J, Rogers W, et al. A mutation in a case of early onset narcolepsy and a generalized absence of hypocretin peptides in human narcoleptic brains. Nat Med 2000; 6(9):991–997. doi:10.1038/79690
  38. Oishi Y, Williams RH, Agostinelli L, et al. Role of the medial prefrontal cortex in cataplexy. J Neurosci 2013; 33(23):9743–9751. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0499-13.2013
  39. Mignot E, Hayduk R, Black J, Grumet FC, Guilleminault C. HLA DQB1*0602 is associated with cataplexy in 509 narcoleptic patients.. Sleep 1997; 20(11):1012–1020. pmid:9456467
  40. Pelin Z, Guilleminault C, Risch N, Grumet FC, Mignot E. HLA-DQB1*0602 homozygosity increases relative risk for narcolepsy but not disease severity in two ethnic groups. US Modafinil in Narcolepsy Multicenter Study Group. Tissue Antigens 1998; 51(1):96–100. pmid:9459509
  41. Akintomide GS, Rickards H. Narcolepsy: a review. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2011; 7(1):507–518. doi:10.2147/NDT.S23624
  42. Mahlios J, De la Herrán-Arita AK, Mignot E. The autoimmune basis of narcolepsy. Curr Opin Neurobiol 2013; 23(5):767–773. doi:10.1016/j.conb.2013.04.013
  43. Degn M, Kornum BR. Type 1 narcolepsy: a CD8(+) T cell-mediated disease? Ann N Y Acad Sci 2015;1 351:80–88. doi:10.1111/nyas.12793
  44. Liblau RS, Vassalli A, Seifinejad A, Tafti M. Hypocretin (orexin) biology and the pathophysiology of narcolepsy with cataplexy. Lancet Neurol 2015; 14(3):318–328. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(14)70218-2
  45. Rogers AE, Aldrich MS, Lin X. A comparison of three different sleep schedules for reducing daytime sleepiness in narcolepsy. Sleep 2001; 24(4):385–391. pmid:11403522
  46. Morgenthaler TI, Kapur VK, Brown TM, et al; Standards of Practice Committee of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. Practice parameters for the treatment of narcolepsy and other hypersomnias of central origin. Sleep 2007; 30(12):1705–1711. pmid:18246980
  47. Mignot EJ. A practical guide to the therapy of narcolepsy and hypersomnia syndromes. Neurotherapeutics 2012; 9(4):739–752. doi:10.1007/s13311-012-0150-9
  48. Roth T, Schwartz JR, Hirshkowitz M, Erman MK, Dayno JM, Arora S. Evaluation of the safety of modafinil for treatment of excessive sleepiness. J Clin Sleep Med 2007; 3(6):595–602. pmid:17993041
  49. Auger RR, Goodman SH, Silber MH, Krahn LE, Pankratz VS, Slocumb NL. Risks of high-dose stimulants in the treatment of disorders of excessive somnolence: a case-control study. Sleep 2005; 28(6):667–672. pmid:16477952
  50. Abad VC, Guilleminault C. New developments in the management of narcolepsy. Nat Sci Sleep 2017; 9:39–57. doi:10.2147/NSS.S103467
  51. Drakatos P, Lykouras D, D’Ancona G, et al. Safety and efficacy of long-term use of sodium oxybate for narcolepsy with cataplexy in routine clinical practice. Sleep Med 2017; 35:80–84. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2017.03.028
  52. Mansukhani MP, Kotagal S. Sodium oxybate in the treatment of childhood narcolepsy–cataplexy: a retrospective study. Sleep Med 2012; 13(6):606–610. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2011.10.032
  53. Wang YG, Swick TJ, Carter LP, Thorpy MJ, Benowitz NL. Safety overview of postmarketing and clinical experience of sodium oxybate (Xyrem): abuse, misuse, dependence, and diversion. J Clin Sleep Med 2009; 5(4):365–371. pmid:19968016
  54. Weinhold SL, Seeck-Hirschner M, Nowak A, Hallschmid M, Göder R, Baier PC. The effect of intranasal orexin-A (hypocretin-1) on sleep, wakefulness and attention in narcolepsy with cataplexy. Behav Brain Res 2014; 262:8–13. doi:10.1016/j.bbr.2013.12.045
  55. Arias-Carrión O, Murillo-Rodriguez E. Effects of hypocretin/orexin cell transplantation on narcoleptic-like sleep behavior in rats. PLoS One 2014; 9(4):e95342. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0095342
  56. Leu-Semenescu S, Nittur N, Golmard JL, Arnulf I. Effects of pitolisant, a histamine H3 inverse agonist, in drug-resistant idiopathic and symptomatic hypersomnia: a chart review. Sleep Med 2014; 15(6):681–687. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.021
  57. Lecendreux M, Bruni O, Franco P, et al. Clinical experience suggests that modafinil is an effective and safe treatment for paediatric narcolepsy. J Sleep Res 2012; 21(4):481–483. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2869.2011.00991.x
References
  1. Gélineau J. De la narcolepsie. Gazette des Hôpitaux Civils et Militaires 1880; part a, 53:626–628, part b, 54:635–637.
  2. Dauvilliers Y, Arnulf I, Mignot E. Narcolepsy with cataplexy. Lancet 2007; 369(9560):499–511. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(07)60237-2
  3. Scammell TE. Clinical features and diagnosis of narcolepsy in adults. In: Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate. Waltham, MA: UpToDate; 2018. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  4. Morrish E, King MA, Smith IE, Shneerson JM. Factors associated with a delay in the diagnosis of narcolepsy. Sleep Med 2004; 5(1):37–41. pmid:14725825
  5. Scammell TE. Narcolepsy. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(27):2654–2662. doi:10.1056/NEJMra1500587
  6. Babiker MO, Prasad M. Narcolepsy in children: a diagnostic and management approach. Pediatr Neurol 2015; 52(6):557–565. doi:10.1016/j.pediatrneurol.2015.02.020
  7. Kotagal S. Narcolepsy in children. In: UpToDate, Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate, Waltham, MA. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  8. Scammell TE. The neurobiology, diagnosis, and treatment of narcolepsy. Ann Neurol 2003; 53(2):154–166. doi:10.1002/ana.10444
  9. Overeem S, van Nues SJ, van der Zande WL, Donjacour CE, van Mierlo P, Lammers GJ. The clinical features of cataplexy: a questionnaire study in narcolepsy patients with and without hypocretin-1 deficiency. Sleep Med 2011; 12(1):12–18. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2010.05.010
  10. Plazzi G, Fabbri C, Pizza F, Serretti A. Schizophrenia-like symptoms in narcolepsy type 1: shared and distinctive clinical characteristics. Neuropsychobiology 2015; 71(4):218–224. doi:10.1159/000432400
  11. Ohayon MM. Prevalence of hallucinations and their pathological associations in the general population. Psychiatry Res 2000; 97(2-3):153–164. pmid:11166087
  12. Sharpless BA, Barber JP. Lifetime prevalence rates of sleep paralysis: a systematic review. Sleep Med Rev 2011;5(5):311–315. doi:10.1016/j.smrv.2011.01.007
  13. Broughton R, Dunham W, Newman J, Lutley K, Duschesne P, Rivers M. Ambulatory 24 hour sleep-wake monitoring in narcolepsy-cataplexy compared to matched controls. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 1988; 70(6):473–481. pmid:2461281
  14. Pizza F, Franceschini C, Peltola H, et al. Clinical and polysomnographic course of childhood narcolepsy with cataplexy. Brain 2013; 136(pt 12):3787–3795. doi:10.1093/brain/awt277
  15. Kotagal S, Krahn LE, Slocumb N. A putative link between childhood narcolepsy and obesity. Sleep Med 2004; 5(2):147–150. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2003.10.006
  16. Pizza F, Tartarotti S, Poryazova R, Baumann CR, Bassetti CL. Sleep-disordered breathing and periodic limb movements in narcolepsy with cataplexy: a systematic analysis of 35 consecutive patients. Eur Neurol 2013; 70(1-2):22–26. doi:10.1159/000348719
  17. Frauscher B, Ehrmann L, Mitterling T, et al. Delayed diagnosis, range of severity, and multiple sleep comorbidities: a clinical and polysomnographic analysis of 100 patients of the Innsbruck narcolepsy cohort. J Clin Sleep Med 2013; 9(8):805–812. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2926
  18. Scammell TE. Treatment of narcolepsy in adults. In: Eichler AF, ed. UpToDate, Waltham, MA. www.uptodate.com. Accessed October 31, 2018.
  19. Pizza F, Jaussent I, Lopez R, et al. Car crashes and central disorders of hypersomnolence: a French study. PLoS One 2015; 10(6):e0129386. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0129386
  20. Fortuyn HD, Lappenschaar MA, Furer JW, et al. Anxiety and mood disorders in narcolepsy: a case-control study. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2010; 32(1):49–56. doi:10.1016/j.genhosppsych.2009.08.007
  21. Ruoff CM, Reaven NL, Funk SE, et al. High rates of psychiatric comorbidity in narcolepsy: findings from the Burden of Narcolepsy Disease (BOND) study of 9,312 patients in the United States. J Clin Psychiatry 2017; 78(2):171–176. doi:10.4088/JCP.15m10262
  22. Longstreth WT Jr, Koepsell TD, Ton TG, Hendrickson AF, van Belle G. The epidemiology of narcolepsy. Sleep. 2007; 30(1):13–26. pmid:17310860
  23. Silber MH, Krahn LE, Olson EJ, Pankratz VS. The epidemiology of narcolepsy in Olmsted County, Minnesota: a population-based study. Sleep 2002; 25(2):197–202. pmid:11902429
  24. Thorpy MJ, Krieger AC. Delayed diagnosis of narcolepsy: characterization and impact. Sleep Med 2014; 15(5):502–507. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.015
  25. Dauvilliers Y, Montplaisir J, Molinari N, et al. Age at onset of narcolepsy in two large populations of patients in France and Quebec. Neurology 2001; 57(11):2029–2033. pmid:11739821
  26. Johns MW. A new method for measuring daytime sleepiness: the Epworth sleepiness scale. Sleep 1991; 14(6):540–545. pmid:1798888
  27. Drake C, Nickel C, Burduvali E, Roth T, Jefferson C, Badia P. The pediatric daytime sleepiness scale (PDSS): sleep habits and school outcomes in middle-school children. Sleep 2003; 26(4):455–458. pmid:12841372
  28. van der Heide A, van Schie MK, Lammers GJ, et al. Comparing treatment effect measurements in narcolepsy: the sustained attention to response task, Epworth sleepiness scale and maintenance of wakefulness test. Sleep 2015; 38(7):1051–1058. doi:10.5665/sleep.4810
  29. Nesbitt AD. Delayed sleep-wake phase disorder. J Thorac Dis 2018; 10(suppl 1):S103–S111. doi:10.21037/jtd.2018.01.11
  30. Pallesen S, Saxvig IW, Molde H, Sørensen E, Wilhelmsen-Langeland A, Bjorvatn B. Brief report: behaviorally induced insufficient sleep syndrome in older adolescents: prevalence and correlates. J Adolesc 2011; 34(2):391–395. doi:10.1016/j.adolescence.2010.02.005
  31. American Academy of Sleep Medicine. International Classification of Sleep Disorders. 3rd ed. Darien, IL: American Academy of Sleep Disorders; 2014.
  32. Trotti LM, Staab BA, Rye DB. Test-retest reliability of the multiple sleep latency test in narcolepsy without cataplexy and idiopathic hypersomnia. J Clin Sleep Med 2013; 9(8):789–795. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2922
  33. Andlauer O, Moore H, Jouhier L, et al. Nocturnal rapid eye movement sleep latency for identifying patients with narcolepsy/hypocretin deficiency. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(7):891–902. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.1589
  34. Cairns A, Bogan R. Prevalence and clinical correlates of a short onset REM period (SOREMP) during routine PSG. Sleep 2015; 38(10):1575–1581. doi:10.5665/sleep.5050
  35. Mignot E, Lin L, Finn L, et al. Correlates of sleep-onset REM periods during the multiple sleep latency test in community adults. Brain 2006; 129(6):1609–1623. doi:10.1093/brain/awl079
  36. Nishino S, Ripley B, Overeem S, Lammers GJ, Mignot E. Hypocretin (orexin) deficiency in human narcolepsy. Lancet 2000; 355(9197):39–40. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(99)05582-8
  37. Peyron C, Faraco J, Rogers W, et al. A mutation in a case of early onset narcolepsy and a generalized absence of hypocretin peptides in human narcoleptic brains. Nat Med 2000; 6(9):991–997. doi:10.1038/79690
  38. Oishi Y, Williams RH, Agostinelli L, et al. Role of the medial prefrontal cortex in cataplexy. J Neurosci 2013; 33(23):9743–9751. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0499-13.2013
  39. Mignot E, Hayduk R, Black J, Grumet FC, Guilleminault C. HLA DQB1*0602 is associated with cataplexy in 509 narcoleptic patients.. Sleep 1997; 20(11):1012–1020. pmid:9456467
  40. Pelin Z, Guilleminault C, Risch N, Grumet FC, Mignot E. HLA-DQB1*0602 homozygosity increases relative risk for narcolepsy but not disease severity in two ethnic groups. US Modafinil in Narcolepsy Multicenter Study Group. Tissue Antigens 1998; 51(1):96–100. pmid:9459509
  41. Akintomide GS, Rickards H. Narcolepsy: a review. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 2011; 7(1):507–518. doi:10.2147/NDT.S23624
  42. Mahlios J, De la Herrán-Arita AK, Mignot E. The autoimmune basis of narcolepsy. Curr Opin Neurobiol 2013; 23(5):767–773. doi:10.1016/j.conb.2013.04.013
  43. Degn M, Kornum BR. Type 1 narcolepsy: a CD8(+) T cell-mediated disease? Ann N Y Acad Sci 2015;1 351:80–88. doi:10.1111/nyas.12793
  44. Liblau RS, Vassalli A, Seifinejad A, Tafti M. Hypocretin (orexin) biology and the pathophysiology of narcolepsy with cataplexy. Lancet Neurol 2015; 14(3):318–328. doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(14)70218-2
  45. Rogers AE, Aldrich MS, Lin X. A comparison of three different sleep schedules for reducing daytime sleepiness in narcolepsy. Sleep 2001; 24(4):385–391. pmid:11403522
  46. Morgenthaler TI, Kapur VK, Brown TM, et al; Standards of Practice Committee of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. Practice parameters for the treatment of narcolepsy and other hypersomnias of central origin. Sleep 2007; 30(12):1705–1711. pmid:18246980
  47. Mignot EJ. A practical guide to the therapy of narcolepsy and hypersomnia syndromes. Neurotherapeutics 2012; 9(4):739–752. doi:10.1007/s13311-012-0150-9
  48. Roth T, Schwartz JR, Hirshkowitz M, Erman MK, Dayno JM, Arora S. Evaluation of the safety of modafinil for treatment of excessive sleepiness. J Clin Sleep Med 2007; 3(6):595–602. pmid:17993041
  49. Auger RR, Goodman SH, Silber MH, Krahn LE, Pankratz VS, Slocumb NL. Risks of high-dose stimulants in the treatment of disorders of excessive somnolence: a case-control study. Sleep 2005; 28(6):667–672. pmid:16477952
  50. Abad VC, Guilleminault C. New developments in the management of narcolepsy. Nat Sci Sleep 2017; 9:39–57. doi:10.2147/NSS.S103467
  51. Drakatos P, Lykouras D, D’Ancona G, et al. Safety and efficacy of long-term use of sodium oxybate for narcolepsy with cataplexy in routine clinical practice. Sleep Med 2017; 35:80–84. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2017.03.028
  52. Mansukhani MP, Kotagal S. Sodium oxybate in the treatment of childhood narcolepsy–cataplexy: a retrospective study. Sleep Med 2012; 13(6):606–610. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2011.10.032
  53. Wang YG, Swick TJ, Carter LP, Thorpy MJ, Benowitz NL. Safety overview of postmarketing and clinical experience of sodium oxybate (Xyrem): abuse, misuse, dependence, and diversion. J Clin Sleep Med 2009; 5(4):365–371. pmid:19968016
  54. Weinhold SL, Seeck-Hirschner M, Nowak A, Hallschmid M, Göder R, Baier PC. The effect of intranasal orexin-A (hypocretin-1) on sleep, wakefulness and attention in narcolepsy with cataplexy. Behav Brain Res 2014; 262:8–13. doi:10.1016/j.bbr.2013.12.045
  55. Arias-Carrión O, Murillo-Rodriguez E. Effects of hypocretin/orexin cell transplantation on narcoleptic-like sleep behavior in rats. PLoS One 2014; 9(4):e95342. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0095342
  56. Leu-Semenescu S, Nittur N, Golmard JL, Arnulf I. Effects of pitolisant, a histamine H3 inverse agonist, in drug-resistant idiopathic and symptomatic hypersomnia: a chart review. Sleep Med 2014; 15(6):681–687. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.021
  57. Lecendreux M, Bruni O, Franco P, et al. Clinical experience suggests that modafinil is an effective and safe treatment for paediatric narcolepsy. J Sleep Res 2012; 21(4):481–483. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2869.2011.00991.x
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Page Number
959-969
Page Number
959-969
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Narcolepsy: Diagnosis and management
Display Headline
Narcolepsy: Diagnosis and management
Legacy Keywords
narcolepsy, cataplexy, sleep attacks, hallucination, sleepiness, rapid eye movement, REM, insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea, weight gain, sleep-onset REM period, SOREMP, hypocretin, orexin, modafinil, armodafinil, methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, amphetamine, oxybate, venlafaxine, fluoxetine, sertraline, protriptyline, Erin Golden, Melissa Lipford
Legacy Keywords
narcolepsy, cataplexy, sleep attacks, hallucination, sleepiness, rapid eye movement, REM, insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea, weight gain, sleep-onset REM period, SOREMP, hypocretin, orexin, modafinil, armodafinil, methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, amphetamine, oxybate, venlafaxine, fluoxetine, sertraline, protriptyline, Erin Golden, Melissa Lipford
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Features of narcolepsy include daytime sleepiness, sleep attacks, cataplexy (in narcolepsy type 1), sleep paralysis, and sleep-related hallucinations.
  • People with narcolepsy feel sleepy and can fall asleep quickly, but they do not stay asleep for long. They go into rapid eye movement sleep soon after falling asleep. Total sleep time is normal, but sleep is fragmented.
  • Scheduled naps lasting 15 to 20 minutes can improve alertness. A consistent sleep schedule with good sleep hygiene is also important.
  • Modafinil, methylphenidate, and amphetamines are used to manage daytime sleepiness, and sodium oxybate and antidepressants are used for cataplexy.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 11/27/2018 - 06:45
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 11/27/2018 - 06:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 11/27/2018 - 06:45
Article PDF Media

A new reason to reconsider that antibiotic prescription: The microbiome

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:16
Display Headline
A new reason to reconsider that antibiotic prescription: The microbiome

Of all the drugs I prescribe, I had been particularly comfortable with antibiotics. I may not recall in entirety their individual molecular mechanisms of action, but I can choose an appropriate antibiotic based, ideally, on bacterial identification and sensitivity data from our microbiology lab or, at the least, on epidemiologic information suggesting the more likely bacterial causes of the infection and current local microbiologic sensitivities. There are reasonable evidence-based guidelines for the prophylactic and therapeutic use of antibiotics based on clinical scenarios and for when to avoid prescribing them reflexively. I am aware of the issues mandating antibiotic stewardship to limit the spread of antibiotic resistance and of the links between nephrotoxicity, Clostridium difficile-related colitis, and tendon rupture with certain antibiotics.

But, after the results of many recent studies, it turns out I should not have been so comfortable after all. This should not be a surprise. We should never be overly confident with our understanding of anything in clinical practice.

In this issue, Dr. Martin Blaser discusses his work, which supports the hypothesis that the currently increased prevalence of obesity and diabetes is at least in part due to reduced diversity in the gut microbiome. The increased exposure to antibiotics through prescriptions for women before and during pregnancy, as well as perhaps their exposure to antibiotics in the environment, results in changes to the gut and vaginal flora that influence the developing gut and likely other anatomic microbiomes in the neonate and infant. Fascinating research done in mice, utilizing fecal transfer experiments, is building an evidence trail to support the concept that the microbiome plays a major role in the development of childhood and adult obesity, and the gut microbiome is influenced by its exposure to antibiotics, perhaps given years earlier.

Knowledge of the gastrointestinal and other human microbiomes is exploding. I now wonder how many seemingly random clinical events associated with antibiotic use that were not understood and were easily dismissed as stochastic warrant formal study. Some of my patients with rheumatoid arthritis have described flares after eating certain foods and transient remissions or exacerbations after treatment with antibiotics. An epidemiologic study has linked the likelihood of developing childhood inflammatory bowel disease with exposure to antibiotics. Even more fascinating are observations that the microbiota composition (influenced by antibiotics) can influence the outcome of cardiac allografts in a murine model and the response of certain tumors to immune checkpoint inhibitors in murine and human studies. The mechanism may relate to the effects of the microbiome on immune cell activation and migration. Several disorders have been linked to specific bacteria in the gut microbiome, and others as diverse as cardiovascular events and the acute inflammatory response to monosodium urate crystals (gout) are affected by metabolites generated by bacteria in the gut.

The use of germ-free and antibiotic-treated mice in the laboratory, with selective repopulation of their gut microbiome with flora harvested from other strains of mice or selected humans, will continue to teach us much about the role that these microbes and other inhabitants play in controlling normal and disease-disrupted homeostasis. C difficile overgrowth after antibiotic exposure, and the successful treatment of refractory C difficile with fecal transplantation,1 was just the beginning.

The simple writing of a prescription for an antibiotic is a far more complicated and long-lasting affair than most of us have thought.

References
  1. Agito MD, Atreja A, Rizk MK. Fecal microbiota transplantation for recurrent C difficile infection: ready for prime time? Cleve Clin J Med 2013; 80(2):101–108. doi:10.3949/ccjm.80a.12110
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
906-907
Legacy Keywords
microbiome, gut, bacteria, bacterial diversity, antibiotic, stewardship, resistance, Clostridium difficile, C diff, colitis, fecal microbiota transplantation, Martin Blaser, Brian Mandell
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information
Author and Disclosure Information
Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Of all the drugs I prescribe, I had been particularly comfortable with antibiotics. I may not recall in entirety their individual molecular mechanisms of action, but I can choose an appropriate antibiotic based, ideally, on bacterial identification and sensitivity data from our microbiology lab or, at the least, on epidemiologic information suggesting the more likely bacterial causes of the infection and current local microbiologic sensitivities. There are reasonable evidence-based guidelines for the prophylactic and therapeutic use of antibiotics based on clinical scenarios and for when to avoid prescribing them reflexively. I am aware of the issues mandating antibiotic stewardship to limit the spread of antibiotic resistance and of the links between nephrotoxicity, Clostridium difficile-related colitis, and tendon rupture with certain antibiotics.

But, after the results of many recent studies, it turns out I should not have been so comfortable after all. This should not be a surprise. We should never be overly confident with our understanding of anything in clinical practice.

In this issue, Dr. Martin Blaser discusses his work, which supports the hypothesis that the currently increased prevalence of obesity and diabetes is at least in part due to reduced diversity in the gut microbiome. The increased exposure to antibiotics through prescriptions for women before and during pregnancy, as well as perhaps their exposure to antibiotics in the environment, results in changes to the gut and vaginal flora that influence the developing gut and likely other anatomic microbiomes in the neonate and infant. Fascinating research done in mice, utilizing fecal transfer experiments, is building an evidence trail to support the concept that the microbiome plays a major role in the development of childhood and adult obesity, and the gut microbiome is influenced by its exposure to antibiotics, perhaps given years earlier.

Knowledge of the gastrointestinal and other human microbiomes is exploding. I now wonder how many seemingly random clinical events associated with antibiotic use that were not understood and were easily dismissed as stochastic warrant formal study. Some of my patients with rheumatoid arthritis have described flares after eating certain foods and transient remissions or exacerbations after treatment with antibiotics. An epidemiologic study has linked the likelihood of developing childhood inflammatory bowel disease with exposure to antibiotics. Even more fascinating are observations that the microbiota composition (influenced by antibiotics) can influence the outcome of cardiac allografts in a murine model and the response of certain tumors to immune checkpoint inhibitors in murine and human studies. The mechanism may relate to the effects of the microbiome on immune cell activation and migration. Several disorders have been linked to specific bacteria in the gut microbiome, and others as diverse as cardiovascular events and the acute inflammatory response to monosodium urate crystals (gout) are affected by metabolites generated by bacteria in the gut.

The use of germ-free and antibiotic-treated mice in the laboratory, with selective repopulation of their gut microbiome with flora harvested from other strains of mice or selected humans, will continue to teach us much about the role that these microbes and other inhabitants play in controlling normal and disease-disrupted homeostasis. C difficile overgrowth after antibiotic exposure, and the successful treatment of refractory C difficile with fecal transplantation,1 was just the beginning.

The simple writing of a prescription for an antibiotic is a far more complicated and long-lasting affair than most of us have thought.

Of all the drugs I prescribe, I had been particularly comfortable with antibiotics. I may not recall in entirety their individual molecular mechanisms of action, but I can choose an appropriate antibiotic based, ideally, on bacterial identification and sensitivity data from our microbiology lab or, at the least, on epidemiologic information suggesting the more likely bacterial causes of the infection and current local microbiologic sensitivities. There are reasonable evidence-based guidelines for the prophylactic and therapeutic use of antibiotics based on clinical scenarios and for when to avoid prescribing them reflexively. I am aware of the issues mandating antibiotic stewardship to limit the spread of antibiotic resistance and of the links between nephrotoxicity, Clostridium difficile-related colitis, and tendon rupture with certain antibiotics.

But, after the results of many recent studies, it turns out I should not have been so comfortable after all. This should not be a surprise. We should never be overly confident with our understanding of anything in clinical practice.

In this issue, Dr. Martin Blaser discusses his work, which supports the hypothesis that the currently increased prevalence of obesity and diabetes is at least in part due to reduced diversity in the gut microbiome. The increased exposure to antibiotics through prescriptions for women before and during pregnancy, as well as perhaps their exposure to antibiotics in the environment, results in changes to the gut and vaginal flora that influence the developing gut and likely other anatomic microbiomes in the neonate and infant. Fascinating research done in mice, utilizing fecal transfer experiments, is building an evidence trail to support the concept that the microbiome plays a major role in the development of childhood and adult obesity, and the gut microbiome is influenced by its exposure to antibiotics, perhaps given years earlier.

Knowledge of the gastrointestinal and other human microbiomes is exploding. I now wonder how many seemingly random clinical events associated with antibiotic use that were not understood and were easily dismissed as stochastic warrant formal study. Some of my patients with rheumatoid arthritis have described flares after eating certain foods and transient remissions or exacerbations after treatment with antibiotics. An epidemiologic study has linked the likelihood of developing childhood inflammatory bowel disease with exposure to antibiotics. Even more fascinating are observations that the microbiota composition (influenced by antibiotics) can influence the outcome of cardiac allografts in a murine model and the response of certain tumors to immune checkpoint inhibitors in murine and human studies. The mechanism may relate to the effects of the microbiome on immune cell activation and migration. Several disorders have been linked to specific bacteria in the gut microbiome, and others as diverse as cardiovascular events and the acute inflammatory response to monosodium urate crystals (gout) are affected by metabolites generated by bacteria in the gut.

The use of germ-free and antibiotic-treated mice in the laboratory, with selective repopulation of their gut microbiome with flora harvested from other strains of mice or selected humans, will continue to teach us much about the role that these microbes and other inhabitants play in controlling normal and disease-disrupted homeostasis. C difficile overgrowth after antibiotic exposure, and the successful treatment of refractory C difficile with fecal transplantation,1 was just the beginning.

The simple writing of a prescription for an antibiotic is a far more complicated and long-lasting affair than most of us have thought.

References
  1. Agito MD, Atreja A, Rizk MK. Fecal microbiota transplantation for recurrent C difficile infection: ready for prime time? Cleve Clin J Med 2013; 80(2):101–108. doi:10.3949/ccjm.80a.12110
References
  1. Agito MD, Atreja A, Rizk MK. Fecal microbiota transplantation for recurrent C difficile infection: ready for prime time? Cleve Clin J Med 2013; 80(2):101–108. doi:10.3949/ccjm.80a.12110
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(12)
Page Number
906-907
Page Number
906-907
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A new reason to reconsider that antibiotic prescription: The microbiome
Display Headline
A new reason to reconsider that antibiotic prescription: The microbiome
Legacy Keywords
microbiome, gut, bacteria, bacterial diversity, antibiotic, stewardship, resistance, Clostridium difficile, C diff, colitis, fecal microbiota transplantation, Martin Blaser, Brian Mandell
Legacy Keywords
microbiome, gut, bacteria, bacterial diversity, antibiotic, stewardship, resistance, Clostridium difficile, C diff, colitis, fecal microbiota transplantation, Martin Blaser, Brian Mandell
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Wed, 11/28/2018 - 09:45
Un-Gate On Date
Wed, 11/28/2018 - 09:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Wed, 11/28/2018 - 09:45
Article PDF Media